Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number: 000-53413

Macrovision Solutions Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   26-1739297
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification Number)

2830 De La Cruz Boulevard

Santa Clara, California

  95050
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(408) 562-8400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $.0.001 Par Value   The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “non-accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large accelerated filer   þ     Accelerated filer   ¨     Non-accelerated filer   ¨     Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes   ¨     No   þ

The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $1,528,684,862 as of June 30, 2008, based upon the closing price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market reported for such date. This calculation does not reflect a determination that certain persons are affiliates of the Registrant for any other purpose. The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s Common Stock on February 18, 2009, was 100,970,031 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

INDEX

 

PART I

ITEM 1.

  

B USINESS

   1

ITEM 1A.

  

R ISK F ACTORS

   15

ITEM 1B.

  

U NRESOLVED S TAFF C OMMENTS

   34

ITEM 2.

  

P ROPERTIES

   34

ITEM 3.

  

L EGAL P ROCEEDINGS

   35

ITEM 4.

  

S UBMISSION OF M ATTERS TO A V OTE OF S ECURITY H OLDERS

   37
PART II

ITEM 5.

  

M ARKET FOR R EGISTRANT S C OMMON E QUITY , R ELATED S TOCKHOLDER M ATTERS AND I SSUER P URCHASES OF E QUITY S ECURITIES

   38

ITEM 6.

  

S ELECTED F INANCIAL D ATA

   41

ITEM 7.

  

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS

   43

ITEM 7A.

  

Q UANTITATIVE AND Q UALITATIVE D ISCLOSURES A BOUT M ARKET R ISK

   56

ITEM 8.

  

F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS AND S UPPLEMENTARY D ATA

   57

ITEM 9.

  

C HANGES IN AND D ISAGREEMENTS WITH A CCOUNTANTS ON A CCOUNTING AND F INANCIAL D ISCLOSURES

   57

ITEM 9A.

  

C ONTROLS AND P ROCEDURES

   57

ITEM 9B.

  

O THER I NFORMATION

   60
PART III

ITEM 10.

  

D IRECTORS , E XECUTIVE O FFICERS AND C ORPORATE G OVERNANCE

   60

ITEM 11.

  

E XECUTIVE C OMPENSATION

   65

ITEM 12.

  

S ECURITY O WNERSHIP OF C ERTAIN B ENEFICIAL  O WNERS   AND M ANAGEMENT AND R ELATED S TOCKHOLDER M ATTERS

   84

ITEM 13.

  

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS AND R ELATED T RANSACTIONS , AND D IRECTOR I NDEPENDENCE

   86

ITEM 14.

  

P RINCIPAL A CCOUNTING F EES AND S ERVICES

   87
PART IV

ITEM 15.

  

E XHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

   89
  

S IGNATURES

   93


Table of Contents

Discussions of some of the matters contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for Macrovision Solutions Corporation (the “Company,” “we” or “us”) may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as such, may involve risks and uncertainties. Some of these discussions are contained under the captions “Item 1. Business” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events or future financial performance, which include implementing our business strategy, developing and introducing new technologies, obtaining, maintaining and expanding market acceptance of the technologies we offer, and competition in our markets.

In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “future,” “predict,” “potential,” “intend,” or “continue,” and similar expressions. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management and on information currently available to our management. Our actual results, performance and achievements may differ materially from the results, performance and achievements expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. For a discussion of some of the factors that might cause such a difference, see “Item 1A. – Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We specifically disclaim any obligation to update such forward-looking statements.

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

The Company’s continuing operations provide a broad set of solutions that enable businesses to protect, enable and distribute their digital goods to consumers and allows consumers the ability to discover and manage digital media across multiple channels. Our offerings include interactive program guides (IPGs), embedded licensing technologies, media recognition technologies and licensing of our extensive database of descriptive information about television, movie, music and game content and anti-piracy and content protection technologies and services. In addition to offering Company developed IPGs, our customers may also license our patents and deploy their own IPG or a third party IPG. Our solutions are deployed by companies in the entertainment, consumer electronics (CE), cable and satellite, and online distribution markets to solve industry-specific challenges and bring greater value to their customers.

On December 6, 2007, Macrovision Corporation and Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. (“Gemstar”) entered into an agreement for Macrovision Corporation to acquire Gemstar in a cash and stock transaction. Upon consummation of this transaction on May 2, 2008, Macrovision Solutions Corporation, a Delaware corporation founded in 2007, assumed ownership of both Gemstar and Macrovision Corporation. The Company’s results of operations include the operations of Gemstar from May 2, 2008, forward. The Company acquired Gemstar to increase its product offerings and believes the combined Company’s complementary solutions will lead to increased market opportunity and an expanded customer base.

On April 1, 2008, the Company closed the sale of its software and games businesses (hereafter referred to as “Software” and “Games”, respectively). In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company closed the sale of its TV Guide Magazine and RightCommerce (also known as “eMeta”) businesses. On January 27, 2009, the Company closed the sale of its TVG Network business. The Company currently expects to close the sale of its TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online businesses in the first quarter of 2009. The results of operations and cash flows of Software, Games, TV Guide Magazine, TV Guide Network, TV Guide Online, TVG Network and eMeta have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

 

1


Table of Contents

Industry Background for Continuing Operations

The entertainment media market is experiencing a major transformation from analog to digital content. The design, distribution, protection and consumption of all forms of digital content and software are continuing to experience an unprecedented amount of change. The expansion of network bandwidth, increased availability of devices that allow people to enjoy digital content, availability of digital content, and increased mobility are all helping to accelerate the market shift. As part of this change, consumers are demanding high-quality digital content in many formats and places. They want to easily access and discover content (music, photos, and programming) and enjoy it where they want and when they want.

Users are also seeking flexible means by which to legally acquire and add content to their digital libraries permanently or for a period of time and want to be able to enjoy that content in numerous locations on different devices. No matter what content consumers desire or are enjoying, video content remains key. New devices and services are continually being created that bring video content to consumers. These devices require the ability to provide information identifying what is available to the viewer in broadcast television (TV listings), stored or packaged video, and video on demand (VOD). We refer to providing this information as “guidance”. However, the current home media device infrastructure is very complex. Setting up such an environment requires integrating numerous devices, a deep understanding of interoperability of media formats and creation of mechanisms for managing and enjoying content. The alternative is to purchase products from a single vendor and sacrifice the ability to integrate all types of media into many devices or have many devices operating in silos, significantly limiting the mobility and flexibility consumers want.

These changes are impacting every part of the entertainment supply chain, from content producers, to distribution channels and consumption device manufacturers, and causing them each to reevaluate their business models. In the case of content producers, the industry shift to digital media, PC-based entertainment platforms, digital portable devices, networked devices, and Internet downloads leaves them vulnerable to unauthorized use of their content. Inexpensive, easy-to-use in-home copying devices, such as VCRs, CD and DVD recorders, and PC-based hard drive recorders, enable consumers to make unauthorized copies of video, audio and software content. Content owners lose billions of dollars every year to casual copying and professional or bootleg piracy and Internet/peer-to-peer (P2P) piracy. As technological advances facilitate digital downloads and digital copying, motion picture studios, music labels, cable television and program distributors have become more concerned with protecting their intellectual property.

Distribution channels, such as cable and satellite operators, web portals and retailers, and others are all seeking ways to best retain their competitive advantage in a digital entertainment world. They are requiring highly customizable solutions that aid the consumer experience, such as additional data about the digital content, while still allowing the distribution channel to retain its unique identity.

The markets for CE manufacturers are in major flux. Their customers are demanding capabilities to interact with broad ranges of media, not just viewing content that is on or broadcast to the device. This functionality requires that extensive software now be embedded into these devices, which is not a core competency of the CE manufacturer. CE manufacturers want an ongoing revenue relationship with their customer, not just to sell them a new device every few years. This leads to a demand for add-on services or advertising that will allow the CE manufacturer to share in the distribution or maintenance of digital content.

Macrovision Continuing Operations

We sell our products into the following market verticals—(i) CE manufacturers (such as DVD player manufacturers and PC DVD drive suppliers, set-top box manufacturers, digital TV providers, and network- attached storage device providers), (ii) service providers (cable, satellite, telecommunications, mobile and internet service providers among others), and (iii) other.

 

2


Table of Contents

Consumer Electronics

IPGs

An IPG is an on-screen listing of television or video program information with interactive functions that enable viewers to navigate through, sort, select and schedule video programming for viewing and recording. We believe that interactive video guidance technology is a necessary tool for television viewers bombarded with an increasing amount of available content, an increasing number of digital cable and satellite television channels, and VOD services. The IPG is evolving from a guide to television to a guide for all digital media users have access to in the home or available to them on their TV but delivered over the Internet.

We currently offer multiple IPGs to the CE industry, including those marketed under the G-GUIDE brand in Japan, the GUIDE Plus+ brand in Europe and the TV Guide On Screen brand in North America. These IPGs are generally incorporated in mid-to high-end plasma, DLP and LCD televisions and DVD hard drive recorder based products. Our IPGs generally deliver continuously updated multi-day program listings to users, regardless of whether they receive their television signal via cable or over-the-air broadcast. Our CE IPGs require no consumer subscription or special data input connection. We use a variety of terrestrial, satellite and broadband Internet transmission means to deliver listings data to our IPGs.

Our CE IPGs also feature advertising. Advertisers place ads through a variety of display formats incorporated into the guide screens. Advertisements can display additional text information and/or ad copy and/or video when clicked on via the remote control. An ad for a specific television program can even link directly to the TV channel it is on or allow consumers to program a recording or a reminder from the ad. Advertisers can target specific audiences by airing ads at certain times of the day or in specific geographies. CE manufacturers who have a patent license from us are not required to provide advertising in their IPG.

Our CE IPG licensees include Hitachi, LG, Panasonic, Mitsubishi, Motorola, Philips, Pioneer, Samsung, Scientific-Atlanta, Sharp, Sony, TiVo and others. Generally, our agreements enable our licensees to incorporate our CE IPG technology or utilize our CE IPG patents in specified products in certain territories provided we receive license fees based on the number of units produced and shipped that incorporate our technology or utilize our patents. We have also entered into agreements with certain licensees that enable them to ship an unlimited number of units provided they pay us a specified flat fee. We generally do not receive a license fee on set-top boxes that are manufactured by our CE licensees for a cable or satellite provider where that provider has also licensed our IPG technology.

In Japan, Interactive Program Guide Inc. (“IPG JV”) is our joint venture with Dentsu Inc. and Tokyo News Service Limited that is the exclusive provider of program listings and advertising for our IPGs marketed under the G-Guide name. We own 46.25% of the IPG JV and have certain contractual rights with respect to the ongoing management of the IPG JV. We also retain the right to license our technology and intellectual property to third parties in Japan who will receive program listings and advertising from the IPG JV, and we retain all rights to the revenue from such licenses. We have entered into licensing agreements with CE manufacturers and other third parties for televisions, digital recorders, personal computers and cell phones that are enabled to receive the G-Guide service.

Content Protection

Our business originated in analog video content security, now commercially known as ACP, which has been used to protect billions of videocassettes since 1985 and billions of DVDs since 1997. CE devices need to protect content in order to prevent playback devices from being used to illegally copy a video. Nearly every DVD player, VCR, DVD recorder, DVD drive and PC manufactured contains software and/or hardware technology licensed by us to ensure that ACP-secured DVDs and VHS tapes are properly recognized and thus secured. For additional details on ACP technology see “Content Protection” in the “Other” section below.

 

3


Table of Contents

We sell directly to CE manufacturers as well as semiconductor companies that supply the CE manufacturers. Semiconductor companies that incorporate our digital pay-per-view (PPV), VOD and DVD content security solutions into their semiconductor and reference designs pay us a one-time service fee to verify correct implementation of our content security technology in their digital-to-analog application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”) that are embedded in digital set-top boxes and DVD hardware. They are authorized to sell these Macrovision-capable ASICs to Macrovision-licensed DVD hardware manufacturers and to Macrovision-licensed digital set-top box and DVR manufacturers.

CE device manufacturers license our technology for an up-front fee and annual license fee as well as per-device fee for shipped devices. Digital set-top box and DVR manufacturers license our video content security solutions typically for an up-front fee and a per-unit royalty, a portion of which may be tied to product activation by system operators.

Our CE content protection customers include Fujitsu Limited, Hitachi Limited, Intel, Mitsubishi Electronics, Motorola, Panasonic, Pioneer Electronics, Samsung Electronics, Scientific-Atlanta, Sony Electronics, TiVo, Toshiba and others.

Connected Platform

Connected Platform is a standards-compliant software solution embedded in consumer electronics and networking equipment designed to allow consumers to access content such as photos, music, and movies stored remotely on any of their connected devices. The Connected Platform complies with the Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) and Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) Forum standards. It is sold to CE manufacturers and is comprised of several different components: Digital Media Server (DMS) software, Digital Media Adapter (DMA) software, and Digital Media Player (DMP) software, each sold as a software development kit (SDK). The SDK is used by developers to build digital home products on top of our software foundation for networked digital media devices. They are able to integrate the SDK into their devices to quickly create custom digital media solutions. The DMA software is built with the SDK and can be installed on PCs, DVRs, network-attached storage devices, or even mobile phones to allow users to stream digital media files from their personal home network or via the Internet. It is a means of speeding up development for a CE manufacturer who wants to provide this capability but does not need to build it from scratch with the SDK. The DMP and DMA software, built with the SDK, enables original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and original design manufacturers (ODMs) to ship standards-based connected entertainment products that allow consumers to enjoy their personal media, such as music, photos, and video files—on a wide variety of player products. Additionally, the Company provides add-on services that support the Connected Platform. The current service on the market is Software Update Service (SUS). SUS enables digital home entertainment products to be configured for automated software updates.

Our Connected Platform customers currently include Buffalo, Samsung, Scientific Atlanta and others.

Media Recognition

Our LASSO media recognition solution is an SDK that is embedded in a CE device or service that reads media and associates it with the correct data from the data services database (such as title, artist, tracks). The data look-up is accomplished either via a remote call to the infrastructure we operate or to a database we provide to embed on the device. The recognition is accomplished via either a table of contents review (for instance, read the table of contents of a CD) or taking a fingerprint of the media (for instance, identify wave formats of the media) and matching it to our database. The recognition technology is sold in conjunction with supporting data services. CE manufacturers typically pay us per device royalties for each device within which our media recognition data services are implemented.

 

4


Table of Contents

VCR Plus+

Our VCR Plus+ (ShowView/Video Plus+ in Europe and G-Code in Asia) technology is an industry standard for setting the recording of television programming on VCRs and is adopted by most major consumer electronics manufacturers. VCR Plus+ is offered internationally in over 20 countries. It is incorporated into VCRs and digital devices such as low priced DVRs, DVD recorders and DVD-HDD products and enables consumers to record a television program by simply using a proprietary one to eight-digit PlusCode number. PlusCode numbers are generated through a patented process developed by us and are printed next to television listings in newspapers and program guides worldwide.

Service Providers

IPGs

Our service provider licensees either deploy IPGs provided by the Company or, pursuant to an IPG patent license, their own IPG or a third party IPG. For those service providers that distribute one of our IPGs, we also offer them operational support, content and data. Our IPGs allow service providers to customize certain elements of the IPGs for their subscribers and also allow these providers to upgrade over time the features and services they can offer to their subscribers. Our IPGs are compatible with service providers’ subscription management, PPV and VOD services. Our IPGs also allow service providers to provide their viewers with current and future program information. We currently offer IPGs marketed to service providers under the i-Guide, j-Guide tru2way, Passport, Passport Echo, Passport DCT and Passport tru2way.

Our service provider IPGs, except Passport IPGs, also feature advertising. Service providers who have a patent license from us are not required to provide advertising in their IPG. However, our agreements with domestic service providers generally require the sharing of advertising revenue if IPG advertising is provided.

Service providers generally pay us a monthly per subscriber fee. Service providers in the Online space generally pay us a fee based on unique users. We have also entered into agreements with certain licensees that enable them to provide an IPG to an unlimited number of subscribers or unique users, provided they pay us a specified flat fee. Our service provider IPG customers include British Sky Broadcasting Group plc, Comcast Corporation (“Comcast”), Cox Communications, DirecTV, EchoStar Communications Corporation, Sky Italia S.r.l., Shaw Communications, Time Warner Cable, Verizon, Yahoo! and others. The majority of subscribers for which we are paid a license fee are receiving an IPG pursuant to a patent license between us and the service provider. As of December 31, 2008 approximately 86 million subscribers worldwide are receiving a licensed or Macrovision provided IPG, including 18 million internationally.

The Company and Comcast have a joint venture, Guideworks LLC (“Guideworks”), to develop IPGs for the cable industry. We own 49% of the joint venture and Comcast owns 51%, with Comcast serving as the managing member. Comcast has the right to use the joint development products in connection with products and services Comcast offers across its digital subscriber base. We have the exclusive right to distribute the joint development products in connection with products and services we offer to other multi-channel video service providers.

Content Protection

Digital PPV/VOD services enable consumers to purchase and view movies and other programming in their homes through cable, satellite or Internet-based delivery systems. As entertainment content producers consider the idea of simultaneous or more closely staged theatrical, DVD, and/or PPV/VOD release of content, studios have realized the importance of content security in digital PPV/VOD networks because high-quality VHS and DVD copies can be made from the source analog video signal. Many digital PPV/VOD system operators have implemented our content security capability in their digital set-top boxes. Our solutions allow content owners to copy protect their PPV/VOD movies, while at the same time allow consumers to store, move or share content, as long as it is done within the parameters of the rules defined by copyright owners. For additional details on ACP technology see “Content Protection” in the “Other” section below.

 

5


Table of Contents

Cable and satellite television system operators pay us a one-time license fee and/or transaction-based royalty payments (i) for the right to incorporate our video content security technology into their networks for PPV or VOD services and (ii) when content security for digital PPV or VOD programming is activated by them and content protected programs are purchased by subscribers.

Other

Other includes our entertainment company content protection products and services such as ACP, RipGuard and BD+; our AMG related web sites; and our business of licensing our extensive database of descriptive information about television, movie, music and game content.

Content Protection

Motion pictures typically generate significant revenue from the sales of packaged media, primarily DVDs. Any household that owns a DVD-R, personal video recorder (“PVR”), PC, media center, or a VCR is capable of making unauthorized, high-quality digital and analog copies unless that content is properly copy protected against this variety of threats. As new distribution models evolve, including portability of video across devices, Internet and other electronic distribution and the developing PC-based home theater experience, solutions that protect the DVD from unauthorized copying are critical to preserving motion picture studio revenues.

Our ACP technologies allow consumers to view programming stored on prerecorded videocassettes and DVDs or transmitted as digital pay-per-view or video-on-demand programs via cable or satellite, but deter unauthorized consumer copying of such programming on both VCRs and recordable DVD devices. Motion Picture Association of America (“MPAA”) and independent studios use our video content security technology to protect some or all movie releases on videocassette or DVD. In addition, nearly every DVD player, VCR, DVD recorder, DVD drive and PC manufactured contains software and/or hardware technology licensed by us to ensure that ACP-secured DVDs and VHS tapes are properly recognized and thus secured. For the protection to work it requires ACP to be present on both the media (physical or digital) and the hardware device.

Studios are now engaged in moving to the Blu-ray high definition DVD format (“Blu-ray”). Blu-ray includes a high level of protection implemented via BD+ technology. For a device to be certified as Blu-ray enabled, it must have BD+ technology embedded within it and MPAA studios can license BD+ to take advantage of that embedded protection. We acquired the assets comprising the BD+ technology in November 2007. BD+ is designed to be self renewing, therefore inhibiting rippers from being able to create unauthorized copies of the DVD. It is applied to the DVD at the time of manufacturing and interacts with elements of BD+ embedded in the Blu-ray player through the entire playback of the movie to ensure that it is an authorized copy. This sophisticated protection increases the security of a DVD and is designed to result in a longer protection period for a title.

We sell directly to MPAA and independent studios. Content owners utilize our solutions to secure their content and to ensure that their end-user customers pay them for the use of such content or software. Studios generally pay us either a one time fee to use our ACP technology in perpetuity or an annual license fee and generally pay us a per disc fee to license our BD+ technology.

Our content security technology customers included the following companies: Buena Vista Home Video, Columbia-TriStar, HBO Studio Productions, Twentieth Century Fox Home Entertainment, Warner Home Video DVD and others.

Data Solutions

We offer music, television, movie and video game metadata. Our television guidance information database includes unique data on more than one million TV series episodes, 170,000 movies, and searchable data on every TV show produced since 1960. Our data services are operated with systematic processes that are designed to

 

6


Table of Contents

ensure completeness and quality of data. The data services are broken into levels of data: basic data (e.g., artist, album), navigational data (e.g., relationships between actor and other movies or television series), and editorial data (e.g., actor biographies, television, movie or music reviews).

Besides embedding the data into web properties or CE devices, the databases are also made available to the market via web sites operated by Macrovision, specifically allmusic.com, allmovie.com, and allgame.com. Each is a complete view of the database, but not exportable for commercial use by others and is an advertising-supported business.

Web properties typically pay us a monthly or annual fee for the rights to use the metadata, receive regular updates and integrate it into their own service. Our music, movie and video game metadata customers include Best Buy, Barnes and Noble, Clear Channel Broadcasting, MTV Networks and others.

We provide resources for all types of media and businesses in print, on-screen and online formats—as well as through interactive and electronic program guides. Additionally the data covers multiple geographies including the US, Latin America, and major Western European countries. We license a number of data and service offerings, including schedules, listings, TV supplements, and Web services. Our data can be sold stand alone or as a compliment to an IPG.

Advertising

We provide advertising to end consumers on our IPGs in both our service provider and CE product lines. We sell advertisers, often broadcasters, or their agencies the opportunity to promote their products via ads inserted in our guides. We offer packages to advertisers to provide them nationwide or targeted advertising on a guide for a period of time.

To demonstrate the value of this advertising we have begun to measure usage and ad views by consumers (a click stream analysis). We believe this information may enable us to increase our revenue from advertising by offering the advertiser evidence of the reach of a given ad or time slot. Advertising is offered in North America in our Service Provider and CE products and in Europe in our CE products. We typically share the advertising revenue with the service provider or CE manufacturer.

The Macrovision Growth Strategy

Build Upon Key Customer Relationships . We maintain relationships with customers in various industry and market segments, including:

 

   

Consumer electronics manufacturers of digital television, DVD players, CD and DVD drives, PVRs, network attached storage devices (NAS) and digital set-top boxes; and other types of devices

 

   

Service providers such as the leading cable and satellite television system operators and telecommunications operators

 

   

Video content providers such as the MPAA studios and independent movie producers

 

   

Large online retailers, music services, and portal websites

We intend to grow our business by capitalizing on existing customer relationships and creating new ones. We will target existing customers and seek to expand the technologies we provide them, both now and in the future. Additionally, we will focus on non-customer companies seeking to capture a portion of the digital entertainment opportunity. We believe our compelling solutions will help us create new customer relationships.

Introduce New Product Applications and Technologies. We intend to develop additional digital entertainment content solutions to sell to our extensive customer base. We have committed significant resources to expand our technology base, to enhance our existing products, to introduce additional products, and to participate in industry standard-setting efforts and organizations. We intend to pursue opportunities to improve technologies in our current fields of operations as well as in future formats and digital distribution solutions.

 

7


Table of Contents

Expand and Protect Patent Position . We have built, and continue to add to, a large patent portfolio that helps differentiate our products. We believe that our future success will depend on our ability to continue to introduce proprietary solutions for IPGs, connected devices and data. We have patented many of these proprietary solutions, and our patents underpin our strong competitive position and financial model. We also have acquired patents. We intend to continue to obtain patents and to protect and defend our patented technologies aggressively.

Continue to Make Strategic Acquisitions . We may continue to expand our technology portfolio and extend our businesses by pursuing licensing arrangements, joint ventures, and strategic acquisitions of companies whose technologies or proprietary rights complement our technologies.

We have made a number of acquisitions of companies and technologies. In January 2007, we acquired Mediabolic, Inc., which extended our capabilities in the delivery and enhancement of digital content through networking solutions to a wide variety of connected consumer electronics devices for the digital home. Mediabolic’s entertainment networking software enables TVs, stereos, DVRs, PCs, and other familiar consumer electronic devices to discover, store, and play personal and Internet-based content over the home network. In November 2007, we enhanced our content security technology portfolio by acquiring certain intellectual property and other assets from Cryptography Research Inc., including the SPDC™ (Self-Protecting Digital Content) technology that formed the basis of BD+. In December 2007, we acquired AMG, which extended our solutions for the enhancement and distribution of digital content by acquiring one of the world’s largest information databases of metadata for entertainment products (music, movies, and games) as well as solutions that support the recognition, discovery, and management of digital media. In May 2008, we acquired Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc.

Copyrights, Trademarks, and Tradenames

We own or have rights to various copyrights, trademarks and trade names used in our business. For our continuing business units, these include, but are not limited to, Macrovision ® , All Game Guide ® , All Music Guide ® , AMG ® , AMG All-Game Guide ® , AMG All-Media Guide ® , AMG All-Movie Guide ® , AMG Sonicguide ® , Explore Movies ® , Explore Music ® , Lasso™, M1 Mediabolic ® , Music Map™, RipGuard ® , Tapestry™, TV Guide, My TV Guide, TV Guide Interactive, TV Guide Mobile, TV Guide On Screen, (GUIDE Plus+ in Europe and G-GUIDE in Asia), Passport, VCR Plus+ (VIDEO Plus+, ShowView and G-CODE in Europe and Asia), PlusCode, and Gemstar.

Research and Development

Our internal research and development efforts are focused on developing enhancements to existing products and new applications for our current technologies. We have acquired other companies and technologies to supplement our research and development expenditures.

Our primary locations for product development from continuing operations are in Santa Clara/San Francisco (California), Los Angeles (California), Radnor (Pennsylvania) and Hong Kong (China).

Intellectual Property Rights

We operate in an industry in which innovation, investment in new ideas and protection of our intellectual property rights are critical for success. We protect our innovations and inventions through a variety of means, including but not limited to applying for patent protection domestically and internationally.

As of December 31, 2008, we hold 452 U.S. patents and have 588 U.S. patent applications pending related to our continuing operations. We also have 2,071 foreign patents issued and 956 foreign patent applications pending related to our continuing operations. Each of our U.S issued patents will expire at a different time based on the particular filing date of that respective patent, with expiration dates as late as September 2026.

 

8


Table of Contents

Competition

IPGs

There are a number of companies that produce and market IPGs as well as television schedule information in various other formats, that compete or we believe will compete with our IPG products and services. These alternative formats include passive and interactive on-screen electronic guide services, online listings, printed television guides in newspapers and weekly publications, and local cable television guides.

A common competitor we encounter is a customer who choses to build its own IPG and license our intellectual property. We believe that we provide a strong alternative to “do-it-yourself,” as we have products ready to be implemented and already have data distribution infrastructure and content as well as integration to third party services (such as VOD services for service providers). We intend to build differentiation against “do-it-yourself” by integrating our products into a suite of products and services to provide solutions for our customers. We believe our solutions can speed our customers’ time to market, be deployed at a lower cost than internally built products, and are superior to “do-it-yourself” products.

We have begun to see activity from web properties, such as Yahoo and Google, entering the CE market, namely embedded in TV’s in North America. While we today are working with them cooperatively, such web properties could offer competitive functionality in the future.

We believe improvements in software porting and in software substitutability, together with government mandated introduction of an Open Cable Applications Platform, will increasingly permit the creation of new guides and their quick placement in set-top boxes—both those purchased or leased from service providers and those purchased at retail.

Many of our competitors and other companies and individuals have obtained, and may be expected to obtain in the future, patents that may directly or indirectly affect the products or services offered or under development by us. We are currently developing a variety of enhancements to our IPGs. We cannot assure that any enhancements developed by us would not be found to infringe patents that are currently held or may be issued to others. There can be no assurance that we are or will be aware of all patents containing claims that may pose a risk of infringement by our products and services. In addition, patent applications are generally confidential for a period of 18 months from the filing date, or until a patent is issued in some cases, so we cannot evaluate the extent to which certain products and services may be covered or asserted to be covered by claims contained in pending patent applications prior to their publication. In general, if one or more of our products or services were to infringe patents held by others, we may be required to stop developing or marketing the products or services, to obtain licenses to develop and market the products or services from the holders of the patents or to redesign the products or services in such a way as to avoid infringing the patent claims. This could have an affect on our ability to compete in the IPG marketplace.

Content Security Technology

Our video content security solutions are proprietary and have broad U.S. and international patent coverage. We have an analog content security solution that has been widely deployed on commercial products that significantly distorts or inhibits copying by VHS VCRs, DVD recorders, and hard drive recorders. Currently, our video content security technology is embedded in nearly all DVD players and most digital set-top boxes worldwide. While it is possible that a competitive video content security technology could be developed and deployed, we believe it would take years for the competitive technology to be accepted by hardware manufacturers and embedded into the consumer electronic devices. Given the time this would take, it is unlikely any other analog content security technology would displace our content security infrastructure and our extensive video content security “ecosystem.”

 

9


Table of Contents

With the increase in online content distribution over the Internet, and with the continuing advance of digital content and high-definition formats, our analog video content security solutions that protect standard definition content on optical media and digital PPV/VOD signals are viewed by some of our customers as being less important than the other digital and network content protection solutions. As a result, other Internet-based digital content security or DRM technologies may present significant competition to our video content security business, such as DRM offerings by Intertrust, Microsoft, Apple, RealNetworks, Contentguard, Philips, IBM and Sony.

There is currently no alternative advanced protection recognized in the Blu-ray standard. The success of BD+ will be driven by whether the MPAA studios choose to apply it.

VCR Plus+ System

We are not aware of any product or service other than the VCR Plus+ system that allows the user to program a VCR by entering a numerical code. However, several products and services on the market offer other simplified VCR programming functions and thus compete with the VCR Plus+ system. Such products and services include on-screen program guides incorporating point-and-click recording capability. In addition, some products, such as DVRs, permit consumers to record programs directly from air, cable or satellite for later viewing through the use of memory chips and hard disk drives contained in the devices.

Data Services

In the database and data services area, we compete with other providers of entertainment-related content data such as Tribune Media Services, Internet Movie Database (IMDB), Gracenote and Muze, Inc. While we do not believe that our competitors’ data sets are focused on exploration, discovery, and content management in the way that our data is, they may present competition to our data services business.

Media Recognition Technology

In the recognition technology and CE manufacturer area, our primary competitor is Gracenote, who provides media recognition technology as part of their CDDB data set. Their core technology provides basic album and track metadata when a CD is inserted into a drive. Other competitors include FreeDB and Pandora.

Connected Platform

The competition for the Connected Platform is CE and set-top box (STB) manufacturers developing their own capability and others such as Twonky and Digi-on. However, we believe the integration of standards and DLNA reference status into Connect Platform provides us with significant competitive advantages. Additional competitors consist of companies that focus on CE middleware and STB software companies with CE middleware offerings.

Operations and Technical Support

We have technical support and certification operations to support our entertainment, CE and system operator products.

We provide a variety of technical support to our customers:

 

   

We support our licensed duplicators and replicators with hardware and software installation assistance and quality assurance. In addition, we support licensed duplicator/replicator sales personnel by providing sales training and marketing literature, and by participating in trade shows.

 

   

We provide post-sales training, technical support, and integration services to service provider licensees of our IPG applications software as part of their service offerings.

 

10


Table of Contents
   

We provide post-sales professional services and technical support, training, integration, non-recurring engineering and software development services to CE, STB and NAS manufacturers incorporating the Connected Platform in their products.

 

   

We provide pre- and post-sales professional services and technical support to companies incorporating our media recognition or AMG data services or media recognition into their products.

 

   

We support the efforts of television, VCR, PVR, and DVD hardware manufacturers, digital PPV/VOD system operators and PPV/VOD set-top box manufacturers to design hardware that properly incorporates and is compatible with our video content security solutions or that meet the Blu-ray standards that require incorporation of our BD+ technology.

 

   

We provide broadcast data delivery of television line up data and advertising to TV’s and STB’s enabled with our IPG’s in North America, major European markets and Japan. This service provides the data that populates the guides with the listings and advertising necessary to make the IPG useful to a consumer. In addition, we deliver, via the Internet or satellite, similar line up and advertising data to cable and satellite providers in North America.

 

   

We support our customers’ efforts to ensure our IPGs operate properly within their devices, by offering porting services.

 

   

We provide customer care for IPG customers following deployment of our IPGs. This service deals with issues with data and advertising distribution as well as functional issues for a consumer.

 

   

We assist semiconductor manufacturers in incorporating and certifying our video content security solutions into a variety of digital video integrated circuits.

 

   

We regularly test the effectiveness and transparency of our video content protection technologies on representative samples of consumer televisions, VCRs, DVD players, DVD drives, PVRs, and recorder devices to determine whether modifications or enhancements may be necessary.

 

   

We test for RipGuard compatibility and effectiveness with a variety of CD/DVD drive software and hardware.

Our strategy is to license our technologies to third parties that manufacture products incorporating our technologies. Our manufacturing operations are limited to low-volume video and audio content security processors used by third-party replicators that require in-house system integration and quality control efforts.

Legislative and Regulatory Actions

A number of government and legislative initiatives have been enacted to encourage development and implementation of technologies that protect the rights and intellectual property of the content owners.

In the United States, Congress enacted the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (“DMCA”) in October 1998. This law required all VCRs to comply with analog copy protection technologies that are in widespread use, such as those covered in our patents, beginning in May 2000. The DMCA includes a clause that outlaws all circumvention devices and technologies that could be used to defeat widely used copy protection technologies. Manufacturers have designed DVD recorder devices so they will not record analog input that is Macrovision copy-protected. Hence, our technology prevents copying on both VCRs and DVD-R devices. We also believe that software “ripper” products, when they include circumvention of copy protection or CSS encryption, are illegal under the law. In addition, we believe that software ripper companies who update their ripper products in order to circumvent RipGuard may be in violation of the anti-circumvention provisions of the DMCA. The U.S. law is based on a set of guidelines for amending basic copyright laws to deal with the protection of digital media. The guidelines were adopted in 1996 by the World Intellectual Property Organization, an agency of the United Nations.

 

11


Table of Contents

Several countries in Europe have adopted a similar EU-wide copyright directive, which includes a provision aimed at controlling hardware and software circumvention devices and technologies. Individual countries’ legislatures are currently discussing these new copyright initiatives. The implementation of the Copyright Directive throughout Europe is continuing, with more countries enacting legislation. The Directive brings into effect prohibitions on the manufacture, import, distribution, sale and marketing of circumvention devices and services. We have already taken action under the German and UK Copyright Acts and obtained injunctions against a number of retailers to stop sales of devices that circumvent our technology.

In Japan, a revision to the Japanese copyright law went into effect in October 1999 prohibiting the sale, manufacture, and import of circumvention devices. In addition, an industry directive that became effective in 1997 requires all digital recording devices to be responsive to analog copy protection technologies that utilize automatic gain control techniques, such as those covered by our patents.

VBI and Digital Data Carriage Matters

We use the vertical blanking interval, or VBI, in the analog television signals of the local affiliates of major broadcast networks such as PBS (through National Datacast), ABC, CBS, NBC and Fox to supply updates throughout the day of program listing information to our TV Guide On Screen and GUIDE Plus+ branded consumer electronics devices in the United States. We have agreements with CBS Corporation (“CBS”) and National Datacast, Inc. (“NDI”) which allow for the distribution of our CE IPG data over the digital broadcast signals of both CBS and NDI participating stations, following the installation of necessary equipment. The FCC has ruled that it is within the discretion of a cable MSO to retransmit or strip out data transmitted in the VBI lines of broadcast stations carried on that MSO’s system. We have agreements with MSOs which provide for carriage of our program listing information in either the VBI or within the digital signal of broadcast television stations.

Digital-to-Analog Converter Box Coupon Program

Full-power television stations must cease analog broadcasting pursuant to the Digital Television Transition and Public Safety Act of 2005 (“Act”). The February 2009 deadline has been delayed. To assist consumers wishing to receive broadcast programming over the air using analog-only televisions after this date, the Act authorizes the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (“NTIA”) to implement a digital-to-analog converter box coupon program. Under the program, eligible consumers may obtain coupons that can be applied towards the purchase of digital-to-analog converter boxes. At the request of the Company, in 2007 NTIA adopted regulations permitting eligible converter boxes to contain hardware and software necessary for the continued functionality of our IPGs in analog consumer electronic devices. We have agreements with converter box manufacturers to incorporate hardware and software necessary for the continued functionality of our CE IPGs. We believe the Act may cause some over the air analog television viewers to upgrade to digital cable or satellite service.

Compatibility Between Cable Systems and Consumer Electronic Equipment

The FCC has been working for over a decade to implement a congressional mandate that it create a competitive market for cable television set-top boxes and other devices to access video programming on cable systems (“navigation devices”) and give consumers a choice in the device used to access such programming, while still allowing the cable systems to have control over the secured access to their systems.

To meet its statutory obligation without compromising the security of video services, the Commission required cable systems to make available a security element (now known as a CableCARD) separate from the basic navigation device needed to access video program channels. In 2003, the FCC adopted regulations implementing an agreement between cable television system operators and consumer electronics manufacturers to facilitate the retail availability of so-called “plug and play” devices that utilize unidirectional CableCARDs, including digital televisions and other digital devices that enable subscribers to access cable television programming without the need for a set-top box (but without the ability for consumers to use interactive content).

 

12


Table of Contents

The parties continue to negotiate a bi-directional “plug and play” agreement. This agreement would permit a cable subscriber to utilize interactive and other two-way services without the need for a set-top box, meaning that consumers could use an IPG built directly into a TV to access and operate their cable subscriptions and not need to purchase or rent a set-top box from the cable operator.

In an effort to ensure that cable operators adequately support CableCARDs, FCC regulations also prohibit multi-channel video service providers (except satellite providers) from deploying after July 1, 2007 navigation devices with combined security and non-security functions (the “integration ban”). Both cable operators and consumer electronics manufacturers are required to use the same security solution. The Commission granted a number of requests for waiver of the integration ban, and denied several petitions for waivers or deferrals. Certain parties have asked the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit to review the FCC’s denials.

Further developments with respect to these issues could impact the availability and/or demand for “plug and play” devices, particularly bi-directional devices, and set-top boxes, all of which could affect demand for IPGs incorporated in set-top boxes or CE devices.

Employees

As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 1,186 full-time employees in our continuing operations. Of these employees, approximately 211 were based outside of the United States. None of our employees in our continuing operations are covered by a collective bargaining agreement or are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any organized work stoppages. We believe that our future success will depend in part upon the continued service of our key employees and on our continued ability to hire and retain qualified personnel. We may not be able to retain our key employees and may not be successful in attracting and retaining sufficient numbers of qualified personnel to conduct our business in the future.

Macrovision Discontinued Operations

TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online

TV Guide Network offers entertainment and television guidance-related programming as well as localized program listings and descriptions primarily in the United States. TV Guide Network is typically included in a basic or expanded basic viewing package offered by television programming distributors to their subscribers, and is usually available in both analog and digital channel lineups. In cable television homes, the screen for TV Guide Network is divided into two components. The lower portion of the screen contains a scrolling program guide, which is color-coded by genre and displays updated local program listings information. This customized text portion of the screen contains viewing times, channel numbers, network identification, program titles, weather, movie descriptions, program ratings and ordering instructions for pay-per-view and, where available, VOD services, for channel lineups in the United States, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. The upper portion of the screen contains original programming dedicated to the world of television. In satellite homes, TV Guide Network’s programming is shown full-screen, without a scrolling program guide. As of December 31, 2008, TV Guide Network was distributed to 82.7 million households as measured by Nielsen Media Research. TV Guide Network generates revenue primarily from advertising and carriage fees paid by multi channel video service providers.

As of December 31, 2008, TV Guide Network had 242 full time employees, all of whom were located in the United States.

TV Guide Online is comprised of five entertainment websites, led by tvguide.com, which feature a combination of entertainment news, video programming, celebrity information, localized channel listings, editorial guidance, community features and search features. TV Guide Online generates revenue primarily from advertising.

 

13


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2008, TV Guide Online had 63 full time employees, all of whom were located in the United States.

The sale of our TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online businesses is expected to close in the first quarter of 2009.

TVG Network (“TVG”)

TVG combines live horse racing from horse racetracks in the United States and other countries with the convenience of wagering from home via telephone, online (www.tvg.com), interactive set-top box and wireless application protocol enabled mobile devices, in certain states. In addition to live racing, the television programming also features commentary, race analysis and interviews with the sport’s newsmakers, handicapping tutorials, and originally-produced programming for racing’s major events. TVG, which as of December 31, 2008 was 94.5% owned by the Company, delivers racing content and accepts state-licensed pari-mutuel account wagers on races from horse racetracks in return for a fee based on a percentage of gross pari-mutuel wagering by TVG customers.

Prior to our sale of the TVG business, TVG maintained wagering accounts for residents of the following states: California, Florida, Idaho, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Massachusetts, Montana, New Hampshire, North Dakota, Ohio, Oregon, Virginia, Washington and Wyoming. Additionally, TVG managed an account wagering system in New York as an agent for Yonkers Raceway.

As of December 31, 2008, TVG had 155 full time employees, all of whom were located in the United States.

The sale of our TVG business closed on January 27, 2009.

TV Guide Magazine

TV Guide magazine’s weekly content was centered on TV-related news, feature stories, TV celebrity photos, behind-the-scenes coverage, reviews and recommendations and national television listings. The magazine was published as one national edition, with either an Eastern/Central or a Mountain/Pacific time-zone listings. The sale of our TV Guide Magazine business closed on December 1, 2008.

Software and Games

Our Software business focused on independent software vendors and enterprise IT departments with solutions including: the FLEXnet suite of electronic license management, electronic license delivery and software asset management products; InstallShield and other installer products; and AdminStudio software packaging tools. Our Games business focused on providing tools and services needed to facilitate the digital distribution of providers of digital goods. The sales of our Software and Games businesses each closed on April 1, 2008.

eMeta

eMeta provided software solutions that enabled companies to manage and sell digital goods and services online. The sale of our eMeta business closed in November 2008.

Available Information

Our Internet website is located at http://www.macrovision.com. We make available free of charge on our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or otherwise furnish it to, the Securities and

 

14


Table of Contents

Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Copies will be provided to any stockholder upon request to Macrovision Solutions Corporation, Attention: Corporate Secretary, 2830 De La Cruz Boulevard, Santa Clara, California 95050. The reference to our Internet website does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on or hyperlinked from our Internet website and should not be considered part of this document.

The public may also read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s Internet website is located at http://www.sec.gov.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should consider carefully the following risks. This list is not exhaustive and you should carefully consider these risks and uncertainties before investing in our common stock. If any of these risks occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could be adversely affected.

If we fail to develop and deliver innovative technologies in response to changes in the entertainment industry, our business could decline.

The markets for our products and technologies are characterized by rapid change and technological evolution. We will need to continue to expend considerable resources on research and development in the future in order to continue to design and deliver enduring, innovative entertainment products and technologies. Despite our efforts, we may not be able to develop and effectively market new products, technologies and services that adequately or competitively address the needs of the changing marketplace. In addition, we may not correctly identify new or changing market trends at an early enough stage to capitalize on market opportunities. At times such changes can be dramatic, such as the shift from VHS videocassettes to DVDs for consumer playback of movies in homes and elsewhere, the anticipated shift to high definition DVD or the transition from packaged media to Internet distribution. The continued decline in worldwide shipments of VCRs has resulted in a decline in our VCR Plus+ revenues over time, causing us to focus on growth in other parts of our business. Our future success depends to a great extent on our ability to develop and deliver innovative technologies that are widely adopted in response to changes in the entertainment industry and that are compatible with the technologies or products introduced by other entertainment industry participants. Despite our efforts and investments in developing new products, services and technologies:

 

   

we cannot assure you that the level of funding and significant resources we are committing for investments in new products, services and technologies will be sufficient or result in successful new products, services or technologies;

 

   

we cannot assure you that our newly developed products, services or technologies can be successfully protected as proprietary intellectual property rights or will not infringe the intellectual property rights of others;

 

   

we cannot assure you that any new products or services that we develop will achieve market acceptance;

 

   

our products, services and technologies may become obsolete due to rapid advancements in technology and changes in consumer preferences; and

 

   

our competitors and/or potential customers may develop products, services or technologies similar to those developed by us, resulting in a reduction in the potential demand for our newly developed products, services or technologies.

Our failure to successfully develop new and improved products, services and technologies, including as a result of any of the risks described above, may reduce our future growth and profitability and may adversely affect our business results and financial condition.

 

15


Table of Contents

If we are unable to compete effectively with existing or new competitors, we could experience price reductions, fewer customers, reduced margins or loss of market share.

Our IPGs face competition from companies that produce and market program guides as well as television schedule information in a variety of formats, both print and electronic. Several products and services on the market offer simplified VCR programming functions that compete with our VCR Plus+ system.

We believe that our DVD digital-to-analog copy protection and videocassette copy protection systems currently have limited competition. It is possible, however, that competitive copy protection technologies could be developed in the future. Increased competition would be likely to result in price reductions and loss of market share, either of which could harm our business. In the video marketplace, there are a variety of supplemental copy protection and encryption systems that provide partial copy protection for digital links. These systems are not directly competitive, as some apply to future products, but they are sometimes confused with our analog copy protection and may create uncertainty in the minds of customers, thereby reducing or delaying our licensing opportunities. Additionally, they may compete from the standpoint of content owners believing they have a limited budget for copy protection, and they may choose to spend their copy protection dollars on only a few technologies. DRM solutions for consumer software, video, and audio have also attracted a number of competitors. It is possible that companies with extensive financial resources may develop or acquire copy protection and rights management solutions that compete with our offerings, or may have a controlling patent position which would negatively impact our cost basis, or may give away their DRM technologies as in the case of the Windows Media Player.

In the connected device middleware and metadata marketplace, there is competition not only from other companies, but from customer-implemented internally-developed solutions as well.

New competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share in any of these areas. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements than we do, which could reduce demand for our products or render them obsolete.

Our business may be adversely affected by fluctuations in demand for consumer electronics devices incorporating our technologies.

We derive significant revenues from CE manufacturer license fees for our IPG and ACP technologies based on the number of units shipped. We do not manufacture hardware, but rather depend on the cooperation of CE manufacturers to incorporate our ACP and IPG technologies into their products. Generally, our license agreements do not require manufacturers to include our technology in any specific number or percentage of units, and only a few of these agreements guarantee a minimum aggregate licensing fee. Purchases of new CE devices, including television sets, integrated satellite receiver decoders, DVRs, DVD recorders, personal computers and Internet appliances are largely discretionary and may be adversely impacted by increasing market saturation, durability of products in the marketplace, new competing products, alternate consumer entertainment options and general economic trends in the countries or regions in which these products are offered. As a result, our future operating results may be adversely impacted by fluctuations in sales of consumer electronics devices employing our technologies.

In addition, the decision by manufacturers to incorporate our IPG technology into their products is a function of what other guide technologies and products are available. Our future operating results may be adversely impacted as a result of consumer electronics manufacturers opting not to incorporate our technology into their devices as a result of other available alternatives.

 

16


Table of Contents

Dependence on the cooperation of MSOs and DBS providers, television broadcasters, hardware manufacturers, publications, data providers and delivery mechanisms could adversely affect our revenues.

We rely on third party providers to deliver our IPG data to consumer electronics devices that include our IPG. Further, our national data network provides customized and localized listings to our IPG service for MSOs and DBS providers and licensees of our data used in third party IPGs for MSOs and DBS providers. There can be no assurance that these delivery mechanisms will distribute the data without error or that the agreements that govern some of these relationships can be maintained on favorable economic terms.

To deliver our IPG data to consumer electronics devices, we have arrangements to carry our data in a part of the television signal called the VBI or its digital signal equivalent, of television stations included in the public broadcasting network, independently owned stations, and stations owned and operated by various station group owners. We have historically only delivered our IPG data to consumer electronics devices through the VBI in analog broadcast signals.

The FCC mandate of 100% digital transmission in the United States was scheduled to take effect in February 2009, but has since been delayed by Congress. In anticipation of this, we entered into agreements with CBS and NDI which allow for the distribution of our CE IPG data over the digital broadcast signals of both CBS and NDI participating stations, following the installation of necessary equipment. The FCC has ruled that it is within the discretion of a cable MSO to retransmit or strip out data transmitted in the VBI lines of broadcast stations carried on that MSO’s system. We have agreements with MSOs which provide for carriage of our program listing information in either the VBI or within the digital signal of broadcast television stations.

We also rely on other arrangements in the United States, which are not long-term, with other broadcasters for secondary carriage of our IPG data to consumer electronics devices. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully renew or extend any of our existing carriage arrangements when they expire, or that renewals will be on terms that are as favorable to us as the arrangements currently in effect. Our inability to renew the existing arrangements on terms that are favorable to us, or enter into alternative arrangements that allow us to effectively transmit our IPG data to consumer electronics devices could have a material adverse effect on our CE IPG business.

Our IPG data to CE devices broadcast through the VBI can be, and has been in the past in some markets, deleted or modified by some of the local service providers. Widespread deletion or modification of this data by service providers could have a material adverse impact on our CE IPG business. To mitigate this risk in the United States, we have entered into agreements with many service providers to ensure that our IPG data to CE devices will not be deleted or modified by such systems. Additionally, cable companies in the United States are progressively moving their systems from an analog format to a digital format, which poses certain problems to the passage of our IPG data to consumer electronics devices carried in their signals. Solving such problems will require the cooperation of third parties such as the MSOs and hardware manufacturers, and may also require additional investment by us. Furthermore, in order for CE devices that incorporate our IPG to receive our data, such data must also be able to pass through any receivers through which such CE devices are receiving television programming signals. Even if our IPG data is passed to cable subscribers through cable networks by the service providers, there is a risk that the cable set-top boxes deployed by such subscribers can impede the passage of our IPG data to CE devices. Widespread impedance of our IPG data to CE devices in any of the manners set forth above could have a material adverse impact on our CE IPG business.

We are currently making significant investments in the United States, Europe and Japan to build the capability to provide our program listings information via digital broadcast signals to support the next generation of products from our manufacturing partners. This involves in some cases deploying equipment to aggregate and insert listings data, and securing bandwidth in digital broadcast streams to deliver that data. If we are unable to complete this digital delivery build-out in each of our regions in time to meet the planned deployment of the next generation of digital broadcast reliant CE devices, this could have a material adverse impact on our consumer electronics IPG business.

 

17


Table of Contents

We deliver our data to our IPG service for MSOs and to licensees of our data used in third party IPGs for MSOs via satellite transmission, among other means. While we have built in certain redundancies in our data delivery operation, a third party provides us with satellite capacity to transmit our data to our IPG service for certain MSOs and to licensees of our data used in third party IPGs for MSOs. Our arrangement with the third party provider may be terminated on little or no notice. In the event that a provider of satellite capacity elects not to provide this capacity to transmit our data, there can be no assurance that all of our customers who currently receive our data via such provider will be able to receive our data via alternative means without significant delay or additional cost to us. In the event that such provider elects not to transmit our data, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

In addition, we purchase some of our program guide information from commercial vendors. The quality, accuracy and timeliness of that data may not continue to meet our standards or be acceptable to consumers.

Our VCR Plus+ system relies on consumer access to PlusCode numbers through licensed publications. We depend on the maintenance and renewal of agreements governing the PlusCode publications to ensure the distribution of the PlusCodes.

The effects of the continued global economic crisis may impact our business, operating results, financial condition or liquidity.

The recent global economic crisis has caused a general tightening in the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity, increases in the rates of default and bankruptcy, an unprecedented level of intervention from the United States federal government and other foreign governments, decreased consumer confidence, overall slower economic activity and extreme volatility in credit, equity and fixed income markets. While the ultimate outcome of these events cannot be predicted, these macroeconomic developments could negatively affect our business, operating results, financial condition or liquidity in a number of ways. For example, if the economic downturn makes it difficult for our customers and suppliers to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, they may cause them to delay, decrease or cancel purchases of our solutions or reduce production of their products. As many of our solutions are licensed on a per-unit fee basis, our customers’ decision to decrease production of their products or devices may decrease our licensing revenue and adversely impact our operating results.

Furthermore, as our customers face a weakening economy, they may not be able to gain sufficient credit in a timely manner, which could result in an impairment of their ability to place orders with us or to make timely payments to us for previous purchases. If this occurs, our revenue may be reduced, thereby having a negative impact on our results of operations. In addition, we may be forced to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts and our days sales outstanding may increase, which would have a negative impact on our cash position, liquidity and financial condition. We cannot predict the timing or the duration of this or any other economic downturn in the economy and we are not immune to the effects of general worldwide economic conditions.

In addition, financial institution failures may cause us to incur increased expenses or make it more difficult either to utilize our existing debt capacity or otherwise obtain financing for our operations, investing activities (including the financing of any future acquisitions), or financing activities (including the timing and amount of any repurchases of our common stock or debt we may make in the future). Our investment portfolio, which includes short-term debt securities, is generally subject to general credit, liquidity, counterparty, market and interest rate risks that may be exacerbated by the recent global financial crisis. If the banking system or the fixed income, credit or equity markets continue to deteriorate or remain volatile, our investment portfolio may be impacted and the values and liquidity of our investments could be adversely affected.

Finally, like many other stocks, our stock price has been affected by the global economic uncertainties and if investors have concerns that our business, operating results and financial condition will be negatively impacted by a worldwide economic downturn, our stock price could further decrease.

 

18


Table of Contents

If the recent worsening of credit market conditions continues or increases, it could adversely impact our investments and as a result, our liquidity.

Recent deterioration of the credit markets has led to liquidity issues and failed auctions in the auction rate securities market. The auction rate securities we hold have failed to trade at recent auctions due to insufficient bids from buyers. We have recorded unrealized losses related to our available-for-sale auction rate securities to accumulated other comprehensive income due to temporary declines in fair value and reclassified all auction rate securities from short-term investments to long-term marketable investments on our balance sheet. If there are future unsuccessful auctions, the fair value of these auction rate securities may continue to decline. The decline in fair value of our available-for-sale auction rate securities may become other than temporary and we may incur impairment charges in connection with these securities which would adversely impact our earnings and financial condition.

We are exposed to risks associated with our changing technology base through strategic acquisitions, investments and divestitures.

We have expanded our technology base in the past through strategic acquisitions and investments in companies with complementary technologies or intellectual property and intend to do so in the future. Acquisitions hold special challenges in terms of successful integration of technologies, products and employees. In addition to the acquisition of Gemstar in May 2008, over the last two years we completed the divestitures of our TV Guide Magazine business (December 2008), our Software business (April 2008), our Games business (April 2008), our eMeta business (November 2008) and our TVG Network business (January 2009). We also completed the acquisitions of Mediabolic, Inc. (January 2007) and All Media Guide Holdings, Inc. (December 2007) and the acquisition of the assets of Cryptography Research, Inc. (November 2007). We are currently in the process of divesting our TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online businesses and expect to close the divestiture in the first quarter of 2009. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions and divestitures or the benefits of any other acquisitions we have completed or may complete in the future, and we may not be able to incorporate any acquired services, products or technologies with our existing operations, or integrate personnel from the acquired businesses, in which case our business could be harmed.

Acquisitions, divestitures and other strategic investments involve numerous risks, including:

 

   

problems integrating and divesting the operations, technologies, personnel or products over geographically disparate locations;

 

   

unanticipated costs, litigation and other contingent liabilities;

 

   

continued liability for pre-closing activities of divested businesses or certain post-closing liabilities which we may agree to assume as part of the transaction in which a particular business is divested;

 

   

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;

 

   

risks associated with entering into markets in which we have no, or limited, prior experience;

 

   

incurrence of significant exit charges if products acquired in business combinations are unsuccessful;

 

   

significant diversion of management’s attention from our core business and diversion of key employees’ time and resources;

 

   

inability to retain key customers, distributors, vendors and other business partners of the acquired business; and

 

   

potential loss of our key employees or the key employees of an acquired organization.

Financing for future acquisitions may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. If we identify an appropriate acquisition candidate for any of our businesses, we may not be able to negotiate the terms of the acquisition successfully, finance the acquisition or integrate the acquired business, products, technologies or employees into our existing business and operations. Future acquisitions and divestitures may not be well-received by the investment community, which may cause the value of our stock to fall. We cannot ensure that we

 

19


Table of Contents

will be able to identify or complete any acquisition or divestiture in the future, and our senior secured credit facility and the indenture related to the notes impose some restrictions on our ability to make and finance additional acquisitions or divestitures.

If we acquire businesses, new products or technologies in the future, we may incur significant acquisition-related costs. Divestitures could cause similar problems to occur. In addition, we may be required to amortize significant amounts of identifiable intangible assets and we may record significant amounts of goodwill that will be subject to annual testing for impairment. We have in the past and may in the future be required to write off all or part of one or more of these investments that could harm our operating results. If we consummate one or more significant future acquisitions in which the consideration consists of stock or other securities, our existing stockholders’ ownership could be significantly diluted. If we were to proceed with one or more significant future acquisitions in which the consideration included cash, we could be required to use a substantial portion of our available cash. Acquisition activities could also cause operating margins to fall depending upon the financial models of the businesses acquired.

Our strategic investments may involve joint development, joint marketing, or entry into new business ventures, or new technology licensing. Any joint development efforts may not result in the successful introduction of any new products by us or a third party, and any joint marketing efforts may not result in increased demand for our products. Further, any current or future strategic acquisitions and investments by us may not allow us to enter and compete effectively in new markets or enhance our business in our existing markets.

We currently hold minority equity interests in a few privately held companies. There is no active trading market for the securities of privately held companies and our investments in them are illiquid at best. We have written off substantially all of our investments in such privately held companies and we may never have an opportunity to realize any return on our investments in them.

We expect to exit non-strategic business lines and divest non-strategic assets in order to enhance our focus on the execution of our business with respect to our core strategic assets business plan. Such exit activities may not occur on the timeframes desired by management, or may not occur on terms favorable to us, which may impact management’s focus on its strategic assets and may also impact our ability to support our debt obligations.

Covenants in our debt agreements restrict our business in many ways and if we do not effectively manage our covenants, our financial conditions and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our credit facilities contain various covenants that limit our ability and/or our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or assume liens or additional debt or provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

 

   

issue redeemable stock and preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

 

   

make loans, investments and capital expenditures;

 

   

enter into agreements that restrict distributions from our subsidiaries;

 

   

sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.

 

20


Table of Contents

In addition, our senior secured credit facility contains restrictive covenants and requires us to maintain specified financial ratios. Our ability to meet those financial ratios can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may be unable to meet those tests. In addition, we have historically had less debt with fewer covenants. If we fail to maintain effective internal controls to comply with these covenants, we may be in breach. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our senior secured credit facility and/or our other indebtedness. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our senior secured credit facility, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our senior secured credit facility to be immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. A significant portion of our assets are subject to liens. If the lenders under our senior secured credit facility accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay our senior secured credit facility and our other indebtedness. Our borrowings under our senior secured credit facility are, and are expected to continue to be, at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness which could adversely affect our financial position and prevent us from fulfilling our debt obligations.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2008, we had total debt from continuing operations of approximately $887.6 million, consisting of $100.0 million of senior notes, $547.3 million of borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, $0.3 million of capital lease obligations and $240.0 million of convertible notes. We may also incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Our substantial indebtedness may:

 

   

make it difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including making scheduled principal and interest payments on the notes and our other indebtedness;

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general business purposes;

 

   

limit our ability to use our cash flow or obtain additional financing for future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general business purposes;

 

   

require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make debt service payments;

 

   

limit our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and industry;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our less leveraged competitors; and

 

   

increase our vulnerability to the impact of adverse economic and industry conditions.

Our ability to meet our debt service obligations will depend on our future performance, which will be subject to financial, business, and other factors affecting its operations, many of which are beyond our control.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our debt obligations.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness will depend on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to

 

21


Table of Contents

meet our debt service and other obligations. Our credit agreements restrict our ability to dispose of assets, use the proceeds from any disposition of assets and to refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Repayment of our debt is dependent on cash flow generated by our subsidiaries.

Macrovision Solutions Corporation’s subsidiaries, including Macrovision Corporation and Gemstar-TV Guide International, own a significant portion of our assets and conduct substantially all of our operations. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness is dependent, to a significant extent, on the generation of cash flow by the subsidiaries, including Macrovision Corporation and Gemstar-TV Guide International, and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors or a co-issuer of our indebtedness, our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on our indebtedness or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur substantially more indebtedness. This could exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of our credit agreements and indentures limit, but do not prohibit, us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with existing indebtedness, the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to share ratably with the holders of our existing debt obligations in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of us. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify.

Changes in, or interpretations of, tax rules and regulations, may adversely affect our effective tax rates.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be unfavorably affected by changes in tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws, by changes in the amount of revenue or earnings that we derive from international sources in countries with high or low statutory tax rates, or by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. Unanticipated changes in our tax rates could affect our future results of operations.

In addition, federal, state, and foreign tax jurisdictions may examine our income tax returns, including income tax returns of acquired companies and acquired tax attributes included therein. We regularly assess the likelihood of outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. In making such assessments, we exercise judgment in estimating our provision for income taxes. While we believe our estimates are reasonable, we cannot assure you that the final determination from these examinations will not be materially different from that reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Any adverse outcome from these examinations may have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results, which could cause the market price of our stock to decline.

We may fail to realize the anticipated benefits expected from the Gemstar acquisition.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated revenue opportunities from combining the businesses of Macrovision and Gemstar. Our management believes that combining its and Gemstar’s assets will provide each company’s customers, including consumer electronics manufacturers, operators of cable and satellite programming distribution systems, direct satellite broadcasters and web portals,

 

22


Table of Contents

with new tools, services and technologies to allow their consumers to discover, acquire, manage and enjoy content and thus produce new revenue opportunities for our company. There can be no assurance, however, that the market will adopt our new tools, services and technologies, or that these revenue opportunities will be achieved. If we are not able to successfully achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of the mergers may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected. The combining of the two companies’ businesses, even if achieved in an efficient, effective and timely manner, may not result in better combined results of operations and financial condition than would have been achieved by each company independently.

The failure to integrate successfully Macrovision’s and Gemstar’s businesses and operations may adversely affect our future results.

Integrating the acquired business has been and will continue to be a complex, time-consuming and expensive process, and can impact the effectiveness of our internal controls. The integration process and other disruptions from the acquisition of Gemstar and divestitures of the TV Guide properties could result in the disruption of our ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers, suppliers, employees and others with whom we have business dealings or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of Gemstar. Our management will continue to have to devote substantial resources and efforts to it, which could distract management from executing other strategic priorities of the combined company’s business.

Our success is heavily dependent upon our proprietary technologies.

We believe that our future success will depend on our ability to continue to introduce proprietary solutions for digital content and technologies. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions, and technical measures to protect our intellectual property rights. Our patents, trademarks or copyrights may be challenged and invalidated or circumvented. Our patents may not be of sufficient scope or strength or be issued in all countries where products incorporating our technologies can be sold. We have filed applications to expand our patent claims and for improvement patents to extend the current expiration dates, however, expiration of some of our patents may harm our business. If we are not successful in protecting our intellectual property, our business would be harmed.

Others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technologies, duplicate our technologies or design around our patents. Effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries. Despite efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise use aspects of processes and devices that we regard as proprietary. Policing unauthorized use of our proprietary information is difficult, and the steps we have taken may not prevent misappropriation of our technologies. Such competitive threats could harm our business.

We may initiate patent infringement or patent interference actions or other litigation to protect our intellectual property, which could be costly and harm our business.

We are currently engaged in litigation, and litigation may be necessary in the future, to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others.

We, and many of our current and potential competitors, dedicate substantial resources to protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights, especially patents in the area of digital rights management technologies. We believe that companies will continue to take steps to protect these technologies, including, but not limited to, seeking patent protection. As a result, disputes regarding the ownership of these technologies and the associated rights are likely to arise in the future and may be very costly. Companies in the technology and content-related industries have frequently resorted to litigation regarding intellectual property rights. We may be forced to litigate to determine the validity and scope of other parties’ proprietary rights. Any such litigation could be very costly, could distract our management from focusing on operating our business, and might ultimately be unsuccessful. The existence and/or outcome of such litigation could harm our business.

 

23


Table of Contents

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims or other litigation, which are costly to defend and could limit our ability to use certain technologies in the future.

From time to time we receive claims and inquiries from third parties alleging that our internally developed technology, technology we have acquired or technology we license from third parties may infringe other third parties’ proprietary rights, especially patents. Third parties have also asserted and most likely will continue to assert claims against us alleging infringement of copyrights, trademark rights or other proprietary rights, or alleging unfair competition or violations of privacy rights. We could be required to spend significant amounts of time and money to defend ourselves against such claims. If any of these claims were to prevail, we could be forced to pay damages, comply with injunctions, or stop distributing our products and services while we re-engineer them or seek licenses to necessary technology, which might not be available on reasonable terms or at all. We could also be subject to claims for indemnification resulting from infringement claims made against our customers and strategic partners, which could increase our defense costs and potential damages. For example, we have received notices and lawsuits from certain customers requesting indemnification in patent-related lawsuits. We evaluate the requests and assess whether we believe we are obligated to provide such indemnification to such customers on a case by case basis. Customers or strategic partners making such requests could become unwilling or hesitant to do business with us if we decline such requests. An adverse determination with respect to such requests or in any of these events described above could require us to change our business practices and have a material impact on our business and results of operations.

Litigation could harm our business and result in:

 

   

substantial settlement or related costs, including indemnification of customers;

 

   

diversion of management and technical resources;

 

   

either our customers discontinuing to use or ourselves discontinuing to sell infringing products;

 

   

our expending significant resources to develop non-infringing technology; and

 

   

our obtaining licenses to infringed technology.

We are involved in the business of protection and enablement of audio, video and software content on the Internet. There has been, and we believe that there will continue to be, an increasing level of litigation to determine the applicability of current laws to, and impact of new technologies on, the use and distribution of content over the Internet and through new devices. As we develop products and services that protect, provide or enable the provision of content in such ways, the risk of litigation against us may increase.

For our business to succeed, we need to attract and retain qualified employees and manage our employee base effectively.

Our success depends on our ability to hire and retain qualified employees and to manage our employee base effectively. Because of the specialized nature of our business, our future success will depend upon our continuing ability to identify, attract, train and retain other highly skilled managerial, technical, sales and marketing personnel, particularly as we enter new markets. Competition for people with the skills that we require is intense, particularly in the San Francisco Bay area where our headquarters are located and Los Angeles where we have significant operations, and the high cost of living in these areas makes our recruiting and compensation costs higher. In particular, declines in technology market values and the resultant impact on our stock price have in the past and may in the future impair our ability to effectively use stock options as an incentive to hire and retain employees. If we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

24


Table of Contents

We must establish and maintain licensing relationships with companies to build and support a worldwide content value management ecosystem and to expand our business, and failure to do so could harm our business prospects.

Our future success will depend upon our ability to establish and maintain licensing relationships with companies in related business fields, including:

 

   

DVD and CD authoring facilities, mastering houses and replicators;

 

   

DVD and CD authoring tools software companies and replicator test equipment suppliers;

 

   

DVD and CD hardware manufacturers;

 

   

videocassette duplicators;

 

   

semiconductor and equipment manufacturers;

 

   

operators of digital PPV and VOD networks;

 

   

consumer electronics, digital PPV/VOD set-top hardware manufacturers, and PC manufacturers;

 

   

DRM suppliers; and

 

   

Internet portals and other digital distribution companies.

Substantially all of our license agreements are non-exclusive, and therefore our licensees are free to enter into similar agreements with third parties, including our competitors. Our licensees may develop or pursue alternative technologies either on their own or in collaboration with others, including our competitors.

Some of our third party license arrangements will require that we license others’ technologies and/or integrate our solutions with others. In addition, we rely on third parties to report usage and volume information to us. Delays, errors or omissions in this information could harm our business. If these third parties choose not to support integration efforts or delay the integration, our business could be harmed.

It may be more difficult for us, in the future, to have our technologies adopted as individual industry standards to the extent that entertainment industry participants collaborate on the development of industry standard technologies.

Increasingly, standards-setting organizations are adopting or establishing technology standards for use in a wide-range of consumer electronics products. As a result, it is more difficult for individual companies to have their technologies adopted wholesale as an informal industry standard. In addition, increasingly there are a large number of companies, including companies that typically compete against one another, involved in the development of new technologies for use in consumer entertainment products. As a result, these companies often license their collective intellectual property rights as a group, making it more difficult for any single company to have its technologies adopted widely as a de facto industry standard or to have its technologies adopted as an exclusive, explicit industry standard. Examples of this include MPEG-LA (DRM licensing); Blu-ray DVD (high definition DVD format); and Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) and the Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) Forum (interoperability of consumer electronics devices). If our technologies are not supported by these standards bodies or patent pools, it may be more difficult for us to grow our business in the future. Our major customers may have a large influence on industry standards and the widespread adoption of new technologies. The selection of alternative technologies to ours or to those on which our technologies operate would harm our business.

Continued consolidation of the cable and satellite broadcasting industry could adversely affect existing agreements; the impact of these changes is not clear.

We have entered into agreements with a large number of cable MSOs and DBS providers for the licensing or distribution of our technology, products and services. If, as expected, consolidation of the cable and satellite

 

25


Table of Contents

broadcasting industry continues, some of these agreements may be affected by mergers, acquisitions or system swaps. We cannot assure you that any measures that we have taken to protect us against any negative consequences resulting from those transactions will be effective. Also, a service provider that files a bankruptcy petition or otherwise restructures or liquidates could avoid its future obligations and discharge its past payment obligations under the agreement in some circumstances. Any such events could have a material adverse effect on the amount of revenue we receive under these agreements.

The market for IPG advertising and our ability to fully exploit it may not develop.

The market for IPG advertising is at an early stage of development and we cannot assure you that we will succeed in our efforts to develop IPG advertising as an advertising medium widely accepted by consumers and advertisers. In addition, MSO, DBS and Internet protocol television, or IPTV, providers who have a patent license from us are not required to provide advertising in their IPG. Therefore our ability to derive advertising revenues from IPGs distributed by our patent licensees is also dependent on the implementation of IPG advertising by such licensees.

Limitations on control of joint ventures may adversely impact our operations.

We hold our interests in certain businesses, including Guideworks and IPG Inc., as a joint venture or in partnership with nonaffiliated third parties. As a result of such arrangements, we may be unable to control the operations, strategies and financial decisions of such joint venture or partnership entities which could in turn result in limitations on our ability to implement strategies that we may favor, or to cause dividends or distributions to be paid. In addition, our ability to transfer our interests in businesses owned with third parties is limited under certain joint venture, partnership or similar agreements.

We have limited control over existing and potential customers’ and licensees’ decisions to include our technology in their product offerings.

In general, we are dependent on our customers and licensees—including producers and distributors of content for films and videos—to incorporate our technology into their products. Although we have license agreements with many of these companies, many of these license agreements do not require any minimum purchase commitments, or are on a non-exclusive basis, or do not require incorporation of our technology in their products. If our customers were to determine that the benefits of our technology do not justify the cost of licensing the technology, then demand for our technology would decline. Furthermore, while we may be successful in obtaining mandatory status for our technology in one or more industry standards, there is no guarantee that products associated with these standards will be successful in the market. Our licensees and other manufacturers might not utilize our technology in the future. If this were to occur, our business would be harmed.

Our relationships with entertainment industry participants are particularly important to our businesses, and if we fail to maintain such relationships our business could be materially harmed.

If we fail to maintain and expand our relationships with a broad range of participants throughout the entertainment industry, including motion picture studios, broadcasters and manufacturers of CE products, our business and prospects could be materially harmed. Relationships have historically played an important role in the entertainment industries that we serve. If we fail to maintain and strengthen these relationships, these entertainment industry participants may not purchase and use our technologies, which could materially harm our business and prospects. In addition to directly providing a substantial portion of our revenue, these relationships are also critical to our ability to have our technologies adopted as industry standards. Moreover, if we fail to maintain our relationships, or if we are not able to develop relationships in new markets in which we intend to compete in the future, including markets for new technologies and expanding geographic markets, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if major industry participants form strategic relationships that exclude us, our business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

26


Table of Contents

The success of our entertainment business depends on the continued use by major movie studios of, and market demand for, our video content protection technology.

Historically, we have derived a large percentage of our net revenues and operating income from fees for the application of our patented video content protection technology to various video formats, including prerecorded videocassettes, DVDs, PPV and VOD, programs.

Revenues from these fees will depend on (a) growth in the various media formats, including the Blu-ray format, (b) use of our video content protection technology on videocassettes, DVDs, digital PPV/VOD programs or PCs, and (c) pricing for our technology. To increase or maintain our market penetration, we must continue to persuade content owners that the cost of licensing our technology is outweighed by the increase in revenues that content owners and retailers gain as a result of using content protection, such as revenues from additional sales of the copy protected material or subsequent revenues from other distribution channels.

Our ability to expand our markets into digital PPV/VOD and other venues will depend in large part on the support of the major motion picture studios in advocating the incorporation and activation of copy protection technology in the hardware and network infrastructure required to distribute such video programming. Consumers may react negatively to copy protected PPV or VOD programming because they may feel they are entitled to copy, having in the past routinely copied for later viewing analog cable and satellite-delivered subscription television, PPV programs and recorded music. If there is consumer dissatisfaction that cannot be managed or if there are technical capability or other problems, our business could be harmed.

Any decline in demand for our video content protection technology, including a change of video content protection policy by the major motion picture studios, a decline in sales of prerecorded videocassettes and DVDs that are encoded with our video content protection technology due to a shift from physical media distribution to digital distribution or otherwise, additional declines in our average unit royalties, as well as loss of demand due to consumers choosing to utilize peer-to peer services and not purchasing authentic packaged media or authorized DRM downloads, could adversely affect our business. If our customers are unable to prevent their content from becoming available through piracy sources, they may consider our technology to be less valuable, and if one or more of the motion picture studios were to withdraw its support for our content protection technologies or otherwise determine not to copy protect a significant portion of prerecorded videocassettes, DVD or digital PPV/VOD programs, our business would be harmed.

As our entertainment technologies customers try to minimize costs, they may decrease their content protection usage or negotiate decreases in their usage fees, which may result in a substantial decline in our entertainment related revenues.

Studios face increased pressure to trim their DVD manufacturing expenses. This includes cutting back their content protection usage, as well as negotiated reductions in their usage fees. Diminishing margins that studios have been experiencing have contributed to a reduction in the prices we can charge them to include our video content protection technology in their products. As such, we have experienced a decline in our entertainment technologies’ revenue associated with DVDs in the last two years. In addition, some studios choose to copy protect selected titles, or choose to not use any copy protection, and their actions may influence other studios to do the same, which could harm our business.

Our operating results may fluctuate, which may cause us to not be able to sustain our revenue levels or rate of revenue growth on a quarterly or annual basis and which may cause our common stock price to decline.

Our quarterly and annual revenues, expenses and operating results could vary significantly in the future and period-to-period comparisons should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. We may experience volatility in revenues which may cause us to not be able to sustain our revenue levels, or our rate of revenue growth, on a quarterly or annual basis. In addition, we may be required to delay or extend recognition of revenue

 

27


Table of Contents

on more complex licensing arrangements as required under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Fluctuations in our operating results have in the past caused, and may in the future cause, the price of our common stock to decline.

Other factors that could affect our operating results include:

 

   

the acceptance of our technologies by system operators and consumer electronics manufacturers;

 

   

expenses related to, and the financial impact of, possible acquisitions of other businesses and the integration of such businesses;

 

   

the timing and ability of signing high-value licensing agreements during a specific period;

 

   

the potential that we may not be in a position to anticipate a decline in revenues in any quarter until (i) late in the quarter due to the closing of new sales agreements late in the quarter or (ii) after the quarter ends due to the delay inherent in reporting from certain licensees;

 

   

the extent to which new content technologies or formats replace technologies to which our solutions are targeted;

 

   

adverse changes in the level of economic activity in the United States or other major economies in which we do business as a result of the threat of terrorism, military actions taken by the United States or its allies, or generally weak and uncertain economic and industry conditions

Our quarterly operating results may also fluctuate depending upon when we receive royalty reports from certain licensees. We recognize a portion of our license revenue only after we receive royalty reports from our licensees regarding the manufacture of their products that incorporate our technologies. As a result, the timing of our revenue is dependent upon the timing of our receipt of those reports, some of which are not delivered until late in the quarter or after the end of the quarter. This may put us in a position of not being able to anticipate a decline in revenues in any given quarter. In addition, it is not uncommon for royalty reports to include corrective or retroactive royalties that cover extended periods of time. Furthermore, there have been times in the past when we have recognized an unusually large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee in a given quarter because not all of our revenue recognition criteria were met in prior periods. This can result in a large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee being recorded in a given quarter that is not necessarily indicative of the amounts of licensing revenue to be received from that licensee in future quarters, thus causing fluctuations in our operating results.

A significant portion of our revenues is derived from international sales. Economic, political, regulatory and other risks associated with our international business could have an adverse effect on our operating results.

We expect that international and export sales will continue to represent a substantial portion of our net revenues for the foreseeable future. Our future growth will depend to a large extent on worldwide acceptance and deployment of our solutions.

To the extent that foreign governments impose restrictions on importation of programming, technology or components from the United States, the demand for our solutions in these markets could diminish. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States, which increases the risk of unauthorized use of our technologies. Such laws also may not be conducive to copyright protection of digital content, which may make our content protection technology less effective and reduce the demand for it.

Because we sell our products worldwide, our business is subject to the risks associated with conducting business internationally, including:

 

   

foreign government regulation;

 

   

changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

changes in, or imposition of, foreign laws and regulatory requirements;

 

   

changes in, or weakening of copyright and intellectual property (patent) laws;

 

   

difficulty of effective enforcement of contractual provisions in local jurisdictions;

 

   

tariffs or taxes and other trade barriers and restrictions;

 

   

fluctuations in our net effective income tax rate driven by changes in the percentage of revenues that we derive from international sources;

 

   

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic condition, including changes resulting from the threat of terrorism;

 

   

difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations; and

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Our business could be materially adversely affected if foreign markets do not continue to develop, if we do not receive additional orders to supply our technologies or products for use by foreign system operators, CE manufacturers and PPV/VOD providers or if regulations governing our international businesses change. Any changes to the statute or the regulations with respect to export of encryption technologies could require us to redesign our products or technologies or prevent us from selling our products and licensing our technologies internationally.

We have made and expect to make significant investments in infrastructure which, if ineffective, may adversely affect our business results.

We have made and expect to make significant investments in infrastructure, tools, systems, technologies and content, including initiatives relating to digital asset and rights management and data warehouses, aimed to create, assist in the development or operation of, or enhance our ability to deliver innovative products and services across multiple media, digital and emerging platforms. These investments may ultimately cost more than is anticipated, their implementation may take longer than expected and they may not meaningfully contribute to or result in successful new or enhanced products, services or technologies.

Some terms of our agreements with licensees could be interpreted in a manner that could adversely affect licensing revenue payable to us under those agreements.

Some of our license agreements contain “most favored nation” clauses. These clauses typically provide that if we enter into an agreement with another licensee on more favorable terms, we must offer some of those terms to our existing licensees. We have entered into a number of license agreements with terms that differ in some respects from those contained in other agreements. These agreements may obligate us to provide different, more favorable, terms to licensees, which could, if applied, result in lower revenues or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. While we believe that we have appropriately complied with the most favored nation terms included in our license agreements, these contracts are complex and other parties could reach a different conclusion that, if correct, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Our products could be susceptible to errors, defects, or unintended performance problems that could result in lost revenues, liability or delayed or limited market acceptance.

We offer and develop a series of complex content management and software solutions, which we license to customers. The performance of these products typically involves working with sophisticated software, computing and communications systems. Due to the complexity of these products offered and developed, and despite our quality assurance testing, the products may contain undetected defects or errors that may affect the proper use or application of such products by the customer. Because our products are embedded in digital content and other

 

29


Table of Contents

software, our solutions’ performance could unintentionally jeopardize our customers’ product performance. Any such defects, errors, or unintended performance problems in existing or new products, and any inability to meet customer expectations in a timely manner, could result in loss of revenue or market share, failure to achieve market acceptance, diversion of development resources, injury to our reputation, increased insurance costs and increased service, any of which could materially harm our business.

In addition, we rely on the customer and third party replicators to properly use our products to protect the software and applications to which our technology may be applied. Any improper use or application of the software by the customer or the third party replicators may render our technologies useless and result in losses from claims arising out of such improper use of the products.

Because customers rely on our products as used in their software and applications, defects or errors in our products may discourage customers from purchasing our products.

These defects or errors could also result in product liability or warranty claims. Although we attempt to reduce the risk of losses resulting from these claims through warranty disclaimers and limitation of liability clauses in our agreements, these contractual provisions may not be enforceable in every instance. Furthermore, although we maintain errors and omissions insurance, this insurance may not adequately cover these claims. If a court refused to enforce the liability-limiting provisions of our contracts for any reason, or if liabilities arose that were not contractually limited or adequately covered by insurance, our business could be materially harmed.

In protecting copyrights and other intellectual property rights of our customers, our products affect consumer use of our customers’ products. Consumers may view this negatively and discontinue or threaten to discontinue purchase or use of our customers’ products unless our customers stop using our technologies. This may cause a decline in demand for our products or legal actions against us by our customers or consumers.

Government regulations may adversely affect our business.

The satellite transmission, cable and telecommunications industries are subject to pervasive federal regulation, including FCC licensing and other requirements. These industries are also often subject to extensive regulation by local and state authorities. While these regulations do not apply directly to us, they affect cable television providers and other multi-channel video programming distributors, or MVPDs, which are the primary customers for certain of our products and services. FCC regulations prohibit MVPDs (except DBS providers) from deploying after July 1, 2007 consumer electronic navigation devices (e.g., set-top boxes) with combined security and non-security functions (the “integration ban”). The FCC recently granted a number of requests for waiver of the integration ban, and denied several petitions for waivers or deferrals. Petitions for reconsideration of the decisions denying waivers are pending before the FCC. Resolution of these petitions and other FCC action with respect to these issues could affect demand for IPGs incorporated into set-top boxes or consumer electronics devices.

Legislative initiatives seeking to weaken copyright law or new governmental regulation or new interpretation of existing laws that cause resulting legal uncertainties could harm our business.

Consumer rights advocates and other constituencies continuously challenge copyright law, notably the U.S. Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998, or DMCA, through both legislative and judicial actions. Legal uncertainties surrounding the application of the DMCA may adversely affect our business. If copyright law is compromised, or devices that can circumvent our technology are permitted by law and become prevalent, this could result in reduced demand for our technologies, and our business would be harmed.

Many laws and regulations are pending and may be adopted in the United States, individual states and local jurisdictions and other countries with respect to the Internet. These laws may relate to many areas that impact our business, including copyright and other intellectual property rights, digital rights management, property ownership and taxation. These types of regulations are likely to differ between countries and other political and

 

30


Table of Contents

geographic divisions. Other countries and political organizations are likely to impose or favor more and different regulation than that which has been proposed in the United States, thus furthering the complexity of regulations. In addition, state and local governments may impose regulations in addition to, inconsistent with, or stricter than federal regulations. Changes to or the interpretation of these laws could increase our costs, expose us to increased litigation risk, substantial defense costs and other liabilities or require us or our customers to change business practices. It is not possible to predict whether or when such legislation may be adopted, and the adoption of such laws or regulations, and uncertainties associated with their validity, interpretation, applicability and enforcement, could materially and adversely affect our business.

We may be subject to legal liability for the provision of third-party products, services or content.

We periodically enter into arrangements to offer third-party products, services, content or advertising under our brands or via distribution on our websites or in our products or service offerings. We may be subject to claims concerning these products, services, content or advertising by virtue of our involvement in marketing, branding, broadcasting or providing access to them. Our agreements with these parties may not adequately protect us from these potential liabilities. It is also possible that, if any information provided directly by us contains errors or is otherwise negligently provided to users, third parties could make claims against us, including, for example, claims for intellectual property infringement. Investigating and defending any of these types of claims is expensive, even if the claims do not result in liability. If any of these claims results in liability, we could be required to pay damages or other penalties, which could harm our business and our operating results.

Business interruptions could adversely affect our future operating results.

The provision of certain of our products and services depends on the continuing operation of communications and transmission systems and mechanisms, including satellite, cable, wire, over the air broadcast communications and transmission systems and mechanisms. These communication and transmission systems and mechanisms are subject to significant risks and any damage to or failure of these systems and mechanisms could result in an interruption of the provision of our products and services.

Several of our major business operations are subject to interruption by earthquake, fire, power shortages, terrorist attacks and other hostile acts, and other events beyond our control. The majority of our research and development activities, our corporate headquarters, our principal information technology systems, and other critical business operations are located near major seismic faults. Our operating results and financial condition could be materially harmed in the event of a major earthquake or other natural or man-made disaster that disrupts our business. The communications and transmission systems and mechanisms that we depend on are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities.

Our telephone and computer networks are subject to security and stability risks that could harm our business and reputation and expose us to litigation or liability.

Online business activities depend on the ability to transmit confidential information and licensed intellectual property securely over private and public networks. Any compromise of our ability to transmit such information and data securely or reliably, and any costs associated with preventing or eliminating such problems, could harm our business. Online transmissions are subject to a number of security and stability risks, including:

 

   

our own or licensed encryption and authentication technology, and access and security procedures, may be compromised, breached or otherwise be insufficient to ensure the security of customer information or intellectual property;

 

   

we could experience unauthorized access, computer viruses, system interference or destruction, “denial of service” attacks and other disruptive problems, whether intentional or accidental, that may inhibit or prevent access to our websites or use of our products and services;

 

   

someone could circumvent our security measures and misappropriate our, our partners’ or our customers’ proprietary information or content or interrupt operations, or jeopardize our licensing arrangements, which are contingent on our sustaining appropriate security protections;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

our computer systems could fail and lead to service interruptions or down-time for our ecommerce web sites; or

 

   

we may need to grow, reconfigure or relocate our data centers in response to changing business needs, which may be costly and lead to unplanned disruptions of service.

The occurrence of any of these or similar events could damage our business, hurt our ability to distribute products and services and collect revenue, threaten the proprietary or confidential nature of our technology, harm our reputation, and expose us to litigation or liability. Because some of our technologies and businesses are intended to inhibit use of or restrict access to our customers’ intellectual property, we may become the target of hackers or other persons whose use of or access to our customers’ intellectual property is affected by our technologies. We may be required to expend significant capital or other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches, hacker attacks or system malfunctions or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches, attacks or failures.

Our Internet-based product and service offerings rely on a variety of systems, networks and databases, many of which are maintained by us at our data centers. We do not have complete redundancy for all of our systems and we do not maintain real-time back-up of our data, so in the event of significant system disruption, particularly during peak periods, we could experience loss of data processing capabilities, which could cause us to lose customers and could harm our operating results. Notwithstanding our efforts to protect against “down time” for products and services, we do occasionally experience unplanned outages or technical difficulties. In order to provide our Internet-based products and services, we must protect the security of our systems, networks, databases and software.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could increase our operating costs and affect our ability to operate our business.

We have a complex business that is international in scope. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to help ensure that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. We are continually in the process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving our internal controls and procedures in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accountants on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If we or our independent registered public accountants identify areas for further attention or improvement, implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors, officers and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. We have in the past identified, and may in the future identify, significant deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls, which have been or will in the future need to be remediated. Furthermore, our independent registered public accountants may interpret the Section 404 requirements and the related rules and regulations differently from how we interpret them, or our independent registered public accountants may not be satisfied with our internal control over financial reporting or with the level at which these controls are documented, operated or reviewed in the future. Finally, in the event we make a significant acquisition, or a series of smaller acquisitions, we may face significant challenges in implementing the required processes and procedures in the acquired operations. As a result, our independent registered public accountants may decline or be unable to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting or may issue a qualified report in the future. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements.

 

32


Table of Contents

We will incur costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could affect our operating results.

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant legal, accounting and other expenses associated with corporate governance and public company reporting requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ. As long as the SEC requires the current level of compliance for public companies of our size, we expect these rules and regulations to require significant legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities time-consuming and costly. These rules and regulations may make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage than was previously available. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

We may be subject to assessment of sales and other taxes for the sale of our products, license of technology or provision of services.

We do not currently collect sales or other taxes on the sale of our products, license of technology or provision of services in states and countries other than those in which we have offices or employees. Our business would be harmed if one or more states or any foreign country required us to collect sales or other taxes from past sales of products, licenses of technology or provision of services, particularly because we would be unable to go back to customers to collect sales taxes for past sales and would likely have to pay such taxes out of our own funds.

The price of our common stock may be volatile.

The market price of our common stock has been, and in the future could be, significantly affected by factors such as:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in operating results;

 

   

announcements of technical innovations;

 

   

new products or new contracts;

 

   

announcements by competitors or their customers;

 

   

announcements by our customers;

 

   

governmental regulatory and copyright action;

 

   

developments with respect to patents or proprietary rights;

 

   

announcements regarding acquisitions or divestitures;

 

   

announcements regarding litigation or regulatory matters;

 

   

changes in financial estimates or coverage by securities analysts;

 

   

changes in interest rates which affect the value of our investment portfolio;

 

   

changes in tax law or the interpretation of tax laws; and

 

   

general market conditions.

Announcements by satellite television operators, cable television operators, major content providers such as the MPAA or others regarding consumer electronics business combinations, evolving industry standards, consumer rights activists’ “wins” in government regulations or the courts, motion picture production or distribution or other developments could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially.

 

33


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that our historic trading prices and price/earnings ratios, or those of technology companies in general, will be sustained. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, some companies have been named in class action suits.

Further, the general stock market instability and economic uncertainty may adversely affect the global financial markets, which could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially.

We utilize non-GAAP reporting in our quarterly earnings press releases.

We publish non-GAAP financial measures in our quarterly earnings press releases along with a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to those measures compiled in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). The reconciling items have adjusted GAAP net income and GAAP earnings per share for certain non-cash, non-operating or non-recurring items and are described in detail in each such quarterly earnings press release. We believe that this presentation may be more meaningful to investors in analyzing the results of operations and income generation as this is how our business is managed. The market price of our stock may fluctuate based on future non-GAAP results if investors base their investment decisions upon such non-GAAP financial measures. If we decide to curtail use of non-GAAP financial measures in our quarterly earnings press releases, the market price of our stock could be affected if investors analyze our performance in a different manner.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The following table lists our principal locations.

 

Location

   Approximate
Square Footage
    Lease Expiration

Santa Clara, California (Corporate Headquarters)

   100,000  (1)   January 2017

Radnor, Pennsylvania

   71,000  (2)   January 2015

Tulsa, Oklahoma

   82,000      March 2009

Burbank, California

   62,000      July 2019

New York, New York

   50,000  (3)   December 2015

Ann Arbor, Michigan

   34,000      January 2011

Los Angeles, California

   27,000      April 2010

San Francisco, California

   20,000      July 2013

Bedford, Massachusetts

   16,000      December 2013

 

(1) Net of 71,000 square feet which have been subleased.
(2) Net of 16,000 square feet which have been subleased.
(3) Net of 36,000 square feet which have been subleased.

Most U.S. sales, marketing and technical personnel for all product divisions are in these locations, with a small number of individuals operating out of their home offices. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet current requirements and that additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any expansion of operations.

We also lease space for sales, marketing and technical staff in New York, New York, Schaumburg, Illinois, Maidenhead, United Kingdom; Fribourg, Switzerland; Tokyo, Japan; Seoul, Korea; Amsterdam, The Netherlands; Hong Kong; Hsinchu, Taiwan; Luxemburg and Ontario, Canada.

 

34


Table of Contents
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in legal proceedings related to intellectual property rights and other matters. The following legal proceedings include those of Macrovision Solutions Corporation and its subsidiaries.

Patent Litigation

ODS Technologies, L.P. v. Magna Entertainment Corp., HRTV, Inc. and XpressBet, Inc. , in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. On May 17, 2007, Gemstar’s subsidiary ODS Technologies, L.P. (“ODS”, which does business as TVG Network) filed a patent infringement complaint—and later, an amended complaint, against Magna Entertainment Corp. (“MEC”), HRTV, LLC (“HRTV”) and XpressBet, Inc. (“XpressBet”) in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. ODS asserts that defendants infringe five of its patents related to interactive off-track wagering systems. ODS seeks injunctive relief prohibiting further infringement by defendants as well as damages, including damages attributable to defendants’ allegedly willful infringement. In response, MEC, XpressBet and HRTV asserted that they do not infringe the subject patents, that the subject patents are invalid, and that the subject patents are unenforceable. On June 25, 2008, MEC and XpressBet filed a motion for summary judgment asserting that neither of them infringe the asserted claims of the ‘354 patent. The hearing date on that motion has been taken off calendar pending completion of discovery, which is ongoing. In connection with the divestiture of TVG Network, the purchaser agreed to assume liability for this matter.

Gemstar Acquisition Litigation

Martin Henkel v. Battista, et al. , in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. On December 17, 2007, a purported stockholder class action lawsuit was filed against Gemstar and members of its Board of Directors alleging that the then-pending acquisition of Gemstar was unfair to its stockholders. The complaint contained a cause of action for breach of fiduciary duty against Gemstar and members of its Board of Directors. On February 1, 2008, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, adding News Corporation as a defendant and asserting a cause of action against News Corporation for aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty. On March 14, 2008, the parties executed a Memorandum of Understanding, agreeing to a full settlement of the matter in exchange for certain supplemental public disclosures related to the proposed acquisition and attorney fees not to exceed $1.25 million. The court has approved the settlement and the amount has been paid by the Company. The settlement documents have been finalized, and the class members will receive notification of the settlement.

Indemnifications

SuperGuide Corporation v. DirecTV Enterprises, Inc., et al. , in the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina. On March 23, 2001, the Company’s subsidiary, Gemstar Development Corporation (“GDC”), was added as a third-party defendant in this case. Plaintiff SuperGuide Corporation’s (“SuperGuide”) complaint alleged patent infringement by DirectTV, EchoStar, Thomson Consumer Electronics (“Thomson”), and Hughes Electronics (collectively, the “Defendants”) with respect to three patents (the “SuperGuide Patents”) owned by SuperGuide but licensed to GDC. After being added as a party, GDC brought claims (i) against SuperGuide for declaratory relief and for breach of contract relating to a 1993 license agreement between SuperGuide and GDC; and (ii) against EchoStar for infringing the SuperGuide Patents within GDC’s defined fields of use. Pursuant to certain licensing and settlement agreements between GDC and EchoStar, the claims between GDC and EchoStar were dismissed with prejudice. During March 2007, the Court held a bench trial on the licensing issues in the case. On July 20, 2007, the Court ruled in favor of SuperGuide on those issues. In connection with that ruling, GDC’s counterclaims against SuperGuide for declaratory judgment and breach of contract were dismissed with prejudice. On October 20, 2008, SuperGuide’s claims against DirecTV and Thomson were dismissed with prejudice following a settlement between those parties. Both

 

35


Table of Contents

DirecTV and Thomson had asserted purported indemnification rights against us during the course of the litigation, and following the settlement, both of those entities reiterated those rights and requested that we indemnify them for the amounts they paid in settlement, but we have not agreed to do so.

Thomson, Inc. v. Gemstar—TV Guide International, Inc. , in the Superior Court of the State of Indiana for the County of Hamilton. On May 23, 2008, Thomson, Inc. (“Thomson”) initiated this action, seeking, among other things, indemnification from the Company in connection with the SuperGuide Corp v. DirecTV Enterprises, Inc. et. al matter discussed above. Thomson alleges that it entered into multiple agreements with the Company between 1996 and 2003 that would require the Company to indemnify Thomson in the SuperGuide litigation. Specifically, Thomson asserts causes of action for fraud/fraudulent inducement, breach of contract, breach of implied in fact indemnity and warranty of title against infringement, and unjust enrichment. Thomson seeks a declaration from the Court that the Company owes Thomson defense and indemnity for claims regarding the patents at issue in the SuperGuide matter, compensatory damages, including fees and expenses paid by Thomson in connection with the SuperGuide matter, the return of royalties paid by Thomson to the Company under the aforementioned agreements, pre and post-judgment interest, punitive damages, attorney fees, and costs of suit.

In April 2005, Gemstar received a notice of a potential claim for indemnification from DirecTV Group, Inc. (“DirecTV”) as a result of a lawsuit filed by Finisar Corporation (“Finisar”) against DirecTV in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. Finisar alleged that several aspects of the DirecTV satellite transmission system, including aspects of its advanced electronic program guide (“EPG”) and the storage, scheduling, and transmission of data for the EPG, infringed a Finisar patent. On July 7, 2006, the Court awarded Finisar approximately $117 million. In addition, the Court ordered DirecTV to pay approximately $1.60 per activated set top box in licensing fees going forward in lieu of an injunction until the expiration of Finisar’s patent in 2012. The parties both filed appeals to the Federal Circuit, which subsequently ruled that the trial court’s construction of certain terms of the patent was too broad, vacated the jury’s verdict of infringement, held that one of the seven patent claims at issue is invalid, and left standing the remaining six claims for reconsideration by the trial court. The appeals court also reversed the jury’s finding that DirecTV’s infringement was willful. The Company has not established a reserve with respect to this matter in its consolidated financial statements.

Comcast Cable Communications Corp., LLC v. Finisar Corporation , in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. In support of a potential claim for indemnification, Comcast Cable Communications Corp., LLC (“Comcast”) put the Company on notice that it had received communications from Finisar Corporation (“Finisar”) asserting infringement of U.S. Patent 5, 404, 505 (the “‘505 patent”). On July 7, 2006, Comcast filed a declaratory judgment action in the Northern District of California asking the Court to rule, among other things, that it does not infringe the ‘505 patent and/or that the patent is invalid. On May 15, 2008, Finisar entered into a covenant and stipulation with Comcast, filed with the California Court, that it would not assert any claim of the ‘505 patent against Comcast or certain related entities, other than claim 25. On July 11, 2008, the Court ruled on Comcast’s summary judgment motion, finding that claim 25 is invalid, and therefore finding that Comcast’s non-infringement motion is moot. Comcast has not taken any further action insofar as its potential indemnity claim against the Company is concerned.

Other Litigation

Youbet.com, Inc. v. ODS Technologies, L.P. and ODS Properties, Inc. , American Arbitration Association. In this matter, filed December 9, 2008, the plaintiff alleges that the defendants overcharged them in wagering fees at various horse tracks, and claims damages in excess of $11.0 million dollars. In connection with the divestiture of TVG Network, the purchaser agreed to assume liability for this matter.

In addition to the items listed above, Macrovision Solutions Corporation is party to various legal actions, claims and proceedings incidental to its business. Macrovision Solutions Corporation has established loss provisions only for matters in which losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Some of the matters

 

36


Table of Contents

pending against Macrovision Solutions Corporation involve potential compensatory, punitive or treble damage claims, or sanctions, that if granted, could require us to pay damages or make other expenditures in amounts that could have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. At this time management has not reached a determination that any of the matters listed above or Macrovision Solutions’ other litigation are expected to result in liabilities that will have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations or cash flows.

In management’s opinion, none of these other disputes and legal actions is expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

We did not submit any matters to a vote of security holders during the quarter ended December 31, 2008.

We currently anticipate the Company will hold its annual meeting of stockholders in July 2009.

 

37


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information and Holders

The common stock of Macrovision Solutions Corporation has been listed on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “MVSN” since May 2, 2008. As part of Macrovision Solution Corporations assumption of the ownership on May 2, 2008 of both Gemstar and Macrovision Corporation (See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) Macrovision Corporation’s stock was delisted. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low closing prices for the common stock of Macrovision Solutions Corporation:

 

     High    Low

2008

     

Second Quarter (since May 2, 2008)

   $ 17.55    $ 12.76

Third Quarter

   $ 18.62    $ 13.78

Fourth Quarter

   $ 15.59    $ 8.46

As of February 18, 2009, there were 302 holders of record of our common stock, based upon information furnished by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the transfer agent for our securities. We believe, based upon security positions listings, that there are approximately 49,549 beneficial owners of our common stock as of February 18, 2009. As of February 18, 2009, there were 100,970,031 shares of common stock outstanding.

 

38


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

The graph below shows a comparison of the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total return on the NASDAQ Composite Index (the “NASDAQ”), the S&P 500 Composite Index (the “S&P 500”) and the Russell 2000 Index (“Russell 2000”) from May 2, 2008 through December 31, 2008. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in our common stock and in each of the market indices, and further assumes the reinvestment of all dividends. The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data and are not intended to forecast the possible future performance of our common stock.

LOGO

 

     Macrovision
Solutions
Corporation
   NASDAQ
Composite
Index
   S&P 500    Russell 2000
Index

May 2, 2008

   $ 100    $ 100    $ 100    $ 100

December 31, 2008

   $ 76    $ 64    $ 64    $ 69

Dividend Policy

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since 1994. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. At this time, we intend to retain all earnings for use in our business operations and to pay down debt. Our Term Loan contains covenants limiting our ability to pay dividends. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Stock Repurchase Authorization

During the fourth quarter of 2008 the Company repurchased 2.3 million shares of common stock for approximately $25.1 million. These repurchases were recorded as treasury stock and resulted in a reduction of stockholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2008, treasury stock consisted of 2.3 million shares of common stock that had been repurchased, with a cost basis of approximately $25.1 million.

 

39


Table of Contents

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES DURING THE FOURTH QUARTER OF 2008

 

Period

   Total Number of Shares
Purchased
   Average Price
Paid per Share
   Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
   Approximate Dollar Value of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the Plans or
Programs (a)

October 1-31, 2008

   —        —      —        —  

November 1-30, 2008

   2,262,975    $ 11.08    2,262,975      —  

December 1-31, 2008

   —        —      —        —  
               

Total

   2,262,975    $ 11.08    2,262,975    $ 34,932,123
               

 

(a) In September 2007, the Board of Directors of Macrovision Corporation authorized a stock repurchase program, which allowed the Company to purchase up to $60.0 million of the Company’s common stock in the open market from time to time at prevailing market prices or otherwise, as conditions warrant. On May 5, 2008 the Board of Directors of Macrovision Solutions Corporation reconfirmed this stock repurchase program.

 

40


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data and other operating information. The financial data does not purport to indicate results of operations as of any future date or for any future period. The financial data is derived from our consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included herein. For further discussion of factors that could affect comparability of these consolidated financial statements, see the notes following the table.

On December 6, 2007, Macrovision Corporation and Gemstar entered into an agreement for Macrovision Corporation to acquire Gemstar in a cash and stock transaction. Upon consummation of this transaction on May 2, 2008, Macrovision Solutions Corporation, a Delaware corporation founded in 2007, assumed ownership of both Gemstar and Macrovision Corporation. The Company’s results of operations include the operations of Gemstar from May 2, 2008, forward.

On April 1, 2008, the Company closed the sale of its Software and Games businesses. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company closed the sale of its TV Guide Magazine and eMeta businesses. On January 27, 2009, the Company closed the sale of its TVG Network business. The Company currently expects to close the sale of its TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online businesses in the first quarter of 2009. The results of operations and cash flows of Software, Games, TV Guide Magazine TV Guide Network, TV Guide Online, TVG Network and eMeta have been classified as discontinued operations, for all periods presented (See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007 (1)     2006 (1)(4)     2005 (1)     2004 (1)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenues

   $ 330,045     $ 144,943     $ 111,569     $ 96,348     $ 106,129  
                                        

Costs and expenses:

          

Cost of revenues

     44,568       9,238       9,806       4,496       5,106  

Research and development

     67,714       13,204       14,565       9,269       11,883  

Selling, general and administrative

     114,614       55,316       48,027       41,070       34,471  

Depreciation

     13,832       5,090       5,288       3,602       2,364  

Amortization

     59,139       5,981       3,256       3,209       3,053  

Restructuring and asset impairment charges (2)

     —         4,546       —         1,030       —    
                                        

Total costs and expenses

     299,867       93,375       80,942       62,676       56,877  
                                        

Operating income from continuing operations

     30,178       51,568       30,627       33,672       49,252  

Interest expense

     (46,380 )     (7,602 )     (2,895 )     —         —    

Interest income and other, net

     11,732       23,199       12,087       5,465       4,173  

Gain on sale of strategic investments

     5,238       —         —         —         1,220  

Impairment losses on strategic investments

     —         (5,000 )     —         (5,822 )     (5,478 )
                                        

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     768       62,165       39,819       33,315       49,167  

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (20,157 )     16,128       9,755       17,723       18,578  
                                        

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     20,925       46,037       30,064       15,592       30,589  

Discontinued operations, net of tax (1)

     (129,783 )     (14,537 )     2,979       6,523       6,141  
                                        

Net (loss) income

   $ (108,858 )   $ 31,500     $ 33,043     $ 22,115     $ 36,730  
                                        

 

41


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,
     2008     2007 (1)     2006 (1)(4)    2005 (1)    2004 (1)
     (in thousands, except per share data)

Basic earnings per share:

            

Basic income per share from continuing operations

   $ 0.24     $ 0.86     $ 0.58    $ 0.31    $ 0.62

Basic (loss) income per share from discontinued operations

   $ (1.50 )   $ (0.27 )   $ 0.06    $ 0.13    $ 0.12
                                    

Basic net earnings per share

   $ (1.26 )   $ 0.59     $ 0.64    $ 0.44    $ 0.74
                                    

Shares used in computing basic net earnings per share

     86,310       53,435       51,840      50,708      49,516
                                    

Diluted earnings per share:

            

Diluted income per share from continuing operations

   $ 0.24     $ 0.85     $ 0.57    $ 0.30    $ 0.60

Diluted (loss) income per share from discontinued operations

   $ (1.50 )   $ (0.27 )   $ 0.06    $ 0.13    $ 0.13
                                    

Diluted net earnings per share

   $ (1.26 )   $ 0.58     $ 0.63    $ 0.43    $ 0.73
                                    

Shares used in computing diluted net earnings per share

     86,399       54,218       52,731      51,373      50,619
                                    

 

     December 31,
     2008    2007    2006    2005    2004
     (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash, cash equivalents, short and long-term investments

   $ 362,057    $ 439,289    $ 456,390    $ 249,704    $ 241,670

Working capital

     561,118      438,714      292,677      218,610      208,076

Total assets

     2,641,060      937,158      819,615      497,925      452,473

Long-term liabilities (3)

     966,744      297,462      243,559      959      979

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,499,284      555,618      466,142      428,150      398,344

 

(1) The information included in this five-year financial summary has been reclassified from amounts previously reported to present the results of discontinued operations which are described in further detail in Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) In October 2005, our board of directors approved a restructuring program, which included a worldwide workforce reduction and restructuring of various business functions. We recorded a total charge of $2.5 million during 2005, of which $1.0 million related to continuing operations. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded restructuring and asset impairment charges of $19.1 million, of which $4.5 million related to continuing operations. These restructuring actions included workforce reductions resulting from the cancellation of certain research and development programs, the re-organization of our segments in June 2007 and the exit from our Hawkeye anti-piracy service.
(3) In August 2006, we issued $240.0 million in convertible senior notes which has been included in long-term liabilities. In May 2008, in connection with the Gemstar acquisition, we entered into a $550 million senior secured term loan credit facility and issued $100 million in senior notes.
(4) On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , applying the modified prospective method.

 

42


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following commentary should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Overview

The Company’s continuing operations provide a broad set of solutions that enable businesses to protect, enable and distribute their digital goods to consumers and allows consumers the ability to discover and manage digital media across multiple channels. With the Gemstar acquisition, our offerings now include IPGs. In addition to offering Company developed IPGs, our customers may also license our patents and deploy their own IPG or a third party IPG. We group our revenue into the following categories – (i) CE manufacturers, (ii) service providers (cable, satellite, telecommunications, mobile and internet service providers among others), and (iii) other. CE manufacturers deploy such Company products and services as Connected Platform, TV Guide On Screen, Guide Plus+, G-GUIDE, VCR Plus+, My TV Guide, G-Code, ShowView System, LASSO and Tapestry. Service providers deploy such Company products and service as Passport Echo, Passport DCT, Passport, Passport Applications, i-Guide, j-Guide, My TV Guide, TV Guide Mobile and G-Guide Mobile. Other includes our entertainment company content protection products and services such as ACP, RipGuard and BD+; AMG related web sites; and our business of licensing our extensive database of descriptive information about television, movie, music and game content.

On December 6, 2007, Macrovision Corporation and Gemstar entered into an agreement for Macrovision Corporation to acquire Gemstar in a cash and stock transaction. Upon consummation of this transaction on May 2, 2008, Macrovision Solutions Corporation, a Delaware corporation founded in 2007, assumed ownership of both Gemstar and Macrovision Corporation. The Company’s results of operations include the operations of Gemstar from May 2, 2008, forward.

On April 1, 2008, the Company closed the sale of its Software and Games businesses. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company closed the sale of its TV Guide Magazine and eMeta businesses. On January 27, 2009, the Company closed the sale of its TVG Network business. The Company currently expects to close the sale of its TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online businesses in the first quarter of 2009. The results of operations and cash flows of Software, Games, TV Guide Magazine TV Guide Network, TV Guide Online, TVG Network and eMeta have been classified as discontinued operations, for all periods presented.

 

43


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 from continuing operations

The following tables present our 2008 results from continuing operations compared to the prior year (in thousands):

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

             
     2008     2007     Change $     Change %  

Revenues:

        

CE manufacturers

   $ 159,342     $ 94,056     65,286     69 %

Service providers

     122,411       4,204     118,207     2812 %

Other

     48,292       46,683     1,609     3 %
                        

Total revenues

     330,045       144,943     185,102     128 %
                        

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of revenues

     44,568       9,238     35,330     382 %

Research and development

     67,714       13,204     54,510     413 %

Selling, general and administrative

     114,614       55,316     59,298     107 %

Depreciation

     13,832       5,090     8,742     172 %

Amortization

     59,139       5,981     53,158     889 %

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

     —         4,546     (4,546 )   -100 %
                        

Total operating expenses

     299,867       93,375     206,492     221 %
                        

Operating income from continuing operations

     30,178       51,568     (21,390 )   -41 %

Interest expense

     (46,380 )     (7,602 )   (38,778 )   510 %

Gain on sale of strategic investment

     5,238       —       5,238     NM  

Impairment loss on strategic investment

     —         (5,000 )   5,000     -100 %

Interest income and other, net

     11,732       23,199     (11,467 )   -49 %
                        

Income from continuing operations before taxes

     768       62,165     (61,397 )   -99 %

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (20,157 )     16,128     (36,285 )   -225 %
                        

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     20,925       46,037     (25,112 )   -55 %

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (129,783 )     (14,537 )   (115,246 )   793 %
                        

Net (loss) income

   $ (108,858 )   $ 31,500     (140,358 )   -446 %
                        

Net Revenue

CE Manufacturers

For the year ended December 31, 2008, revenue from the sale of our products and licensing of our patents to CE manufacturers increased significantly compared to the prior year. This was largely due to including revenue from products and services the Company obtained in the Gemstar acquisition. Legacy Gemstar products and patents contributed $74.5 million to revenue in 2008. We expect revenue from the licensing of our IPG products and patents to grow in the future primarily driven by new license agreements and increased sales of CE devices incorporating our products or patents. For the year ended December 31, 2008, legacy Macrovision revenue decreased by $9.2 million as compared to the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to the third quarter of 2007 including a significant set-top box licensing transaction.

Service Providers

For the year ended December 31, 2008, revenue from the sale of our products to service providers increased significantly compared to the prior year. This was largely due to including revenue from products and services the Company obtained in the Gemstar acquisition. Legacy Gemstar products and services contributed $118.1 million in revenues to 2008, primarily from the licensing of our IPG products and patents. We expect revenue from the licensing of our IPG products and patents to grow in the future as we continue to expand our licensing program internationally.

 

44


Table of Contents

Other

Other consists primarily of the licensing of our content protection technologies to entertainment companies and the licensing of our underlying media content/metadata. Other increased compared to the prior year primarily due to the Gemstar and the All Media Guide Holding, Inc. (“AMG”) acquisitions. The AMG acquisition occurred in December 2007. The data businesses acquired from Gemstar and the data and online business acquired from AMG contributed revenues of $17.6 million in 2008. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in content protection revenues from entertainment studios of $15.7 million, primarily due to price declines in new agreements.

Cost of Revenues

For the year ended December 31, 2008, cost of revenues increased from the prior year, primarily due to additional costs associated with products and services acquired in the Gemstar acquisition. Also contributing to the increase are costs associated with AMG, which was acquired in December 2007.

Research and Development

For the year ended December 31, 2008, research and development expenses increased from the prior year primarily due to additional costs related to the Gemstar operations as well as AMG and BD+ research and development activities.

Selling, General and Administrative

For the year ended December 31, 2008, selling, general and administrative increased from the prior year, primarily due to additional costs associated with the Gemstar operations. Also contributing to the increase in general and administrative costs were costs associated with the integration of Gemstar and an increase in stock compensation expense. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue to decline in the future as we realize a full year of synergies from the Gemstar acquisition.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization increased from the same periods in the prior year due to the depreciation and amortization of intangible assets from the acquisitions of Gemstar, AMG and BD+ technology.

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

During the year ended December 31, 2007, we implemented several restructuring programs. These programs included the termination of research and development programs, the abandonment of certain facilities, an organizational structure change and the termination of our Hawkeye anti-piracy service. As a result of such programs, we recorded an aggregate charge of $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 which included severance costs, asset impairment costs and contract cancellation costs.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased compared to the same periods in the prior year due to the issuance of the $550 million Senior Secured Term Loan credit facility and the $100 million Senior Notes to finance the Gemstar acquisition.

Gain on Sale of Strategic Investment

During 2008, the Company sold its investment in Digimarc and recorded a gain of $5.2 million.

 

45


Table of Contents

Impairment Loss on Strategic Investment

In 2006, the Company invested $5.0 million in a privately-held digital watermarking company. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a $5.0 million charge for other-than-temporary impairment losses related to such investment.

Interest Income and Other, Net

Interest income and other, net decreased as compared to the prior year due to lower prevailing interest rates and lower average cash and investment balances.

Income Taxes

We recorded an income tax benefit of $20.2 million and income tax expense of $16.1 million for continuing operations for 2008 and 2007, respectively. This decrease from 2007 to 2008 was primarily a result of fluctuation in the geographic source of profits between the years and the reversal of accrued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”) liabilities.

Loss from Discontinued Operations

Discontinued operations in 2008 includes Software, Games, eMeta, TV Guide Magazine, TV Guide Network, TV Guide Online and TVG Network. Discontinued operations in 2007 includes Software, Games and eMeta. The increase in the loss from discontinued operations is primarily due to $208.3 million in goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges related to TV Guide Network, TV Guide Online and TVG Network being recorded in 2008. These impairments were partially offset by $153.3 million in pre-tax net gains from the sale of our Software, Games and eMeta businesses.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 from continuing operations

The following table present our 2007 results from continuing operations compared to the prior year (in thousands):

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

             
     2007     2006     Change $     Change %  

Revenues:

        

CE manufacturers

   $ 94,056     $ 50,727     43,329     85 %

Service providers

     4,204       5,666     (1,462 )   -26 %

Other

     46,683       55,176     (8,493 )   -15 %
                        

Total revenues

     144,943       111,569     33,374     30 %
                        

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of revenues

     9,238       9,806     (568 )   -6 %

Research and development

     13,204       14,565     (1,361 )   -9 %

Selling, general and administrative

     55,316       48,027     7,289     15 %

Depreciation

     5,090       5,288     (198 )   -4 %

Amortization

     5,981       3,256     2,725     84 %

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

     4,546       —       4,546     NM  
                        

Total operating expenses

     93,375       80,942     12,433     15 %
                        

Operating income from continuing operations

     51,568       30,627     20,941     68 %

Interest expense

     (7,602 )     (2,895 )   (4,707 )   163 %

Impairment loss on strategic investment

     (5,000 )     —       (5,000 )   NM  

Interest income and other, net

     23,199       12,087     11,112     92 %
                        

Income from continuing operations before taxes

     62,165       39,819     22,346     56 %

Income tax expense

     16,128       9,755     6,373     65 %
                        

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     46,037       30,064     15,973     53 %

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (14,537 )     2,979     (17,516 )   -588 %
                        

Net income

   $ 31,500     $ 33,043     (1,543 )   -5 %
                        

 

46


Table of Contents

Net Revenues

CE Manufacturers

Our revenues from CE Manufacturers for 2007 increased compared to 2006, primarily due to an increase in digital set-top boxes and other CE devices using our technology, and the inclusion of Mediabolic since January 1, 2007.

Service Providers

Our revenues from service providers for 2007 decreased compared to 2006, primarily due to a decline in perpetual content protection licenses signed in 2007 versus 2006.

Other

Our other revenue decreased in 2007 compared to 2006, primarily due to a decrease in revenue from our entertainment content protection customers due to the loss of customers and lower pricing.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues were consistent with the prior year and did not increase in proportion to the growth in revenue since the majority of the revenue growth is from the sale of ACP to CE manufacturers.

Amortization

Amortization of intangibles increased in 2007 as compared to 2006. The increase was primarily due to the amortization of intangibles from the acquisition of Mediabolic, SPDC and AMG, which we completed during the year ended December 31, 2007.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses in 2007 decreased, as compared to 2006, primarily due to the consolidation of research and development programs as a part of the 2007 restructuring programs and workforce reductions.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2007 increased, as compared to 2006, primarily due to increased commissions commensurate with the increase in revenue and higher costs, in general, to support the growth of the business.

Restructuring and Asset Impairment charges

During 2007, we implemented several restructuring programs. These programs included the termination of research and development programs, the abandonment of certain facilities, an organizational structure change and the termination of our Hawkeye anti-piracy service. As a result, we recorded an aggregate charge of $4.5 million for severance costs, asset impairment costs and contract cancellation costs.

Interest expense

Interest expense increased due to a full year of interest expense for the $240 million 2.625% Convertible Senior Notes due 2011.

 

47


Table of Contents

Impairment Loss on Strategic Investment

In 2006, the Company invested $5.0 million in a privately-held digital watermarking company. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a $5.0 million charge for other-than-temporary impairment losses related to such investment.

Interest Income and Other, Net

The increase was primarily due to higher invested balances and higher interest rates earned in our portfolio.

Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense for continuing operations of $16.1 million and $9.8 million for 2007 and 2006, respectively. Income tax expense represents combined federal, foreign and state taxes at effective rates of 26% for 2007 and 24% for 2006. The rate increase from 2006 to 2007 was primarily a result of fluctuations in the geographic source of profits between years.

Loss from discontinued operations

Discontinued operations in 2007 and 2006 includes Software, Games and eMeta. Loss from discontinued operation in 2007, as compared to income from discontinued operations in 2006, was primarily due to increased research and development costs related to Games, $14.6 million in restructuring and related asset impairment charges and a $7 million legal settlement charge in 2007.

Costs and Expenses

Our cost of revenues consists primarily of service costs, replicator fees and patent prosecution, patent maintenance and patent litigation costs. Our research and development expenses are comprised primarily of employee compensation and benefits, tooling and supplies, our 49% share of the Guideworks joint venture and an allocation of overhead and facilities costs. We account for our 49% share of Guideworks as an operating expense in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 68, Research and Development Arrangements. Our selling and marketing expenses are comprised primarily of employee compensation and benefits, travel, advertising and an allocation of overhead and facilities costs. Our general and administrative expenses are comprised primarily of employee compensation and benefits, travel, accounting, tax and corporate legal fees and an allocation of overhead and facilities costs. Included in expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008, were $9.2 million of costs related to the transition and integration of legacy Gemstar businesses, products and employees.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, equity-based compensation, goodwill and intangible assets, impairment of long lived assets and income taxes. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

We have identified the accounting policies below as critical to our continuing business operations and the understanding of our results of operations.

 

48


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with current U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and with the guidelines of the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 101 as amended by SAB No. 104 Revenue recognition in Financial Statements. We also recognize revenue on software products in accordance with Statements of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as amended by SOP 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions.

Revenues from licensing video technology and trademarks are primarily generated from licensing agreements that generally pay a per-unit royalty fee for DVDs and digital set-top boxes. Licensees generally report replication activity within 30 to 60 days after the end of the month or quarter in which such activity takes place. Consequently, we recognize revenue from these licensing agreements on an as earned basis, provided amounts are fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. The Company relies heavily on past experience and working relationships with these customers to reasonably and successfully estimate current period volume in order to calculate the period end revenue accrual. Any unusual or unanticipated replication volumes in a particular period can add significant fluctuations on the revenue reported. We have also entered into agreements with certain entertainment studios for which they have the right to ship an unlimited number of DVDs that utilize our ACP technology over a specified term for a flat fee. The Company records the revenue associated with these arrangements on a straight-line basis over the specified term.

The Company licenses its proprietary IPG technology to CE manufacturers and to service providers. The Company generally recognizes revenue from IPG product and patent licensing on a per-unit shipped model (with CE manufacturers) or a per subscriber model (with service providers). The Company’s recognition of revenues from per-unit license fees is based on units reported shipped by the manufacturer. CE manufacturers normally report their unit shipments to us in the quarter immediately following that of actual shipment by the licensee. Revenues from per-subscriber fees are recognized in the period the services are provided by a licensee, as reported to us by the licensee. Revenues from annual or other license fees are recognized based on the specific terms of the license arrangement. For instance, certain IPG licensees enter into agreements for which they have the right to ship an unlimited number of units over a specified term for a flat fee. The Company records the fees associated with these arrangements on a straight-line basis over the specified term.

Amounts for fees collected or invoiced and due relating to arrangements where revenue cannot be recognized are reflected on our balance sheet as deferred revenue and recognized when the applicable revenue recognition criteria are satisfied.

Revenue recognition requirements in the software industry are very complex and are subject to change. Our revenue recognition for our software products in our continuing operations continues to be one of our critical accounting policies because revenue recognition is based on complex rules which require us to make judgments and estimates. We generally recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, we have delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. However, determining whether and when some of these criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on the timing and amount of revenue we report. For example, for multiple element arrangements we must make assumptions and judgments in order to allocate the total price among the various elements we must deliver, to determine whether undelivered services are essential to the functionality of the delivered products and services, to determine whether vendor-specific evidence of fair value exists for each undelivered element.

When licenses are sold together with consulting and/or implementation services, license fees are recognized upon delivery of the product provided that: (1) the above criteria have been met; (2) payment of the license fees is not dependent upon performance of the consulting and implementation services; and (3) the services are not essential to the functionality of the software. For arrangements where services are essential to the functionality of the software, both the license and services revenue are recognized in accordance with the provisions of SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts. Arrangements

 

49


Table of Contents

that allow us to make reasonably dependable estimates relative to contract costs and the extent of progress toward completion are accounted for using the percentage-of-completion method. Arrangements that do not allow us to make reasonably dependable estimates of costs and progress are accounted for using the completed-contracts method. Because the completed-contracts method precludes recognition of performance under the contract as the work progresses, it does not reflect current financial performance when the contract extends beyond one accounting period, and it therefore may result in uneven recognition of revenue, related cost of revenues and gross margin.

We provide consulting and training services to our customers. Revenue from such services is generally recognized as the services are performed, except in instances where services are included in an arrangement accounted for under SOP 81-1. Professional services revenues are included in services revenue in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We estimate the collectibility of our accounts receivable on an account-by-account basis. We record an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts when the prospect of collecting a specific account receivable becomes doubtful. We specifically analyze accounts receivable and historical bad debts experience, customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, international situations (such as currency devaluation), and changes in our customer payment history when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

Equity-Based Compensation

We currently use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares. The fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant is determined by using an option-pricing model using a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include our expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. We estimate the volatility of our common stock by using a combination of historical volatility and implied volatility in market traded options.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of short-lived exchange traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Existing valuation models, including the Black-Scholes and lattice binomial models, may not provide reliable measures of the fair values of our equity-based compensation. Consequently, there is a risk that our estimates of the fair values of our equity-based compensation awards on the grant dates may bear little resemblance to the actual values realized upon the exercise, expiration, early termination or forfeiture of those equity-based payments in the future. Certain equity-based payments, such as employee stock options, may expire worthless or otherwise result in zero intrinsic value as compared to the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our financial statements. Alternatively, value may be realized from these instruments that are significantly higher than the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our financial statements.

Classification and Fair Value Measurement of Auction Rate Securities

We hold investments in auction rate securities having contractual maturities of greater than one year and interest rate reset features of between 7 and 35 days. These auction rate securities were priced and subsequently traded as short-term investments because of the interest rate reset feature. Consequently, we have historically classified our auction rate securities as available for sale short-term investments at par.

As a result of recent adverse conditions in the financial markets, the auction rate securities we hold have failed to trade at recent auctions due to insufficient bids from buyers. We have therefore had to hold these securities beyond their scheduled auction reset dates. The short-term liquidity of these securities is currently

 

50


Table of Contents

uncertain. As it is not possible to predict when auctions for the securities we hold will succeed in the future and because we have the ability and intent to hold our available-for-sale auction rate securities until the market recovers, we have reclassified our auction rate securities to long-term marketable securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2008.

The Company owns auction rate securities it acquired through UBS AG with a Par value of $62.4 million. Due to the failure of the auction rate market in early 2008, UBS AG and other major banks entered into discussions with government agencies to provide liquidity to owners of auction rate securities. In December 2008, the Company entered into an agreement (the “Agreement”) with UBS AG which provides (1) the Company the right (“Put Option”) to sell these auction rate securities back to UBS AG at par, at the Company’s sole discretion, anytime during the period from June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012, and (2) UBS AG the right to purchase these auction rate securities or sell them on the Company’s behalf at par anytime through July 2, 2012. The Company elected to measure the Put Option under the fair value option of SFAS No. 159, recorded income of approximately $10.4 million pre-tax, and recorded a corresponding long term investment. Simultaneously, the Company transferred these auction rate securities from available-for-sale to trading investment securities. As a result of this transfer, the Company recognized an other-than-temporary impairment loss of approximately $10.4 million pre-tax, reflecting a reversal of the related temporary valuation allowance that was previously recorded in other comprehensive loss. The recording of the Put Option and the recognition of the other-than-temporary impairment loss resulted in no material impact to the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company anticipates that any future changes in the fair value of the Put Option will be offset by the changes in the fair value of the related auction rate securities with no material net impact to the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Put Option will continue to be measured at fair value utilizing Level 3 inputs until the earlier of its maturity or exercise. The Company’s auction rate securities which were not purchased from this investment firm continue to be classified as available-for-sale securities.

The fair values of these securities are estimated utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis or other type of valuation model as of December 31, 2008 rather than at par. These analyses are highly judgmental and consider, among other items, the likelihood of redemption, credit quality, duration, insurance wraps and expected future cash flows. These securities were also compared, when possible, to other observable market data with similar characteristics to the securities held by us.

Temporary declines in fair value for our available-for-sale auction rate securities, which we attribute to market liquidity issues rather than credit issues, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. Any future fluctuation in fair value related to these instruments that we deem to be temporary, including any recoveries of previous write-downs, would be recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income. If we determine that any future valuation adjustment is other than temporary, we will record a charge to earnings as appropriate.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. We account for goodwill under the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 142. SFAS 142 also requires that intangible assets with estimable useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets .

Goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization are tested annually for impairment, and are tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. In connection with our impairment analysis performed annually in our fourth quarter, we are required to perform an assessment of whether there is an indication that goodwill is impaired. To accomplish this, we are required to determine the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning the assets and liabilities, including the existing

 

51


Table of Contents

goodwill and intangible assets, to those reporting units. We determine the fair value of each reporting unit using the discounted cash flow approach and a market based approach. To the extent the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we would be required to perform the second step of the impairment analysis, as this is an indication that the reporting unit goodwill may be impaired. In this step, we compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets (recognized and unrecognized) and liabilities of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations . The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. To the extent the implied fair value of goodwill of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount we would be required to recognize an impairment loss. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires judgment at many points during the test including future revenue forecasts, discount rates and various reporting unit allocations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with SFAS No. 144, long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and would no longer be depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method of SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and for deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns. We account for uncertainty in income taxes using the cumulative probability method under FIN 48. Management must make assumptions, judgments and estimates to determine our current provision for income taxes and also our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance to be recorded against a deferred tax asset. Our judgments, assumptions and estimates relative to the current provision take into account current tax laws, our interpretation of current tax laws and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. Changes in tax law or our interpretation of tax laws and the resolution of current and future tax audits could significantly impact the amount provided for income taxes in our consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We finance our operations primarily with cash generated by operations, principally from our IPG and content protection products. Our continuing operating activities provided net cash of $55.4 million, $67.1 million and $68.9 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Cash provided by continuing operating activities decreased $11.7 million in 2008 from 2007, primarily due to payment of severance related to the Gemstar acquisition (see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The availability of cash generated by our operations in the future could be affected by other business risks discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this annual report.

Investing activities of continuing operations used net cash of $592.4 million, $128.5 million and $267.4 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in cash used in 2008, as compared to 2007, was primarily due to the Gemstar acquisition, partially offset by the proceeds from the sale of Software and Games

 

52


Table of Contents

(see Note 3 and Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). During 2007, we used $129.8 million in cash for acquisitions for our continuing operations, which was offset by the release of restricted cash of $12 million and net purchases of long- and short-term marketable securities.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $594.0 million, $15.7 million and $206.4 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities in 2008 was primarily due to the receipt of $615 million in net debt proceeds to fund the Gemstar acquisition, partially offset by a $59.1 million decrease in proceeds from exercise of options and stock issued under the ESPP.

In September 2007, the Board of Directors of Macrovision Corporation authorized a stock repurchase program, which allows the Company to purchase up to $60.0 million of the Company’s common stock in the open market from time to time at prevailing market prices or otherwise, as conditions warrant. On May 5, 2008, the Board of Directors of Macrovision Solutions Corporation reconfirmed this stock purchase program. During the fourth quarter of 2008 the Company repurchased 2.3 million shares of common stock for approximately $25.1 million. These repurchases were recorded as treasury stock and resulted in a reduction of stockholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2008, treasury stock consisted of 2.3 million shares of common stock that had been repurchased, with a cost basis of approximately $25.1 million.

In connection with the Gemstar acquisition Macrovision Solutions Corporation and Macrovision Corporation, as co-obligors, entered into a $550 million five year senior secured term loan credit facility (“Term Loan”). As of December 31, 2008, $547.3 million was outstanding. The Term Loan is guaranteed by Company domestic subsidiaries, and the assets and shares of Company domestic subsidiaries are pledged as collateral against the Term Loan. The Company is required to use the proceeds from asset sales of $75 million or more to pay down the Term Loan; proceeds from assets sales of less than $75 million may be retained for investment in fixed or capital assets. The Company may elect to pay interest at a rate of (i) libor plus 3.75%, with a libor floor of 3.5% or (ii) the Term Loan administrative agent’s prime rate plus 2.75%. As of December 31, 2008, the interest rate is 6.0%. The Term Loan includes customary covenants, including total leverage ratio limits, fixed charge coverage minimums and restrictions on additional debt incurrance and dividend payments among others. The Company is required to make principal payments of $5.5 million each year with the remaining balance due May 2013. As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with the Term Loan debt covenants.

In the event (i) the Company’s leverage ratio is greater than 2.5 to 1.0, and (ii) more than $50 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2.625% convertible senior notes due 2011 (the “Convertible Notes”) is still outstanding, and (iii) the scheduled maturity of the Convertible Notes is more than 181 days in the future, then our Term Loan will become due on that 182nd day prior to the Convertible Notes’ maturity date.

In connection with the Gemstar acquisition Macrovision Solutions Corporation and Macrovision Corporation, as co-obligors, issued $100 million aggregate principal amount of 11% senior notes (“Senior Notes”) due 2013. The Senior Notes include customary covenants, including fixed charge coverage minimums and restrictions on acquisitions, additional debt incurrance and dividend payments among others. Interest is payable at 11% semiannually in arrears on November 15 and May 15. Provided that the Term Loan has been repaid, the Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time on or after November 15, 2009 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes to be redeemed. In addition, provided that the Term Loan has been repaid, the Company may redeem the Senior Notes in whole or in part at any time before November 15, 2009 at a redemption price plus a “make-whole” premium. The Company must offer to purchase the Senior Notes if it experiences specific kinds of changes of control or sells assets under certain circumstances.

In August 2006, the Company issued, in a private offering, $240.0 million in 2.625% convertible senior notes due 2011at par (“Convertible Notes”) . The Convertible Notes may be converted, under certain circumstances described below, based on an initial conversion rate of 35.3571 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes (which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $28.28 per share).

Prior to June 15, 2011, holders may convert their Convertible Notes into cash and the Company’s common stock, at the applicable conversion rate, under any of the following circumstances: (i) during any fiscal quarter

 

53


Table of Contents

after the calendar quarter ending September 30, 2006, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 120% of the applicable conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter; (ii) during the five business-day period after any ten consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per note for each day of such measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such day; or (iii) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions, as defined in the indenture. From June 15, 2011 until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date of August 15, 2011, holders may convert their Convertible Notes into cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, if any, at the applicable conversion rate, at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

Upon conversion, a holder will receive the conversion value of the Convertible Notes converted equal to the conversion rate multiplied by the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock during a specified period following the conversion date. The conversion value of each Convertible Note will be paid in: (i) cash equal to the lesser of the principal amount of the Convertible Note or the conversion value, as defined, and (ii) to the extent the conversion value exceeds the principal amount of the Convertible Note, a combination of common stock and cash. In addition, upon a fundamental change at any time, as defined, the holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their Convertible Notes upon a “designated event” at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes being repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

In January 2009 we closed the sale of our TVG Network business and we currently expect to close the sale of our TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online businesses in the first quarter of 2009. We will utilize net proceeds from these sales to pay down our Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Facility following their respective closings.

As of December 31, 2008, we had $199.2 million in cash and cash equivalents, $77.9 million in short-term investments, and $85.0 million in long-term marketable securities. We anticipate that capital expenditures to support the growth of our business and strengthen our operations infrastructure will be between $15 million and $20 million in 2009.

As of December 31, 2008, we held auction rate securities with a fair value of $66.3 million and par value of $79.5 million. Our auction rate securities portfolio includes solely AAA rated investments, comprised of federally insured student loans and municipal and educational authority bonds. However, the auction rate securities we hold have failed to trade at recent auctions due to insufficient bids from buyers. This limits the short-term liquidity of these instruments and may limit our ability to liquidate and fully recover the carrying value of our auction rate securities if we needed to convert some or all to cash in the near term. These developments may result in an impairment charge to earnings if future auctions fail and credit ratings deteriorate as a result. We believe that based upon our current other cash and cash equivalent balances, the current lack of liquidity in the auction rate securities market will not have a material impact on our liquidity or our ability to fund our operations.

Included in the above are auction rate securities acquired through UBS AG with a par value of $62.4 million. Due to the failure of the auction rate market in early 2008, UBS and other major banks entered into discussions with governmental agencies to provide liquidity to owners of auction rate securities. In December 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with UBS which provides (1) the Company the right to sell these auction rate securities back to UBS AG at par, at the Company’s sole discretion, anytime during the period from June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012, and (2) UBS AG the right to purchase these auction rate securities or sell them on the Company’s behalf at par anytime through July 2, 2012. (See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

We believe that cash flows generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital, capital expenditure and debt requirements for the foreseeable future.

 

54


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

The collective results from all discontinued operations were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Net revenue:

      

Software

   $ 27,503     $ 112,914     $ 115,746  

Games

     1,633       9,177       10,516  

eMeta

     6,222       10,742       9,759  

TV Guide Magazine

     70,072       —         —    

TVG Network

     38,145       —         —    

TV Guide Network / TV Guide Online

     85,656       —         —    

Pre-tax (loss) income

      

Software

   $ (7,187 )   $ 11,701     $ 19,389  

Games

     (2,551 )     (33,215 )     (14,194 )

eMeta

     (11,630 )     (3,396 )     (1,709 )

TV Guide Magazine

     (13,422 )     —         —    

TVG Network

     (67,859 )     —         —    

TV Guide Network / TV Guide Online

     (126,610 )     —         —    

Pre-tax gain on disposal of business units

     153,273       —         —    

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (53,797 )     10,373       (507 )
                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (129,783 )   $ (14,537 )   $ 2,979  
                        

Software focused on independent software vendors and enterprise IT departments with solutions including the FLEXnet suite of electronic license management, electronic license delivery and software asset management products; InstallShield and other installer products; and AdminStudio software packaging tools. The sale of Software closed on April 1, 2008.

Games focused on providing tools and services needed to facilitate the digital distribution of providers of digital goods. Games pre-tax loss in 2007 included $13.2 million of restructuring charges and asset impairment charges. The sale of Games closed on April 1, 2008.

eMeta provided software solutions that enable companies to manage and sell digital goods and services online. eMeta pre-tax loss in 2008 included $6.7 million in goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges. The sale of eMeta closed in November 2008.

TV Guide Magazine’s weekly publication was centered on TV-related news, feature stories, TV celebrity photos, behind-the-scenes coverage, reviews and recommendations and national television listings. The sale of TV Guide Magazine closed in December 2008.

TVG Network generated revenue primarily from wagering and licensing fees. TVG Network pre-tax loss in 2008 included $70.0 million in goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges. The sale of TVG Network closed in January 2009.

TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online generated revenue primarily from advertising and carriage fees. TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online pre-tax loss in 2008 included $138.3 million in goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges. The sale of TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online is expected to close in the first quarter of 2009.

 

55


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes Macrovision’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

 

     Payments due by period

Contractual Obligations

   Total    Less Than
1 year
   1-3 years    3-5 years    More Than
5 years

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 887,250    $ 5,500    $ 251,000    $ 630,750    $ —  

Interest expense associated with long-term debt obligations

     221,527      55,111      100,435      65,981      —  

Capital lease obligations

     347      347      —        —        —  

Operating lease obligations

     113,413      18,167      33,160      25,464      36,622
                                  
   $ 1,222,537    $ 79,125    $ 384,595    $ 722,195    $ 36,622
                                  

Operating leases in the above table have been included on a gross basis. The Company has agreements to receive approximately $24.4 million under operating subleases. Excluded from the table above is a capital lease for a satellite transponder used by the Company’s TV Guide Network business, which is included in assets held for sale on the December 31, 2008 Consolidated Balance Sheet. Payments under this lease are $1.6 million each year through 2019.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and security investments. Changes in these factors may cause fluctuations in our earnings and cash flows. We evaluate and manage the exposure to these market risks as follows:

Fixed Income Investments: We have an investment portfolio of money market funds and fixed income securities, including those classified as cash equivalents, short-term investments and long-term marketable investment securities of $324.8 million as of December 31, 2008. Most of these securities are subject to interest rate fluctuations. An increase in interest rates could adversely affect the market value of our fixed income securities while a decrease in interest rates could adversely affect the amount of interest income we receive.

Our investment portfolio consists principally of investment grade municipal bonds, money market mutual funds, U.S. Treasury and agency securities, corporate bonds, commercial paper and auction rate securities. We regularly monitor the credit risk in our investment portfolio and take appropriate measures to manage such risks prudently in accordance with our investment policies.

As a result of recent adverse conditions in the financial markets, auction rate securities may present risks arising from liquidity and/or credit concerns. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of our auction rate securities portfolio totaled approximately $66.3 million. Our auction rate securities portfolio includes solely AAA rated investments, comprised of federally insured student loans and municipal and educational authority bonds. However, the auction rate securities we hold have failed to trade at recent auctions due to insufficient bids from buyers. If there are future unsuccessful auctions, it may result in us having to hold these securities beyond their scheduled auction reset dates, limiting the short-term liquidity of these securities. In addition, the credit ratings of these investments may deteriorate and as a result the fair value of these auction rate securities may decline and we may incur impairment charges in connection with these securities which would adversely impact our earnings and financial condition.

 

56


Table of Contents

Included in the above are auction rate securities acquired through UBS AG with a par value of $62.4 million. Due to the failure of the auction rate market in early 2008, UBS and other major banks entered into discussions with governmental agencies to provide liquidity to owners of auction rate securities. In December 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with UBS which provides (1) the Company the right to sell these auction rate securities back to UBS AG at par, at the Company’s sole discretion, anytime during the period from June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012, and (2) UBS AG the right to purchase these auction rate securities or sell them on the Company’s behalf at par anytime through July 2, 2012.

We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio to manage interest rate risk. We limit our exposure to interest rate and credit risk, however, by establishing and strictly monitoring clear policies and guidelines for our fixed income portfolios. The primary objective of these policies is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing yields, without significantly increasing risk. A hypothetical 50 basis point increase in interest rates would result in a $0.1 million decrease in the fair value of our fixed income available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2008.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates . Due to our reliance on international and export sales, we are subject to the risks of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Because a substantial majority of our international and export revenues, as well as expenses, are typically denominated in U.S. dollars, fluctuations in currency exchange rates could cause our products to become relatively more expensive to customers in a particular country, leading to a reduction in sales or profitability in that country. Many of our subsidiaries operate in their local currency, which mitigates a portion of the exposure related to the respective currency collected.

Indebtedness. The Company has three debt instruments outstanding: a $550 million Senior Credit Facility Term Loan (current balance outstanding $547.3 million), a $100 million Senior Note and $240 million Senior Convertible Notes. The terms of these debt instruments are more fully described in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The information required by this item is submitted in a separate section of this report beginning on F-1 of this report.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

57


Table of Contents
   

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

 

   

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, we used the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our assessment and the criteria set forth by COSO, we believe that Macrovision maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our system of internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all error and fraud. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues within the company have been detected, even with respect to those systems of internal control that are determined to be effective. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdown can occur because of simple error or mistake. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of these inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Our system contains self monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.

Audit Committee Oversight

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is comprised solely of independent directors, has oversight responsibility for our financial reporting process and the audits of our consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting. The Audit Committee meets regularly with management and with our internal auditors and independent registered public accounting firm (collectively, the “accountants”) to review matters related to the quality and integrity of our financial reporting, internal control over financial reporting (including compliance matters related to our Code of Personal and Business Conduct and Ethics), and the nature, extent, and results of internal and external audits. Our accountants have full and free access and report directly to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee recommended, and the Board of Directors approved, that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, there have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, these controls.

 

58


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Macrovision Solutions Corporation

We have audited Macrovision Solutions Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Macrovision Solutions Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Macrovision Solutions Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of Macrovision Solutions Corporation as of December 31, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Macrovision Solutions Corporation and our report dated February 23, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 23, 2009

 

59


Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, all of whom except for our chief executive officer are “independent” under applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our bylaws provide that our board of directors shall have not less than five members, with the exact number of directors to be fixed from time to time by the board of directors. There are no family relationships among our executive officers and directors.

Information About Our Board of Directors

The names of the current directors, their ages as of February 15, 2009 and other information about them are shown below.

 

Name of Director Nominee

   Age    Director
Since
   

Position

Alfred J. Amoroso

   58    2005 *   Director

Andrew K. Ludwick

   63    2006 *   Chairman of the Board; Independent Director

Alan L. Earhart

   65    2008     Independent Director

Robert J. Majteles

   44    2006 *   Independent Director

James E. Meyer

   54    1997 **   Independent Director

James P. O’Shaughnessy

   61    2004 **   Independent Director

Ruthann Quindlen

   54    2004 **   Independent Director

 

* Former director of Macrovision Corporation who became a member of Macrovision Solutions Corporation Board of Directors in May 2008.
** Former director of Gemstar-TVGuide International, Inc. who became a member of Macrovision Solutions Corporation Board of Directors in May 2008.

The “Director Since” column above denotes the year in which such member joined as a director of Macrovision Solutions Corporation or one of its subsidiaries, Macrovision Corporation or Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc.

Alfred J. Amoroso. Mr. Amoroso joined Macrovision as our President and Chief Executive Officer and member of the Board of Directors in July 2005. From September 2004 to June 2005, Mr. Amoroso served as an advisor to Warburg Pincus, an investment firm. From July 2002 to August 2004, Mr. Amoroso served as the President, Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of META Group, an information technology research and advisory firm. From October 1999 until its merger with IBM in January 2002, Mr. Amoroso served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of CrossWorlds Software, Inc. Mr. Amoroso holds a B.S. in systems engineering and M.S. in operations research from Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn.

Andrew K. Ludwick. Mr. Ludwick has served as our Chairman of the Board since May 2008. Mr. Ludwick has been a private investor since November 1997. Mr. Ludwick served as Chief Executive Officer of Bay Networks, a networking company, from September 1995 to October 1997. From July 1985 to September 1995, Mr. Ludwick was founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of SynOptics, an internetworking company. Mr. Ludwick holds a B.A. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Ludwick serves on the board of directors of Zebra Technologies Corporation, a provider of on-demand printing solutions.

 

60


Table of Contents

Alan L. Earhart. Mr. Earhart retired as partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in 2001. From 1970 to 2001, Mr. Earhart held a variety of positions with Coopers & Lybrand and its successor entity, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an accounting and consulting firm, including most recently as the Managing Partner for PricewaterhouseCoopers’ Silicon Valley office. Mr. Earhart holds a B.S. degree in accounting from the University of Oregon. Mr. Earhart serves on the board of directors of Monolithic Power Systems, Inc., a semiconductor company, NetApp, a computer storage and data management company, and Brocade Communications Systems Inc., a data center networking solutions company.

Robert J. Majteles. Mr. Majteles has been the managing partner of Treehouse Capital LLC, an investment firm, since 2001. In addition, Mr. Majteles is a lecturer at both the graduate and undergraduate levels at U.C. Berkeley. Mr. Majteles holds a B.A. from Columbia University and a J.D. from Stanford University. Mr. Majteles serves on the boards of directors of Adept Technology, Inc., Comarco, Inc.; Merriman, Curhan & Ford; Unify Corporation and U.S. Auto Parts Network, Inc.

James E. Meyer. Mr. Meyer has been at Sirius Satellite Radio as President of Operations and Sales since April 2004. From December 2001 until 2002, Mr. Meyer served as special advisor to the Chairman of Thomson Multimedia, Inc. (“Thomson”). From January 1997 until December 2001, Mr. Meyer served as the Senior Executive Vice President for Thomson as well as Chief Operating Officer for Thomson Consumer Electronics. Mr. Meyer holds a B.S. in economics and an MBA from St. Bonaventure University.

James P. O’Shaughnessy. Mr. O’Shaughnessy has conducted a consulting practice in the field of intangible asset management since 2004. From 1996 to 2004, Mr. O’Shaughnessy served as Vice President and Chief Intellectual Property Counsel at Rockwell Automation. Mr. O’Shaughnessy holds a B.S. in materials engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center.

Ruthann Quindlen. Ms. Quindlen has been a general partner or managing member of Funds VI-VIII with Institutional Venture Partners (IVP), a Silicon Valley investment firm, since September 1993. At IVP, Ms. Quindlen works with her partners to evaluate ongoing investments in IVP portfolio companies. Ms. Quindlen holds a B.S. in Foreign Service from Georgetown University and an MBA from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Information About Our Executive Officers

The names of our current executive officers, their ages as of February 15, 2009, and their positions are shown below. Biographical summaries of each of our executive officers who are not also members of our board of directors are included below.

 

Name

   Age   

Positions

Alfred J. Amoroso

   58    President and Chief Executive Officer

James Budge

   42    Chief Financial Officer

Thomas Carson

   49    Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales & Services

Stephen Yu

   43    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

For a biography of Alfred J. Amoroso, please see above in “Information About Our Board of Directors.”

James Budge. Mr. Budge has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2005. Mr. Budge served as Chief Financial Officer of Trados, Inc., an enterprise management software provider, from January 2004 until its merger with SDL International in August 2005. From August 2002 until joining Trados, Mr. Budge served as Chief Financial Officer of Sendmail, Inc., a secure email provider, and from April 1999 until its merger with IBM in January 2002, Mr. Budge served as Chief Financial Officer of CrossWorlds Software, Inc., a provider of business infrastructure software. Mr. Budge holds a B.S. in Accounting from Brigham Young University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

61


Table of Contents

Thomas Carson . Mr. Carson has served as our Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales & Services since May 2008 when the acquisition of Gemstar-TV Guide International by Macrovision was completed. From April 2006 to May 2008, Mr. Carson served in various capacities at Gemstar, including President of the North American IPG business and President for North American CE business. From February 2005 to April 2006, Mr. Carson served as Executive Vice President of Operational Efficiency programs at Thomson Multimedia Corporation and from February 2004 to February 2005, he served as Executive Vice President, Global Sales and Services at Thomson. Mr. Carson holds a B.S in business administration and an MBA from Villanova University.

Stephen Yu . Mr. Yu has served as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since May 2006. He served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Aspect Communications Corporation, a provider of contact center solutions, from April 2003 until its acquisition by Concerto Software, Inc. in September 2005. From June 2002 to January 2003, Mr. Yu served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Riverstone Networks, Inc., a provider of ethernet network solutions, and from September 1999 to May 2002, he served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Palm, Inc., a provider of mobile computing solutions. Mr. Yu holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Purdue University and a J.D. cum laude from Georgetown University Law Center. Mr. Yu is a member of the California State Bar.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

In accordance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 10% of our common stock are required to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission and Nasdaq and to furnish us with copies of all of the reports they file.

To the best of our knowledge, based solely on a review of the copies of such forms and certifications furnished to us from the reporting persons, we believe that all filing requirements applicable to our directors and executive officers were timely met.

Corporate Governance Materials

Code of Conduct . In February 2004, we adopted our Code of Personal and Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Conduct”) as required by applicable securities laws, rules of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq. The Code of Conduct applies to all of our directors and employees, including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. A copy of such code of conduct and ethics was filed as an Exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003. If we make any substantive amendments to the code of conduct and ethics or grant any waiver, including implicit waiver, from a provision of the code of conduct and ethics to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website at www.macrovision.com or in a current report on Form 8-K that will be publicly filed.

Corporate Governance Guidelines and Committee Charters . In February 2009, we adopted our Corporate Governance Guidelines to assist the Board in following corporate practices that serve the best interest of the company and its stockholders. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines and the charters of each of our audit committee, compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating committee are available at our website at www.macrovision.com.

Meetings of the Board and Committees

Board of Directors

Our board of directors held seven meetings in 2008 and acted by unanimous written consent nine times. Except for Mr. Meyer, each director attended at least 75% of (i) the meetings of our board of directors that were held during the time he or she was a director in 2008 and (ii) the meetings of the committees of our board of directors that were held during the time he or she was a member of such committee during 2008. As part of each

 

62


Table of Contents

regularly scheduled board meeting, the independent members of our board of directors hold a separate meeting that employee and affiliated directors and other members of management do not attend. Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee.

Although we do not have a formal policy regarding attendance by members of the board of directors at the annual meeting, we encourage directors to attend and historically all have done so.

Audit Committee

The members of the audit committee are Alan Earhart, Robert J. Majteles, James Meyer and Ruthann Quindlen, each of whom meets the independence and other requirements to serve on our audit committee under SEC rules and the listing standards of Nasdaq. Mr. Earhart is the chair of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Earhart is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the rules of the SEC and also meets Nasdaq’s professional experience requirements. The audit committee met five times and acted by unanimous written consent two times in 2008.

Our board of directors has adopted a charter governing the duties and responsibilities of the audit committee. A copy of the audit committee charter is available on our website at www.macrovision.com. The principal function of the audit committee is to assist our board of directors in its oversight responsibilities relating to our financial accounting, reporting and controls. The audit committee monitors and evaluates periodic reviews of the adequacy of the accounting and financial reporting processes and systems of internal control that are conducted by our financial and senior management and our independent registered public accounting firm; is responsible for the appointment, compensation and monitoring of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm; reviews and evaluates the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; monitors our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; monitors the performance of our internal audit function; and facilitates communication among our independent registered public accounting firm, our financial and senior management and our board of directors.

Compensation Committee

The members of the compensation committee are Robert J. Majteles, James O’Shaughnessy and Ruthann Quindlen, each of whom meets the independence and other requirements to serve on our compensation committee under SEC rules and the listing standards of Nasdaq. Mr. O’Shaughnessy is the chair of the compensation committee. The compensation committee met six times in 2008 and acted by unanimous written consent two times in 2008.

Our board of directors has adopted a charter governing the duties and responsibilities of the compensation committee. Our compensation committee charter is available on our website at www.macrovision.com. The principal functions of the compensation committee are to review and approve our incentive compensation programs for all executive-level direct reports of the chief executive officer and review and recommend the annual compensation for the chief executive officer to the board of directors for approval. The compensation committee reviews and approves all compensation (including the adjustment of base salary each year) and all bonus and other incentive compensation programs for our executive-level officers (other than our chief executive officer), and authorizes all awards to our executive-level officers under those programs. The compensation committee also approves any employment severance or termination arrangement with any executive-level officer (other than our chief executive officer). All decisions regarding the compensation of our chief executive officer are reviewed by the compensation committee, which then recommends such compensation to the full board of directors for approval. The chief executive officer abstains from voting on approval of his own compensation and such approval is made by the remaining members of the board of directors, all of whom are “independent” under applicable rules of the SEC.

The compensation committee meets with our chief executive officer and executive vice president of human resources at the beginning of each fiscal year to discuss the incentive compensation programs to be effective for that fiscal year. The agenda for each compensation committee meeting is determined by the chairman of our

 

63


Table of Contents

compensation committee with the assistance of our chief executive officer, general counsel and executive vice president of human resources. The compensation committee may delegate to subcommittees any power and authority of the compensation committee, and such subcommittees have the sole authority to assist the compensation committee in carrying out its responsibilities, including the sole authority to approve any consultant fees.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

The members of the corporate governance and nominating committee are Andrew K. Ludwick and Robert J. Majteles, each of whom meets the independence and other requirements to serve on our corporate governance and nominating committee under SEC rules and the listing standards of Nasdaq. Mr. Ludwick is the chair of the corporate governance and nominating committee. The corporate governance and nominating committee met three times in 2008.

Our board of directors has adopted a charter governing the duties and responsibilities of the corporate governance and nominating committee. Our corporate governance and nominating committee charter is available on our website at www.macrovision.com. The principal functions of the corporate governance and nominating committee are to advise and make recommendations to our board of directors on matters concerning corporate governance, review potential or actual conflicts of interest involving members of our board of directors, help identify, evaluate and recruit candidates to fill vacancies on our board of directors, identify the nominees for election to our board of directors at the annual meeting of stockholders and oversee the evaluation of members of our board of directors.

Director Nomination Process

Director Qualifications. The corporate governance and nominating committee reviews, evaluates and proposes prospective candidates for our board of directors. Each member of our board of directors must have broad experience and business acumen, a record of professional accomplishment in his or her field, and demonstrated honesty and integrity consistent with our values. In evaluating director nominees, the corporate governance and nominating committee considers a variety of factors, including the appropriate size of the board of directors, our needs with respect to the particular talents and experience of the directors, the nominee’s experience and understanding of our business and industry, familiarity with national and international business matters, strategic thinking and willingness to share ideas, network of contacts, experience with accounting rules and practices, and diversity of professional expertise and experience beneficial to the achievement of our strategic goals. The corporate governance and nominating committee may also consider such other factors as it may deem are in the best interests of our company and our stockholders. The corporate governance and nominating committee understands that it is necessary for at least one, and preferably for several, members of the board to meet the criteria for an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by SEC rules and for a majority of the members of the board to meet the definition of “independent director” under the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Identifying Nominees . The corporate governance and nominating committee identifies nominees by first identifying the desired skills and experience of a new nominee based on the qualifications discussed above. The corporate governance and nominating committee may identify potential nominees based upon suggestions by non-employee members of the board, senior level executives, individuals personally known to the members of the board, third-party search firms and/or stockholders, and evaluate those persons on its own. The corporate governance and nominating committee does not evaluate proposed nominees differently depending upon who has made the proposal. In 2008, we did not pay any fees or expenses to any third party to assist in this process.

Stockholder Nominations . In identifying nominees for our board of directors, the corporate governance and nominating committee will consider any stockholder recommendations for candidates to serve on the board. If a stockholder wishes to nominate a candidate to serve on our board, the stockholder should follow the procedures as set forth in our bylaws. Any notice of director nomination must meet all the requirements contained in our

 

64


Table of Contents

bylaws and include other information required pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including the nominee’s consent to serve as a director and evidence of the nominating stockholder’s ownership of our stock. If a stockholder wishes to suggest a candidate for consideration by the corporate governance and nominating committee, the stockholder should provide comparable information to the corporate governance and nominating committee with a request that the committee consider the candidate for nomination. To assure time for meaningful consideration by the corporate governance and nominating committee, any such notice should be sent to the attention of Corporate Secretary, 2830 De La Cruz Boulevard, Santa Clara, California 95050 on or before the date on which stockholder proposals to be included in the proxy statement for a given stockholder meeting must be received by us.

Communications with the Board

Stockholders may send communications to the board of directors or individual members of the board by submitting a letter or letters in a sealed envelope(s) labeled with the name(s) of the desired recipient(s). This letter should be placed in a larger envelope and mailed to Macrovision Solutions Corporation, Attention: Corporate Secretary, 2830 De La Cruz Boulevard, Santa Clara, California 95050. The Corporate Secretary will forward the sealed envelope(s) to the designated recipient. Comments or complaints relating to accounting or auditing matters may be submitted directly to the chair of the audit committee through the same address listed above.

 

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

We have adopted a basic philosophy and practice of offering market competitive compensation that is designed to attract, retain and motivate a highly qualified executive management team. With respect to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and the other two executive officers (collectively referred to as the “Named Executives”), this Compensation Analysis and Discussion describes our compensation philosophy and objectives, the methodologies used for establishing the compensation programs for the Named Executives, and the policies and practices to administer such programs.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The compensation committee is comprised entirely of non-employee directors. In addition to offering market competitive compensation programs, we place significant emphasis on pay for performance, where the primary aim is to motivate executive management to achieve the business and strategic objectives that drive stockholder value. Our executive compensation programs have been designed, and are maintained by the compensation committee, to achieve the following objectives:

 

   

To attract and retain talented and experienced executives by offering market competitive compensation programs;

 

   

To support a pay-for-performance policy that differentiates bonus amounts among the Named Executives on both their individual performance and the performance of the Company;

 

   

To align the interests of executives with the long-term interests of the stockholders through awards whose value over time depends upon the market value of the Company’s common stock;

 

   

To motivate key executives to achieve strategic business initiatives and to reward them for their achievements.

In pursuit of these objectives, the compensation committee believes that the compensation packages provided to the Named Executives should include both cash and stock-based compensation, with an emphasis on pay for performance.

 

65


Table of Contents

Methodologies for Establishing Compensation

In determining the appropriate compensation levels for our chief executive officer, the compensation committee meets outside the presence of all our executive officers. With respect to the compensation levels of all other Named Executives, the compensation committee meets outside the presence of all executive officers except our chief executive officer. Mr. Amoroso, our chief executive officer, annually reviews each other Named Executive’s performance with the compensation committee.

The compensation committee has the authority to retain outside consultants or advisors to assist the committee in fulfilling its duties. In 2008, the compensation committee engaged Croner Associates, an independent outside compensation consultant, to advise the compensation committee on matters related to the compensation of the Named Executives and the Board of Directors.

With the input of our human resources department, the chief executive officer makes recommendations to the compensation committee regarding base salary levels, target incentive awards, performance goals, special bonuses, and equity incentive awards for Named Executives other than the chief executive officer. In conjunction with the annual performance review of each Named Executive in February of each year, the compensation committee carefully considers the recommendations of the chief executive officer when making decisions on setting base salary, bonus payments under the prior year’s annual incentive plan, target amounts and performance criteria for the current year’s annual incentive plan, and special bonuses for prior year accomplishments. In February, the compensation committee makes such determinations with respect to the chief executive officer as well. The compensation committee similarly determines equity incentive awards for each Named Executive on an annual basis. At these times and other times throughout the year, the compensation committee reviews the analyses and supporting materials provided by our chief executive officer, the human resources department and the compensation consultant regarding compensation of all Named Executives. In making compensation determinations, the compensation committee acts on the recommendations of the chief executive officer with modifications as deemed appropriate by the compensation committee for Named Executives other than the chief executive officer. The compensation committee reviews and recommends to the board of directors for approval each element of compensation for the chief executive officer.

We seek to attract and retain executives by offering total compensation competitive with the market in which we compete for executive talent. To determine market competitive pay levels for the Named Executives, the human resources department and the independent compensation consultant conduct analyses of market practices based on published survey data and on the disclosed compensation practices of publicly-traded companies comparable to Macrovision Solutions Corporation (“Compensation Peer Group”). The companies included in the Compensation Peer Group are technology companies that are similar in annual revenues and market capitalization to us and companies that may compete with our product offerings or with whom we believe we compete in the market for executive talent. Each element of the compensation mix is compared against the market data as well as the total direct compensation value provided. The Compensation Peer Group is periodically reviewed by the compensation committee. The following companies comprised the Compensation Peer Group for fiscal 2008: Akamai Technologies, ChoicePoint, CNET Networks, Dolby Laboratories, Epicor Software Corporation, Factset Research Systems, HLTH Corporation, HIS, Inc., Informatica, Interactive Data Corporation, Mentor Graphics, National Instruments, NDS Group, Nuance Communications, Open Text, Progress Software, Quest Software, Real Networks, Red Hat, Salesforce.com, Tibco Software, United Online, Inc. and ValueClick, Inc.

Because we compete aggressively with both large and middle market companies in the market for executive talent, the compensation committee generally targets total direct compensation (i.e., base salary, annual cash incentives and value of long-term equity incentives) for the Named Executives in the approximate range of the 60th to 75th percentile of the Compensation Peer Group and published market data. The allocation between cash and non-cash compensation is based on the compensation committee’s determination of the appropriate mix among base pay, annual cash incentives and long-term equity incentives to encourage retention and performance. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, the elements of the compensation mix include:

 

   

Base salary,

 

66


Table of Contents
   

Annual discretionary cash bonuses,

 

   

Equity-based compensation,

 

   

Change in control agreements, and

 

   

Broad-based benefits programs.

Base Salary

We establish the base salary of each Named Executive based on consideration of approximately the 50th percentile pay levels of the Compensation Peer Group and published survey data and on other internal factors, such as the individual’s performance and experience, company performance and internal equity. The market analysis performed by our human resources department and the compensation surveys are reviewed by our chief executive officer and compensation committee. The compensation committee considers the recommendations of our chief executive officer and human resources department and the data provided by the compensation surveys in determining the appropriate base salary levels for the Named Executives. Base salary increases for Named Executives (other than the chief executive officer) are at the discretion of the compensation committee. Base salary increases for the chief executive officer are at the discretion of the members of board of directors other than our chief executive officer, all of whom are independent directors. In general, base salary increases have been in the range of three to five percent per year; however, in 2008, in light of the completion of the Gemstar-TV Guide acquisition in May 2008, the compensation committee approved substantial increases to the 2008 base salary of certain Named Executives, some of which were in excess of 15% of the Named Executive’s prior year base salary. In making the adjustments, the compensation committee considered the substantial changes to the size and the business model of the Company and the goals associated therewith. The compensation committee also received advice and recommendations from its compensation consultant and compared each of the executive’s compensation to the compensation received by competitive positions in the Company’s peer group established by the compensation committee. Although the compensation committee believes that competitive base salaries are necessary to attract and retain a highly qualified executive team, it feels that a significant portion of executive compensation should be based on pay for performance.

During 2008, the Named Executives were awarded increases to their base salaries on March 1, 2008 and June 1, 2008 as follows:

 

     Base Salary

Name and Title

   2007    At 3/1/08    At 6/1/08

Alfred J. Amoroso

   $ 500,000    $ 525,000    $ 550,000

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

        

James Budge

   $ 305,000    $ 340,000    $ 350,000

Chief Financial Officer

        

Thomas Carson

   $ 447,352    $ 447,352    $ 447,352

Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Services

        

Stephen Yu

   $ 260,000    $ 275,000    $ 300,000

Executive Vice President & General Counsel

        

Annual Discretionary Cash Bonuses

For our Named Executives, annual cash incentive payments are based upon the attainment of specified revenue and operating income targets by the Company and upon the achievement of individual goals. In setting the target bonus amounts for each of the Named Executives, we consider bonus levels at approximately the 60th percentile of the Compensation Peer Group and published market data. The amount of bonuses paid to the Named Executives, however, is subject to the discretion of the compensation committee based on its assessment of the participant’s contribution to the organization and general and industry-specific conditions existing during the applicable period. For 2008, the compensation committee approved bonus payments for our senior executives

 

67


Table of Contents

earned under our 2008 Senior Executive Company Incentive Plan (the “Executive Plan”), as applicable, as set forth in our Summary Compensation Table. Annual bonus amounts have varied historically based on the achievement of the targets set and individual goal attainment. The Company does not disclose the specific thresholds for the economic performance component because such information constitutes confidential and sensitive financial information. If this information were publicly disclosed, it would cause competitive harm by alerting our competitors to certain of our important internal financial performance targets which would in turn provide them with valuable insight into our views on the state of the markets in which we operate and our internal benchmarks. The compensation committee also uses the annual discretionary cash bonuses to reward exemplary performance of certain senior officers and to recognize achievement of strategic or above and beyond the ordinary course projects that have a material beneficial impact to the Company. In 2008, our total bonus payout to (i) our Chief Executive Officer was 107% of his bonus potential publicly disclosed in February 2008 when we announced the Executive Plan; and (ii) our other Named Executives was 118% of their bonus potential. In determining these bonus payments, the compensation committee factored in the extraordinary achievement of the senior executives in 2008 with respect to completing the acquisition and integration of Gemstar, the divestitures of the software, games and eMeta businesses and the divestitures of the TV Guide media properties. We expect bonus attainment for our Named Executives to continue to vary in the future based on target and goal attainment. The discretionary annual bonus for performance in 2009 will be paid pursuant to the terms of the 2009 Senior Executive Company Incentive Plan, which was publicly disclosed in February 2009, and participants will again be evaluated based on both an individual performance component and a company performance component.

In addition to the cash bonuses payable under the Executive Plan, to reward extraordinary performance and achievements special bonuses may be awarded to the Named Executives from time to time in a variety of forms, including additional cash bonuses and/or special equity grants. These extraordinary bonus payments are based on the recommendation of the chief executive officer and subject to the approval of the compensation committee. With respect to certain of the Named Executives, the compensation committee awarded discretionary bonuses to reward extraordinary performance in 2008 related to the achievement of strategic objectives regarding the acquisition of Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc., as set forth in our Summary Compensation Table.

Equity-Based Compensation

The third component of executive compensation is equity grants which may come in the form of stock options and restricted stock. These grants are designed to provide long-term incentives to executive officers and to better align interests of executives with the interests of stockholders. Such equity compensation provides an incentive that focuses the individual’s attention on managing the Company from the perspective of an owner with an equity stake in the business. The value of stock options is tied to the future performance of the Company’s common stock, and the recipient will benefit only when the price of the Company’s common stock increases above the option exercise price. Stock options reward management for long-term strategic planning and execution through the resulting enhancement of share price. The Company believes that a compensation structure that includes the periodic granting of long-term incentives such as stock options helps to attract and retain senior managers with long-term management perspectives.

Historically, the compensation committee has emphasized equity-based compensation in the form of stock option grants. However, as a result of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123R (“FAS 123(R)”) and our adoption of a policy limiting the aggregate number of shares granted under our equity plans in order to help reduce dilution to our stockholders, the compensation committee decided to alter its equity-compensation practices by awarding a mix of stock options and restricted stock. The compensation committee determined that this mix would be less dilutive to our current stockholders than its traditional option award practices and would reduce the amount of compensation expense that would be recognized in our statements of income, which in turn would result in higher reported net income.

 

68


Table of Contents

The equity-based compensation awarded to the Named Executives are set by the compensation committee based on the practices of the Compensation Peer Group, published survey data and the recommendation of the chief executive officer. In addition, the compensation committee also considered the executive’s replacement value, individual performance and achievements.

In June 2008, the Named Executives received option grants under the Macrovision 2000 Equity Incentive Plan or the 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant dates. These options vest over a three-year period after the grant date, subject to the Named Executive’s continued employment with the Company, and expire five years from the grant date, unless the participant’s employment with the Company terminates before the end of such five-year period.

Our chief executive officer also received restricted stock grants in 2008 in accordance with the terms of his amended employment agreement, which vest over a four-year period after the grant date subject to his continued employment with the Company. In consideration for the waiver of restricted stock grants to which our chief executive was entitled pursuant to his employment agreement, as amended, our chief executive officer also received stock options in September 2008, which vest over a four-year period after the grant date (subject to his continued employment with the Company) and expire seven years from the grant date.

Executive Severance and Arbitration Agreements

Each of the Named Executives, except for Mr. Carson, has entered into an executive severance and arbitration agreement with the Company. With the exception of the chief executive officer, all executive severance and arbitration agreements of the Named Executives are substantially the same, providing cash severance of twelve months base pay, accelerated vesting of equity-based compensation and continuation of benefits coverage only upon termination of employment in connection with a “change in control” of the Company. The executive severance and arbitration agreement of the chief executive officer provides for the similar cash severance, accelerated vesting and benefit coverage as the other Named Executives in the event of a “change in control,” but differs from the other Named Executives’ agreements in that the chief executive officer’s executive severance and arbitration agreement provides him (i) certain of such severance benefits upon termination of his employment by the Company without “cause” or his voluntary termination with “good reason” unrelated to any “change in control” of the Company or by reason of death, and (ii) an additional tax “gross-up” payment if the payment of severance, accelerated vesting and continuation of benefits upon a “change in control” results in excise tax under Code Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All severance benefits provided to the Named Executives, including the chief executive officer, as the result of a “change in control” are “double trigger” benefits, which means that the payment of cash severance, accelerated vesting of equity-based compensation and continuation of benefits requires both (1) a “change in control” of Macrovision, and (2) the Named Executive’s termination of employment by the Company without “cause” or by the Named Executive with “good reason.” The terms “change in control,” “cause” and “good reason” are defined in the executive severance and arbitration agreements.

Enhanced Severance Benefits. As part of the acquisition of Gemstar, we agreed to honor the retention program that Gemstar adopted in August 2007. Pursuant to the retention program, Mr. Carson will be eligible to receive a severance payout amount equal to 1.0 times annual compensation (base salary plus target bonus) and will be eligible for reimbursement of the cost of continued health insurance benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 for twelve months, in the event of a termination by the Company without cause (as defined in the retention program), or by the executive for good reason, prior to May 3, 2009. Receipt of these enhanced severance benefits is subject to the executive providing a release of claims to the Company. In no event shall Mr. Carson receive severance payments under both the retention program and his employment agreement.

 

69


Table of Contents

Broad-Based Benefits Programs

In 2008, these benefits included health, dental, vision, disability and life insurance, healthcare savings accounts, health club membership reimbursement, paid vacation time and company contributions to a 401(k) profit sharing retirement plan. Benefits are provided to all employees in accordance with practices within the marketplace and are a necessary element of compensation in attracting and retaining employees.

Compensation Policies and Practices

In administering the compensation programs of the Named Executives, the compensation committee meets at least four times a year in conjunction with regularly scheduled Board of Director meetings. The compensation committee also meets telephonically to discuss extraordinary items. The compensation committee members regularly confer with our chief executive officer and human resources department on matters regarding the compensation of the Named Executives, other senior officers reporting directly to the chief executive officer, and certain other Company personnel in extraordinary performance situations.

Stock options provide for financial gain derived from the potential appreciation in stock price from the date that the option is granted until the date that the option is exercised. The exercise price of stock option grants is set at fair market value on grant date. Under our existing equity incentive plans, the Company may not grant stock options at a discount to fair market value or reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options except in the case of a stock split or other similar event. The Company does not grant stock options with a so-called “reload” feature, nor does it loan funds to employees to enable them to exercise stock options. The Company’s long-term performance ultimately determines the value of stock options, because gains from stock option exercises are entirely dependent on the long-term appreciation of the Company’s stock price. The Company does not backdate options or grant options retroactively. In addition, we do not intentionally coordinate grants of options so that they are made before the announcement of favorable information, or after announcement of unfavorable information. The Company’s options are granted at fair market value on a fixed date with all required approvals obtained in advance of or on the actual grant date. All grants require the approval of the compensation committee (or the independent members of our board of directors in the case of grants to our chief executive officer), or the chief executive officer for specific circumstances acting under delegated authority from the compensation committee.

Timing of Grants of Options and Restricted Stock

In 2008, the grants of restricted stock and stock options to our chief executive officer were made on March 1, 2008 and September 1, 2008 in accordance with his employment agreement entered into with the Company in 2005, as amended, which provided for such grants.

In May 2008, we granted stock options to our Named Executives (including our chief executive officer) at a meeting of our compensation committee meeting. In accordance with the procedures described below, these grants had an effective date of June 1, 2008, which was the date used for purposes of establishing the exercise price of options awarded to the Named Executives.

For fiscal year 2008, the Company utilized the following procedures for granting stock options to all executive officers, which includes the Named Executives. The procedures apply to both “new-hire” grants, annual “refresher” grants and other “continuing” grants. They do not apply to grants made to executive officers at such time, if any, as they may become new-hire employees of the Company in connection with the Company’s acquisition of another business. The procedures included the following:

New-hire grants.

Stock Options . Subject always to prior compensation committee authorization of the particular stock option grant, grants for all newly hired executive officers (other than those employed in connection with a business acquisition) shall occur on the first day of the month next following the new employee’s start date (except for

 

70


Table of Contents

January, which would be January 2, due to the perpetual January 1 holiday). For example, if the compensation committee authorized a grant to a new-hire executive officer on January 10 and the executive officer started employment on January 20, the grant date would be February 1. If the new-hire executive officer started employment on January 20 but the compensation committee did not authorize the grant until February 2, the grant date would be March 1.

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock may be granted upon the following dates each calendar year: January 2, March 1, May 1, July 1, September 1 and November 1 (the “restricted stock grant dates”). Subject always to prior compensation committee authorization of the particular grant of restricted stock, grants for all newly hired executive officers (other than those employed in connection with a business acquisition) shall occur on the restricted stock grant date next following the new employee’s start date. For example, if the compensation committee authorized a grant to a new-hire executive officer on February 10 and the executive officer started employment on February 20, the grant date would be March 1. If the new-hire executive officer started employment on February 20 but the compensation committee did not authorize the grant until March 2, the grant date would be May 1.

Annual refresher grants . If the compensation committee determines to authorize regularly scheduled “refresher” grants of restricted stock or stock options, such grants will be made on the first day of the month next following approval of the grant by the compensation committee for grants of stock options or at such later time as the compensation committee shall designate; provided such later time is on the first day of a calendar month. For example, refresher grants to the Named Executives that were approved in May 2008 were made on June 1, 2008. The compensation committee can also designate multiple future dates for such refresher grants. For example, the compensation committee could authorize a refresher grant to Named Executives in February with grant dates of March 1 and September 1 of that year.

Continuing Grants . In addition to the regularly scheduled “refresher” grants of stock options or restricted stock, the Company may grant stock options or restricted stock to existing employees for retention, promotion or special bonus reasons. Continuing grants for executive officers shall occur: (i) on the first day of the month next following approval of the grant by the compensation committee for grants of stock options; and (ii) on the next restricted stock grant date following the date of approval of the grant by the compensation committee for grants of restricted stock.

Exercise Price of Stock Options . In all instances, the exercise price for stock options will be set as the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date, or the closing price on the last day of trading prior to that date if the grant date falls on a weekend or holiday.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

Stock ownership guidelines have not been implemented by the compensation committee for our Named Executives. We will continue to periodically review best practices and re-evaluate our position with respect to stock ownership guidelines.

Tax Deductibility and Executive Compensation

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally limits the corporate deduction by a public company for compensation paid to its chief executive officer and other Named Executives during any single year to $1 million per individual, unless certain requirements are met which qualify that compensation as performance-based under these tax rules. Our compensation committee considers the impact of this deduction limitation rule in establishing and implementing compensation policies and practices. The committee intends to qualify compensation as performance-based for these purposes in appropriate circumstances, but has not established a policy whereby all compensation paid to our Named Executives must be fully deductible. Rather, the deductibility of such compensation is one of the factors it considers in establishing and implementing our

 

71


Table of Contents

executive compensation programs, along with the need to design compensation programs that appropriately motivate our senior management and our need to attract and retain key executives by remaining competitive in our pay practices. 

Under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan and 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, award of stock options and performance stock are designed generally to satisfy the deductibility requirements of Section 162(m). However, the compensation committee has deemed it desirable to retain the flexibility in rewarding senior management for extraordinary contributions that cannot properly be recognized under a predetermined quantitative plan, and, therefore, our annual cash incentive bonus programs have not to date been structured to qualify as performance-based compensation under the Section 162(m) rules and so are not fully deductible by us in all circumstances. Except for our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, no Named Executive received compensation in excess of $1 million in 2008. We have determined that the non-deductible compensation paid in 2008 to our chief executive officer was $1,511,749. The non-deductible compensation was attributed primarily to the non-deductibility of his bonus pursuant to the 2008 Executive Plan and the non-deductibility of restricted stock awards.

Report of the Compensation Committee 1

The compensation committee of the Company has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and discussion, the compensation committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this report.

Members of the Compensation Committee

James P. O’Shaughnessy (Chair)

Robert J. Majteles

Ruthann Quindlen

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

James P. O’Shaughnessy, Robert J. Majteles and Ruthann Quindlen served as members of our compensation committee since May 2008. None of the members of the compensation committee during 2008 had any interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC.

 

1

The material in this report is not “soliciting material,” is furnished to, but not deemed “filed” with, the Commission and is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in any filing of the Company under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, other than the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, where it shall be deemed to be “furnished,” whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

 

72


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid for services rendered to Macrovision in all capacities for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 by our Named Executives. This information includes the dollar value of base salaries, commissions and bonus awards, the number of shares underlying stock options granted and certain other compensation, whether paid or deferred. We have not granted stock appreciation rights and have not provided long-term compensation benefits other than stock options and restricted stock.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and

Principal

Position (a)

  Year
(b)
    Salary
($)(c)
  Bonus
($)(d)
  Stock
Awards
($)(1)(e)
  Option
Awards
($)(2)(f)
  Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan

Compen-
sation
($)(3)(g)
  Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compen-
sation

Earnings
($)(h)
  All
Other
Compen-
sation
($)(4)(i)
  Total
($)(j)

Alfred J. Amoroso

  2008     $ 535,417   —     $ 2,746,147   $ 1,066,271   $ 588,500   —     $ 7,506   $ 4,943,841

President and Chief

Executive Officer

  2007     $ 500,000   —     $ 1,610,373   $ 1,342,145   $ 548,750   —     $ 9,850   $ 4,011,118
  2006     $ 500,000   —     $ 203,966   $ 1,706,241   $ 555,000   —     $ 7,466   $ 2,972,673

James Budge

  2008     $ 340,000   —     $ 671,379   $ 390,161   $ 267,881   —     $ 45,746   $ 1,715,167

Chief Financial Officer

  2007     $ 302,500   —     $ 483,112   $ 473,117   $ 212,280   —     $ 1,744   $ 1,472,753
  2006     $ 287,500   —     $ 61,190   $ 544,879   $ 175,740   —     $ 721   $ 1,070,030

Thomas Carson,

  2008     $ 452,447   —       —     $ 142,343   $ 263,378   —     $ 26,335   $ 884,503

Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Services

  2007 (5)     N/A   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A   N/A     N/A     N/A
  2006 (5)     N/A   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A   N/A     N/A     N/A
                 

Stephen Yu,

  2008     $ 287,083   —     $ 181,294   $ 427,016   $ 176,625   —     $ 32,112   $ 1,104,130

Executive Vice President & General Counsel

  2007     $ 258,333   —     $ 85,687   $ 283,895   $ 138,645   —     $ 3,833   $ 770,393
  2006 (5)     N/A   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A   N/A     N/A     N/A
                 

 

(1) Amounts disclosed under “Stock Awards” represent the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes. Restricted stock was granted to Mr. Amoroso on March 1, 2008 and September 1, 2008 and the closing price per share was $15.29 and $15.52 on such grant dates, respectively. Restricted stock was granted to Mr. Amoroso and Mr. Budge on September 1, 2006, March 1, 2007 and September 1, 2007 and the closing price per share was $23.18, $24.56 and $23.73 on such grant dates, respectively. Restricted stock was granted to Mr. Yu on September 1, 2007 and the closing price per share was $23.73 on such date. All such shares of restricted stock vest in equal annual installments over 4 years beginning on the grant date and are eligible to receive dividends. To date, the Company has never provided dividends to its stockholders. See Note 10 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating grant date fair value pursuant to FAS 123(R).
(2) Amounts disclosed under “Option Awards” represent the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes pursuant to FAS 123(R). See Note 10 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating grant date fair value pursuant to FAS 123(R).
(3) Amounts disclosed under “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” represent bonuses and commissions paid pursuant to the Company’s Executive Plan for services rendered in 2006, 2007 and 2008. Such bonuses and commissions for services rendered in 2006 were paid in 2007, such bonuses and commissions for services rendered in 2007 were paid in 2008 and such bonuses and commissions for services rendered in 2008 were paid in 2009.
(4) Amounts disclosed under “All Other Compensation” consist of (i) the matching contributions we made on behalf of the Named Executives to our 401(k) plan; (ii) the contributions we made on behalf of the Named Executives to their healthcare reimbursement accounts; and (iii) employer paid premiums for life insurance coverage. Also includes a car allowance for Mr. Carson in the amount of $9,600. For 2008, also includes the taxable value of the Company’s President Club meeting in the following amounts: Mr. Budge—$7,984; Mr. Carson—$7,535; and Mr. Yu—$7,084. For 2008, also includes the taxable value of an award granted in recognition of their contribution to the Gemstar acquisition transaction in the following amounts: Mr. Budge—$35,714 and Mr. Yu—$21,074. For 2007, also includes the taxable value of the Company’s President Club meeting in the following amounts: Mr. Amoroso—$2,750; Mr. Budge—$1,170.
(5) Mr. Carson was not a Macrovision Named Executive for either 2007 or 2006. Mr. Yu was not a Macrovision Named Executive for 2006.

 

73


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to grants of plan-based awards for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 to the Named Executives.

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS FOR FISCAL 2008

 

Name

(a)

  Grant
Date
(b)
  Estimated Possible
Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (1)
  Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
  All Other
Stock
Awards:
Numbers
of Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)(i)
  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)(j)
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
(k)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards (2)

(l)
    Threshold
($)(c)
  Target
($)(3)(d)
  Maximum
($)(e)
  Threshold
(#)(f)
  Target
($)(g)
  Maximum
($)(h)
       

Alfred J. Amoroso

  3/1/08   —     —     —     —     —     —     125,000   —     $ 15.29   $ 1,911,250

President and Chief

Executive Officer

  9/1/08   —     —     —     —     —     —     85,000   —     $ 15.52   $ 1,319,200
  6/1/08   —     —     —     —     —     —     —     575,000   $ 13.53   $ 2,475,088
  9/1/08   —     —     —     —     —     —     —     80,000   $ 15.52   $ 502,656
  N/A   —     550,000   —     —     —     —     —     —       N/A     —  

James Budge

  6/1/08   —     —     —     —     —     —     —     200,000   $ 13.53   $ 860,900

Chief Financial Officer

  N/A   —     227,500   —     —     —     —     —     —       N/A     —  

Thomas Carson,

  6/1/08   —     —     —     —     —     —     —     170,000   $ 13.53   $ 731,765

Executive Vice

President, Worldwide

Sales and Services

  N/A
  —  
  223,700
  —  
  —  
  —  
  —  
  —  
  —  
   
N/A
   
—  

Stephen Yu,

  6/1/08   —     —     —     —     —     —     —     170,000   $ 13.53   $ 731,765

Executive Vice

President & General

Counsel

  N/A   —     150,000   —     —     —     —     —     —       N/A     —  

 

(1) We award cash bonuses pursuant to our Executive Plan. The Executive Plan provides for the award of annual cash bonuses based upon the attainment of specified revenue and operating income and also individual performance. The actual amount paid to each of the Named Executives for fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 is set forth in the Summary Compensation Table under the column Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.
(2) Represents the full grant date fair value of each award as determined pursuant to FAS 123(R).
(3) Represents the target payout under the 2008 Executive Plan assuming 100% achievement of target.

Discussion of Summary Compensation and Plan-Based Awards Tables

Our executive compensation policies and practices, pursuant to which the compensation set forth in the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table was paid or awarded, are described above under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” A summary of certain material terms of our continuing compensation plans and arrangements is set forth below.

Employment Agreements with Named Executives

Mr. Amoroso. In June 2005, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Amoroso. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Amoroso was entitled to an initial annual base salary of $500,000, and was eligible to participate in Macrovision’s Executive Plan with a cash bonus target equal to 100% of his base salary. On February 7, 2007, the Compensation Committee approved the amendment to Mr. Amoroso’s employment arrangement such that for calendar year 2007 and subsequent years, Mr. Amoroso’s bonus payout is based 100% upon the Company’s performance, which is determined based upon the Company meeting its annual revenue and operating profit targets.

We granted Mr. Amoroso, on his first day of employment, options to purchase 500,000 shares of Company common stock, having a term of five years and vesting over three years in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2000 Equity Incentive Plan. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Amoroso was guaranteed additional options to purchase 250,000 shares of Company common stock in each of 2006, 2007

 

74


Table of Contents

and 2008. Each additional grant was made in two equal installments on March 1 and September 1 of each applicable year. All options were granted with an exercise price at the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date, with a term of five years and vesting over a three-year period from the date of grant. On July 28, 2006, our compensation committee approved an amendment to Mr. Amoroso’s employment arrangement whereby Mr. Amoroso was granted 125,000 shares of restricted stock on September 1, 2006 instead of the stock option grant that he would have otherwise been entitled to receive. In addition, the compensation committee further approved the amendment to Mr. Amoroso’s offer agreement to grant him restricted stock instead of stock options for the future semiannual grants in 2007 and March 2008. The restricted stock was granted at a price per share of the par value of the stock, which is $0.001 per share, and has a four year vesting schedule. These shares vest in accordance with the terms and conditions of the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, as follows: 25% of the restricted stock vests on each annual anniversary date of the grant date, subject to his continuing employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, through the applicable vesting date.

On July 31, 2008, our compensation committee approved an amendment to Mr. Amoroso’s employment arrangement whereby Mr. Amoroso was granted a combination of 85,000 shares of restricted stock and options to purchase 80,000 shares of our common stock on September 1, 2008 instead of the restricted stock grant of 125,000 shares that he would have otherwise been entitled to receive on September 1, 2008. The restricted stock was granted at a price per share of the par value of the stock, which is $0.001 per share, and has a four year vesting schedule as outlined above. The stock options were granted with an exercise price at the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date, with a term of seven years. The options vest as to one-fourth of the total shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and an additional one-forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the option shares available for exercise each month thereafter through the fourth anniversary of the grant date, in each case provided that Mr. Amoroso remains in employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date.

Mr. Budge. In September 2005, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Budge. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Budge was entitled to an initial annual base salary of $275,000, with a cash payout at 100% achievement of targets equal to 50% of his prorated base salary earned during 2005, of which 80% payment for 2005 was guaranteed. We granted Mr. Budge, on his first day of employment, options to purchase 200,000 shares of Company common stock, having a term of five years and vesting over three years in accordance with the terms and conditions of the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Budge was guaranteed additional options to purchase 75,000 shares of Company common stock in each of 2006 and 2007. Each additional grant was made in two equal installments on March 1 and September 1 of each applicable year. All options were granted with an exercise price at the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date, with a term of five years and vesting over a three-year period from the date of grant. On July 28, 2006, our compensation committee approved an amendment to Mr. Budge’s employment agreement whereby Mr. Budge was granted 37,500 shares of restricted stock on September 1, 2006 instead of the stock option grant that he would have otherwise been entitled to receive. In addition, the compensation committee further approved the amendment to Mr. Budge’s employment agreement to grant him restricted stock instead of stock options for the future semiannual grants in 2007. The restricted stock was granted at a price per share of the par value of the stock, which is $0.001 per share, and has a four year vesting schedule. These shares vest in accordance with the terms and conditions of the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, as follows: 25% of the restricted stock vests on each annual anniversary date of the grant date, subject to his continuing employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, through the applicable vesting date.

Mr. Carson . In April 2006, Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Carson, which was subsequently amended in October 2006. Macrovision Solutions Corporation assumed the employment agreement, as amended, with Mr. Carson upon the close of the acquisition of Gemstar-TV Guide in May 2008. Mr. Carson’s employment agreement continues through March 15, 2010. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Carson is entitled to having his base salary adjusted on an annual basis for the percentage increase, if any, in the consumer price index. Mr. Carson is also provided a car allowance of eight hundred dollars per month. If the Company terminates Mr. Carson’s employment for any reason other than for cause (as defined in his employment agreement), death or disability or if Mr. Carson terminates his

 

75


Table of Contents

employment for a good reason (as defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Carson will be placed on contract payout status under which he may elect either to (i) remain employed by the Company and continue to receive compensation until the earlier to occur of the expiration of the term of his employment agreement and the date on which he obtains alternate employment (with a duty to actively seek alternate employment), or (ii) receive a negotiated lump-sum payment. If Mr. Carson’s employment terminates due to his death or disability, he would be entitled to his base salary through the date of termination to the extent not already paid. Mr. Carson is eligible for the retention program and may receive enhanced severance benefits under such program in the event of termination of employment other than for Cause or if Mr. Carson terminates his employment for Good Reason. However, Mr. Carson shall either receive amounts payable pursuant to the retention program or his employment agreement, but in no event shall Mr. Carson receive payments under both the retention program and his employment agreement.

2000 Equity Incentive Plan

As set forth in the Summary Compensation table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table, a certain number of our executives received options and restricted stock under our 2000 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan. On July 15, 2008, the stockholders of the Company approved the new 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and accordingly, after such date, the Company will no longer award any grants under the 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The following description of the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan is a summary and therefore is qualified by reference to the complete text of the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, a complete copy of which is filed with the SEC.

Eligibility . On July 15, 2008, the stockholders of the Company approved the new 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and accordingly, after such date, the Company will only use the 2000 Equity Plan to award grants to the Company’s chief executive officer.

No one person participating in the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan may receive options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units or performance shares for more than 1,500,000 shares of common stock in any single calendar year.

Should an option under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full, the shares subject to the unexercised portion of the option will be available for subsequent awards under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan. If restricted shares, shares subject to restricted stock units, performance shares or shares issued upon exercise of options are forfeited and if stock appreciation rights are forfeited or terminate before exercise, such shares will be available for subsequent awards under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan. If stock appreciation rights are settled in shares, the number of shares available for future awards under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan will be reduced by the number of shares of common stock that were subject to the rights exercised.

Option Grants: Price and Exercisability. The 2000 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the plan administrator to grant nonstatutory stock options with an exercise price per share not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date. For purposes of establishing the exercise price and for all other valuation purposes under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, the fair market value of a share of common stock on any relevant date will be the closing price per share of common stock on that date, as reported on Nasdaq.

Awards granted under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan in the form of options may be exercised in whole or in part and the purchase price may be paid in cash, other shares of our common stock, through a same day sale program, through a margin commitment program, or any combination of the foregoing. Options granted under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan become exercisable at such time or times as the compensation committee may determine and provide in the option grant agreement. Awards granted in the form of options under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan must be exercised within a period fixed by the compensation committee, which period currently is set as not exceeding five years from the date of the grant of the option. Options may expire before the

 

76


Table of Contents

end of the option period if the optionee’s service with Macrovision ceases for any reason, including death, disability, retirement or termination. No optionee will have any stockholder rights with respect to the option shares until the optionee has exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become a holder of record of the shares.

Termination of Service. Any option held by the optionee upon termination of service will cease to be exercisable three months following termination of service, unless otherwise provided in such person’s option agreement. Each such option will normally be exercisable only as to shares of common stock in which the optionee is vested at the time of termination. The compensation committee has complete discretion to accelerate the exercisability of such options in whole or in part (except with respect to the chief executive officer, in which case such discretion remains with the full board of directors). This discretion may be exercised at any time while the options remain outstanding.

In the event of a corporate transaction (such as dissolution or liquidation, merger with and into another entity, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets), the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan and any option or other award or portion thereof not exercised will terminate unless the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan and the options and other awards thereunder are assumed by the surviving corporation or new options or other awards in the successor corporation are substituted for Macrovision options or other awards. If the surviving corporation does not assume all outstanding stock option awards or make such substitutions, each optionee will have the right to exercise all of his or her options as of the date of the corporate transaction, regardless of their vesting schedule.

Summary of the 2008 Equity Plan

General . The following description of the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Equity Plan”) is a summary and therefore is qualified by reference to the complete text of the 2008 Equity Plan, a complete copy of which is filed with the SEC. The purpose of the 2008 Equity Plan is to provide equity ownership incentives to current and prospective management, employees, non-employee directors and other service providers in order to incent and reward superior performance in achieving the Company’s long-term objectives, with the attendant rewards aligning with increased shareholder value as expressed in higher share prices.

Eligibility . The Company’s employees, consultants, independent contractors and non-employee directors, and those of the Company’s subsidiaries, are eligible to receive awards under the 2008 Equity Plan. The Company’s chief executive officer is not eligible to receive awards under the 2008 Equity Plan.

Terms and Conditions of Options . Each option is evidenced by a stock option agreement between the Company and the optionee and is subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

Exercise Price. The exercise price per share in the case of any option granted under the 2008 Equity Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date. For purposes of establishing the exercise price and for all other valuation purposes under the 2008 Equity Plan, the fair market value of a share of common stock on any relevant date will be the closing selling price per share of common stock on that date, as reported on Nasdaq. Except for adjustments upon changes in capitalization, stock split or dividend, merger or similar event, the 2008 Equity Plan prohibits the Company from decreasing the exercise price or purchase price of any outstanding award (including by means of cancellation or re-grant) without stockholder approval.

Exercise of Option; Form of Consideration. Awards granted under the 2008 Equity Plan in the form of options may be exercised in whole or in part and the purchase price may be paid in cash, other shares of the Company’s common stock, through a same day sale program, through a margin commitment program, or any combination of the foregoing. Options granted under the 2008 Equity Plan become exercisable at such time or times as the compensation committee may determine and provide in the option grant agreement. The compensation committee may accelerate the vesting and exercisability of all or any portion of an option at any time, including but not limited to options held by officers and non-employee directors upon the happening of certain events such as a merger.

 

77


Table of Contents

No optionee will have any stockholder rights with respect to the option shares until the optionee has exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become a holder of record of the shares. During the optionee’s lifetime, the option may be exercised only by the optionee and options are not assignable or transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. However, the compensation committee may allow an optionee to transfer, for no consideration, non-statutory options to members of the optionee’s immediate family or to trusts or partnerships for the exclusive benefit of members of the optionee’s immediate family.

Term of Option. Awards granted in the form of options under the 2008 Equity Plan must be exercised within a period fixed by the compensation committee, which period currently is set as not exceeding seven years from the date of the grant of the option. Options may expire before the end of the option period if the optionee’s service with the Company ceases for any reason, including death, disability, retirement or termination.

Termination of Service. Any option held by the optionee upon termination of service will cease to be exercisable 3 months following termination of service (12 months in the case of options granted to non-employee directors), unless otherwise provided in such person’s option agreement. Each such option will normally be exercisable only as to shares of common stock in which the optionee is vested at the time of termination. The compensation committee has complete discretion to accelerate the exercisability of such options in whole or in part or to extend the period in which optionees may exercise vested equity awards after termination of service. This discretion may be exercised at any time while the options remain outstanding. If an optionee’s service terminates for cause (as defined in the 2008 Equity Plan), any option held by the optionee shall immediately terminate and be of no further force and effect, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator.

Generally, if an optionee’s employment terminates as a result of optionee’s retirement, disability or death, all outstanding options that were vested and exercisable as of the optionee’s termination date may be exercised for twelve months following the optionee’s termination date but in no event after the expiration date. The compensation committee has the authority to extend the period of time for which an award is to remain exercisable following an optionee’s termination (taking into account limitations and consequences under the Code) but not beyond the expiration of the term of the award.

Terms and Conditions of Stock Awards.

Restricted Stock Awards. The 2008 Equity Plan authorizes the compensation committee to grant restricted stock awards. A restricted stock award is an award entitling the recipient to receive shares of our common stock or to receive the economic equivalent of shares of our common stock subject to such restrictions and conditions as the compensation committee may determine, at a purchase price and for such consideration as the compensation committee may determine. Such restricted stock awards may, at the discretion of the compensation committee, be based on continuing employment (or other business relationship) with the Company and its subsidiaries or the achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.

Performance Shares. The 2008 Equity Plan also authorizes the compensation committee to grant performance shares, entitling the recipient to receive a prescribed number of shares of the Company’s common stock, upon the achievement of performance goals and objectives as determined by the compensation committee based upon criteria set forth in the 2008 Equity Plan. The 2008 Equity Plan is designed to permit the Company to provide compensation in shares of stock that qualifies as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. Each performance share will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock on the grant date.

The performance criteria set forth in the 2008 Equity Plan that may be used by the compensation committee in establishing the performance goals and objectives for vesting of performance shares and other types of awards are net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and other non-cash or nonrecurring items), net losses, sales or revenue, operating income, operating cash flow, return on net assets, return on stockholders’ equity, return on assets, return on capital, stockholder returns, gross or net profit margin, earnings per share, price per share of our common stock, and market share, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group.

 

78


Table of Contents

Nontransferability. Generally, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2008 Equity Plan are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a designated beneficiary upon the awardee’s death. The compensation committee may in its discretion make a stock option or stock appreciation right transferable (other than for value) to an awardee’s family member or any other person or entity as it deems appropriate.

Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Merger or Asset Sale. If any change of common stock occurs (through a recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reorganization, merger or similar change affecting our common stock), the Company will make appropriate adjustments in the number and kind of shares covered by each outstanding option or other award granted under the 2008 Equity Plan, the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2008 Equity Plan, the number of equity awards that can be granted to any one individual participant in a single calendar year, and the exercise price per share in respect of each outstanding option or other award in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder.

In the event of a corporate transaction (such as dissolution or liquidation, merger with and into another entity, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets), the compensation committee, in its discretion, may provide for the assumption or substitution of each outstanding award, may accelerate the exercise date of options, may terminate any restrictions or performance conditions on stock awards, and may cancel awards that have not been exercised or are not vested, including for a cash payment to the optionee. Additionally, the compensation committee may accelerate the vesting and exercisability of all or any portion of an option upon the happening of such events.

Section 162(m) Limitations . Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a tax deduction to a public company for compensation in excess of $1 million paid in a year to the Company’s chief executive officer or any of the three other most highly compensated officers, not including the chief financial officer. Stock options and other stock awards may qualify as performance-based compensation if the Company satisfies certain requirements in connection with the plan under which the awards are granted. Among other requirements, the plan must be stockholder-approved and must contain a limit on the number of shares that may be granted to any one individual under the plan during a specified period. Accordingly, the 2008 Equity Plan provides that no awardee may be granted equity awards covering more than 1,500,000 shares in any calendar year.

Additional requirements apply to certain forms of compensation, such as stock awards other than stock options and stock appreciation rights, in order for them to qualify as performance-based compensation, including a requirement that payment of the value of the awards be contingent upon achievement of performance goals that are established in a manner specified under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Although the Company sought stockholder approval of the 2008 Equity Plan in a manner that will allow awards granted thereunder to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), it does not guarantee that awards granted hereunder will so qualify and the Company from time to time may choose to grant awards that cannot so qualify. To continue to comply with Section 162(m), the Company will be required to seek stockholder approval of the qualifying performance criteria again in 2013.

Amendment and Termination of the 2008 Equity Plan . The 2008 Equity Plan does not have an expiration date. The Company’s board of directors may, at any time, amend or discontinue the 2008 Equity Plan, and the compensation committee may amend or cancel any option for any lawful purpose, but no action can adversely affect rights under any outstanding option without the optionee’s consent. Except for adjustments upon changes in capitalization, stock split or dividend, merger or similar event, the 2008 Equity Plan prohibits the Company from decreasing the exercise price or purchase price of any outstanding award (including by means of cancellation or re-grant) without stockholder approval. Without further stockholder approval, no incentive stock option may be granted after July 15, 2018.

 

79


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2008 Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to outstanding equity awards for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 to the Named Executives.

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT 2008 FISCAL YEAR END

 

    Option Awards   Stock Awards

Name (a)

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
(b)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
(c)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
(d)
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)(e)
  Option
Expiration
Date (f)
  Number
of
Shares
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)(g)
    Market
Value of
Shares of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested ($)
(h)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)(i)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
($)(j)

Alfred J. Amoroso

  500,000   —       —     $ 22.95   7/5/10   460,000 (9)   $ 5,819,000   —     —  

President and Chief Executive Officer

  109,375   15,625 (1)   —     $ 20.90   3/1/11        
  —     575,000 (2)   —     $ 13.53   6/1/13        
  —     80,000 (3)   —     $ 15.52   9/1/15        
                 

James Budge

  97,229   —       —     $ 18.57   9/6/10   75,000 (10)   $ 948,750   —     —  

Chief Financial Officer

  20,316   4,688 (4)   —     $ 20.90   3/1/11        
  —     200,000 (5)   —     $ 13.53   6/1/13        

Thomas Carson,

  —     170,000 (6)   —     $ 13.53   6/1/13   —         —     —     —  

Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Services

                 

Stephen Yu,

  76,166   20,834 (7)   —     $ 22.76   5/1/11   21,750 (11)   $ 275,138   —     —  

Executive Vice President & General Counsel

  5,312   2,188 (8)   —     $ 20.56   7/28/11        
  —     170,000 (6)   —     $ 13.53   6/1/13        
                 

During 2008, the Named Executives (other than Mr. Carson) received option grants under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan and Mr. Carson received option grants under the 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan. All such option grants were at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant dates. Except for the September 1, 2008 grant to Mr. Amoroso, these options vest over a three-year period after grant, subject to the Named Executive’s continued employment with the Company. All options granted to the Named Executives in 2008 expire five years from the grant date, unless the participant’s employment with the Company terminates before the end of such five-year period. With respect to the September 1, 2008 grant to Mr. Amoroso, those options vest over a four-year period after grant, subject to Mr. Amoroso’s continued employment with the Company, and expire seven years from the grant date, unless Mr. Amoroso’s employment with the Company terminates before the end of such seven-year period. Mr. Amoroso also received restricted stock grants in 2008, which vest over a four-year period after the grant date subject to his continued employment with the Company.

Market value of shares of restricted stock that have not vested is calculated by multiplying the number of shares of stock that have not vested by the closing market price of our common stock at December 31, 2008, which was $12.65.

 

(1) Of the shares underlying unvested options, approximately 5,209 will vest on the 1st of each month through March 1, 2009.

 

80


Table of Contents
(2) Of the shares underlying unvested options, 95,836 will vest on June 1, 2009, approximately 15,972 will vest on the 1st of each month commencing on July 1, 2009 through June 1, 2010 and approximately 23,958 will vest on the 1st of each month thereafter through June 1, 2011.

 

(3) Of the shares underlying unvested options, 20,000 will vest on September 1, 2009 and approximately 1,667 will vest on the 1st of each month thereafter through September 1, 2011.

 

(4) Of the shares underlying unvested options, approximately 1,562 options will vest on the 1st of each month through March 1, 2009.

 

(5) Of the shares underlying unvested options, 33,335 will vest on June 1, 2009, approximately 5,555 will vest on the 1st of each month commencing on July 1, 2009 through June 1, 2010 and approximately 8,333 will vest on the 1st of each month thereafter through June 1, 2011.

 

(6) Of the shares underlying unvested options, 28,334 will vest on June 1, 2009, approximately 4,722 will vest on the 1st of each month commencing on July 1, 2009 through June 1, 2010 and approximately 7,803 will vest on the 1st of each month thereafter through June 1, 2011.

 

(7) Of the shares underlying unvested options, approximately 4,166 will vest on the 1st of each month through May 1, 2009.

 

(8) Of the shares underlying unvested options, approximately 312 will vest on the 28th of each month through July 28, 2009.

 

(9) These shares vest as follows: 2009 – 146,250 shares; 2010 – 146,250 shares; 2011 – 115,000 shares; and 2012 – 52,500 shares.

 

(10) These shares vest as follows: 2009 – 28,125 shares; 2010 – 28,125 shares and 2011 – 18,750 shares.

 

(11) These shares vest as follows: 2009 – 7,875 shares; 2010 – 7,875 shares and 2011 – 6,000 shares.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to option exercises and stock awards acquired on vesting during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 to the Named Executives.

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name (a)

   Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise
(#)(b)
   Value Realized on
Exercise (1)
($)(c)
   Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
(2)(#)(d)
   Value Realized
on Vesting (3)

($)(e)

Alfred J. Amoroso

President and Chief

Executive Officer

   —      —      93,750    $ 1,447,719

James Budge

Chief Financial

Officer

   —      —      28,125    $ 434,316

Thomas Carson,

Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Services

   —      —      —        —  

Stephen Yu,

Executive Vice President & General Counsel

   —      —      7,875    $ 121,668

 

(1) Calculated based upon the closing market price of our common stock on the date of exercise less the exercise price of such shares.
(2) Represents the vesting of restricted stock.
(3) The value realized is calculated by multiplying the number of shares of restricted stock vested by the closing market price of our common stock on the vesting date, less the par value of the stock issued.

 

81


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

We entered into executive severance and arbitration agreements with: Mr. Budge in September 2005 and Mr. Yu in May 2006, each in connection with his employment with Macrovision. We amended the agreements of Mr. Budge and Mr. Yu in August 2007 to reflect new tax regulations. Under the agreements, in the event of a change in control of Macrovision, each of these executives is entitled to receive minimum severance payments in the form of twelve months of salary continuation calculated on base salary (excluding bonus) upon termination of employment for any reason other than cause. In addition, upon such event all unvested stock awards held by these executives shall become immediately vested. The only severance payments payable to these executives are those that require (1) a “change in control” of Macrovision and (2) the executive’s termination of employment by the Company without cause or by the executive with “good reason.” The executives are also entitled to receive all welfare benefits we have provided to them immediately prior to a “change in control” during the period we are obligated to make their severance payments, or if sooner, until the executive is entitled to welfare benefits from any entity employing the executive after the executive’s employment with the Company terminates. The executive’s right to receive benefits under these agreements, including the executive’s right to exercise any options that have accelerated under these agreements, will cease if the executive accepts employment with one of our competitors. In addition, the executive agrees not to solicit, for one year following termination any employee of ours to work for another business.

We entered into an executive severance and arbitration agreement with Mr. Amoroso in July 2005 in connection with his employment with Macrovision. We amended the agreement with Mr. Amoroso in August 2007 to reflect new tax regulations. Under the agreement, in the event the Company terminates Mr. Amoroso’s employment for any reason other than cause or he terminates his employment with “good reason” during the period beginning four months prior to a change in control of the Company and ending twelve months following the change in control, Mr. Amoroso is entitled to receive minimum severance payments in the form of twelve months of salary continuation calculated on base salary (excluding bonus) in effect four months before the change of control or at the time of termination of employment, whichever is greater. In such event, all of Mr. Amoroso’s unvested stock awards will immediately vest, and Mr. Amoroso would be entitled to an additional tax “gross-up” payment if the payment of severance, accelerated vesting and continuation of benefits result in him incurring an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In the event that Mr. Amoroso’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause or Mr. Amoroso voluntarily terminates his employment with good reason, but not within the period surrounding a change in control of the Company specified above, Mr. Amoroso is entitled to receive a lump sum severance payment equal to 12 months of regular base salary in effect at the time of the termination of his employment, and the vesting of stock awards held by Mr. Amoroso accelerate such that the number of stock options that would have vested and become exercisable within 12 months following the termination date become vested and exercisable as of the termination date and the number of shares of restricted stock that would have vested within 12 months following the termination date become vested as of the termination date. In either situation, Mr. Amoroso is also entitled to receive all welfare benefits we have provided to him immediately prior to his termination during the period we are obligated to make his severance payments, or if sooner, until he is entitled to welfare benefits from any entity employing him after his termination by the Company. In addition, he has agreed not to solicit, for one year following termination, any employee of ours to work for another business.

Mr. Amoroso is not entitled to any payments from the Company in the event his employment by the Company terminates as a result of his voluntary termination, other than for “good reason” or his involuntary termination by the Company for “cause.” In the event that the Company had terminated Mr. Amoroso’s employment without “cause” or he had voluntarily terminated with “good reason” on December 31, 2008, in each case not occurring in connection with a “change in control” of the Company, Mr. Amoroso would be entitled to a lump sum severance payment of $550,000, accelerated vesting of stock options having no value, accelerated vesting of restricted stock having a value of $1,849,916, and healthcare benefit continuation having a value of $28,444, for a total value of $2,428,360. In the event that the Company had terminated Mr. Amoroso’s employment without “cause” or he had voluntarily terminated with “good reason” on December 31, 2008, and this was within four months prior or 12 months following a “change in control” of the Company, then

 

82


Table of Contents

Mr. Amoroso would be entitled to a lump sum severance payment of $550,000, accelerated vesting of stock options having no value, accelerated vesting of restricted stock having a value of $5,818,540, healthcare benefit continuation having a value of $28,444, for a total value of $6,396,984.

Mr. Carson is not entitled to any payments from the Company in the event his employment by the Company terminates as a result of his voluntary resignation, other than for “good reason” or his involuntary termination by the Company for “cause.” In the event that the Company had terminated Mr. Carson’s employment without “cause” or he had voluntarily terminated with “good reason” on December 31, 2008, Mr. Carson would have been placed on contract payout status under which he may elect either to (i) remain employed by the Company and continue to receive compensation until the earlier to occur of March 15, 2010 (the expiration of the term of his employment agreement) and the date on which he obtains alternate employment (with a duty to actively seek alternate employment), or (ii) receive a negotiated lump-sum payment.

None of our Named Executives other than Mr. Amoroso and Mr. Carson is entitled to any payments from the Company in the event his or her employment by the Company terminates as a result of death or disability, or as the result of the voluntary or involuntary termination of his or her employment not in connection with a “change in control” of the Company.

In the event that the Company had terminated the employment of Messrs. Budge or Yu without “cause” or he had voluntarily terminated with “good reason” on December 31, 2008, and this was within four months prior or 12 months following a “change in control” of the Company, then such Named Executives would be entitled to the following payments: Mr. Budge would be entitled to a lump sum severance payment of $350,000, accelerated vesting of stock options having no value, accelerated vesting of restricted stock having a value of $948,675, and healthcare benefit continuation having a value of $45,401, for a total value of $1,344,076. Mr. Yu would be entitled to a lump sum severance payment of $300,000, accelerated vesting of stock options having no value, accelerated vesting of restricted stock having a value of $275,116, and healthcare benefit continuation having a value of $45,401, for a total value of $620,517.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Non-Employee Director Compensation for Fiscal 2008

Cash Compensation . Each of the Company’s non-employee directors, except for the chairman of the board, received an annual cash retainer of $35,000, and the chairman of the board received an annual cash retainer of $55,000. In addition, each of the Company’s non-employee directors received a one-time “Startup Year Fixed Meeting Fee Retainer” in the amount of $15,000 per director, which is intended to be a retainer for services rendered for the period running from May 2, 2008 through May 2, 2009.

Additionally, each director serving on the committees of the Company’s board of directors also received annual cash retainers in the following amounts: the chairs of the audit and compensation committee each received $20,000; the other members of each of the audit and compensation committees each received $10,000; the chair of the corporate governance and nominating committee received $10,000; and the other members of the corporate governance and nominating committee each received $5,000.

Each of above-mentioned cash retainers is paid in four equal quarterly installments on the first day of January, April, July and October to those directors who are serving on the board of directors on such payment dates. Non-employee directors are also reimbursed for customary and usual travel expenses incurred attending Company meetings.

Options . In addition to the compensation set forth above, each non-employee director received options granted under the 2008 Equity Plan. Under the 2008 Equity Plan, each director received an automatic initial option grant to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock on the date on which such person first becomes a non-employee director. The initial option grants to the Company’s current non-employee directors were granted on July 15, 2008. The initial option grants vest monthly over a three-year period. Employee directors who

 

83


Table of Contents

terminate employment and continue as non-employee directors are not eligible to receive this initial grant. On the date of the Company’s annual stockholders’ meeting each year beginning with the meeting to be held in 2009, each non-employee director, if he or she continues serving as a member of the Company’s board of directors, will receive an automatic annual option grant to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock. These annual option grants vest monthly over a one-year period.

The table below summarizes the compensation paid by the Company to our Directors, other than Mr. Amoroso, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Name (a)

  Fees
earned

or paid in
cash
($)(b)
    Stock
Awards
($)(c)
  Option
Awards
($)(d)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(e)
  Change in Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred

Compensation
Earnings

($)(f)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(g)
  Total
($)(h)

Alan L. Earhart

  $ 52,500 *   —     $ 40,152   —     —     $ 5,457   $ 98,109

Andrew K. Ludwick

  $ 67,500     —     $ 203,532   —     —     $ 6,296   $ 277,328

Robert J. Majteles

  $ 67,000     —     $ 220,980   —     —       —     $ 287,980

James E. Meyer

  $ 45,000 *   —     $ 40,152   —     —     $ 2,448   $ 87,600

James P. O’Shaughnessy

  $ 52,500 *   —     $ 40,152   —     —     $ 14,257   $ 106,909

Ruthann Quindlen

  $ 52,500 *   —     $ 40,152   —     —     $ 20,488   $ 113,140

 

* Amounts reflect payments made since May 2, 2008, the date on which such person became a member of the Macrovision Solutions Corporation Board of Directors.

Amounts disclosed under “Fees earned or paid in cash” for Mr. Ludwick and Mr. Majteles include fees paid for serving on the board of directors of Macrovision Corporation prior to May 2, 2008 in the following amounts: Mr. Ludwick—$7,500 (quarterly retainer fee) and Mr. Majteles—$10,250 (quarterly retainer fee plus per meeting fees for committees of the board). Amounts disclosed under “All Other Compensation” consist of (i) expense reimbursement for attending meetings of the board of directors and its committees and (ii) the taxable value of attending the Company’s President Club meeting in the following amounts: Mr. Earhart—$5,457; Mr. Ludwick—$6,296; Mr. O’Shaughnessy—$4,797; and Ms. Quindlen—$19,578.

Amounts disclosed under “Option Awards” is computed in accordance with FAS 123(R). Each of Messrs. Earhart, Ludwick, Majteles, Meyer and O’Shaughnessy and Ms. Quindlen was granted options to purchase 60,000 shares on July 15, 2008 at an exercise price of $14.29 per share. In addition, Mr. Majteles was granted options to purchase 15,000 shares on February 9, 2008 at an exercise price of $16.50 per share pursuant to Macrovision Corporation’s director compensation in effect prior to the acquisition of Gemstar. During 2008, none of the directors exercised any options.

As of December 31, 2008, the following directors held the following aggregate number of options outstanding: Mr. Earhart – 60,000 shares, of which 6,250 shares are exercisable; Mr. Ludwick—115,000 shares, of which 53,472 shares are exercisable; Mr. Majteles—135,000 shares, of which 75,416 shares are exercisable; Mr. Meyer—60,000 shares, of which 6,250 shares are exercisable; Mr. O’Shaughnessy—60,000 shares, of which 6,250 shares are exercisable; and Ms. Quindlen—60,000 shares, of which 6,250 shares are exercisable.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table shows how much of our common stock was beneficially owned as of February 18, 2009 by each director, each executive officer named in the summary compensation table, all executive officers and directors as a group, and by each holder of 5% or more of our common stock. To our knowledge and except as set forth in the footnotes to the table, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with

 

84


Table of Contents

respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable. Unless we indicate otherwise, each holder’s address is c/o Macrovision Solutions Corporation, 2830 De La Cruz Boulevard, Santa Clara, CA 95050.

The option column below reflects shares of common stock that are subject to options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of February 18, 2009. Those shares are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the beneficial ownership of any other person. Percentage ownership is based on 100,970,031 shares outstanding on February 18, 2009. Certain options listed below may have exercise prices in excess of the current fair market value of our common stock.

 

Beneficial Owner

   Shares    Options    Total    Percent
of Class
 

OZ Management, LP (1)

   9,743,841    0    9,743,841    9.65 %

Glenview Capital Management, LLC (2)

   5,949,033    0    5,949,033    5.89 %

Barclays Global Investors, NA (3)

   5,272,179    0    5,272,179    5.22 %

Alfred J. Amoroso (4)

   573,174    625,007    1,198,181    1.19 %

James Budge (5)

   94,903    122,233    217,136    *  

Stephen Yu (6)

   28,283    99,082    127,365    *  

Robert J. Majteles

   0    86,250    86,250    *  

Andrew K. Ludwick

   0    61,805    61,805    *  

Alan L. Earhart

   0    11,250    11,250    *  

James E. Meyer

   4,824    11,250    16,074    *  

James P. O’Shaugnessy

   0    11,250    11,250    *  

Ruthann Quindlen

   3,247    11,250    14,497    *  

Thomas Carson

   0    0    0    *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)

   704,431    1,039,377    1,743,808    1.73 %

 

* Less than one percent

(1)

Based solely on, and in reliance upon, and without independent investigation of, information provided by OZ Management, LP in a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 17, 2009. OZ Management, LP has sole investment and voting power with respect to all of the shares. The address of OZ Management, LP is 9 West 57th Street, 39 th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

(2) Based solely on, and in reliance upon, and without independent investigation of, information provided by Glenview Capital Management, LLC in a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 17, 2009. Glenview Capital Management, LLC has sole investment and voting power with respect to all of the shares. The address of Glenview Capital Management, LLC is 767 Fifth Avenue, 44th Floor, New York, New York 10153.
(3) Based solely on, and in reliance upon, and without independent investigation of, information provided by Barclays Global Investors, NA in a Form 13G filed with the SEC on February 5, 2009. Barclays Global Investors, NA has sole voting power with respect to 1,715,991 of the shares and sole investment power with respect to 2,053,179 of the shares. Barclays Global Fund Advisors has sole voting power with respect to 2,686,449 of the shares and sole investment power with respect to 3,157,618 of the shares. Barclays Global Investors, Ltd. has sole voting power with respect to 4,481 of the shares and sole investment power with respect to 61,382 of the shares. The address of Barclays is 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, California 94105.
(4) Shares beneficially owned include 460,000 shares subject to restricted stock awards. Macrovision has a right of repurchase with respect to unvested shares subject to the restricted stock awards, which lapse as the shares vest in annual installments over 4 years beginning September 1, 2006. The restrictions lapse as follows: 146,250 shares released in 2009, 146,250 shares released in 2010, 115,000 shares released in 2011, and 52,500 shares released in 2012. Also includes 49,000 shares held of record by a trust of which Mr. Amoroso is the trustee and 5,000 shares held of record by Mr. Amoroso in a personal IRA account. Excludes 6,000 shares held of record by an unrelated trustee in three trusts established by Mr. Amoroso for his children.

 

85


Table of Contents
(5) Shares beneficially owned include 75,000 shares subject to restricted stock awards. Macrovision has a right of repurchase with respect to unvested shares subject to the restricted stock awards, which lapse as the shares vest in annual installments over 4 years beginning September 1, 2006. The restrictions lapse as follows: 28,125 shares released in 2009, 28,125 shares released in 2010, and 18,750 shares released in 2011.
(6) Shares beneficially owned include 21,750 shares subject to restricted stock awards. Macrovision has a right of repurchase with respect to unvested shares subject to the restricted stock awards, which lapse as the shares vest in annual installments over 4 years beginning July 28, 2006. The restrictions lapse as follows: 7,875 shares released in 2009, 7,875 shares released in 2010, and 6,000 shares released in 2011.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table gives information about our common stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2008. Our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan and 1996 Equity Incentive Plan were all approved by our stockholders. We do not have any non-stockholder approved equity compensation plans.

 

Plan category

   Number of securities
to be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
    Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,

warrants and rights
   Number of securities
remaining available
for

future issuance
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   8,133,235 (1)   $ 17.05    23,328,337 (2)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —         —      —    

Total

   8,133,235     $ 17.05    23,328,337  

 

(1) Excludes purchase rights accruing under the 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under these plans, each eligible employee may purchase shares of common stock with accumulated payroll deductions on the last business day in January and July of each year at a purchase price per share equal to 85% of the lower of (i) the closing market price per share of our common stock on the employee’s entry date into the two-year offering period in which that semi-annual purchase date occurs or (ii) the closing market price per share on the semi-annual purchase date. As of December 31, 2008, the number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights had a weighted average contractual remaining life of 4.1 years.
(2) Includes 3,314,962 shares that remain available under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, 12,513,375 shares that remain available under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and 7,500,000 shares that remain available under the 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. No shares remain available under the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan or the 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

From January 1, 2008 to the date of this report, there have not been any transactions, and there are currently no proposed transactions, in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 to which we or any of our subsidiaries were or are to be a party and in which any executive officer, director, nominee for director, 5% beneficial owner of our common stock or member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, except as described above under “Executive Compensation.” There are no business relationships between us and any entity of which a director of Macrovision is an executive officer or of which a director of Macrovision owns an equity interest in excess of 10%, involving indebtedness in excess of 5% of our total consolidated assets for 2008 or involving payments for property or services in excess of 5% of our (or the other entity’s) consolidated gross revenues for 2008.

 

86


Table of Contents

Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions

We have a number of policies, procedures and practices that relate to the identification, review and approval of related party transactions. In accordance with our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Board reviews the relationships that each director has with the Company and shall endeavor to have a majority of directors that are “independent directors” as defined by the SEC and Nasdaq rules. As part of the review process, the Company distributes and collects questionnaires that solicit information about any direct or indirect transactions with Macrovision from each of our directors and officers and legal counsel reviews the responses to these questionnaires and reports the any related party transactions to the Audit Committee. We may enter into arrangements in the ordinary course of our business that involve Macrovision receiving or providing goods or services on a non-exclusive basis and at arms-length negotiated rates or in accordance with regulated price schedules with corporations and other organization in which a Macrovision director, executive officer or nominee for director may also be a director, trustee or investor, or have some other direct or indirect relationship.

Our Code of Personal and Business Conduct and Ethics requires all directors, officers and employees to avoid any situation that involves an actual or apparent conflict of interest in personal and professional relationships or with their duty to, or with any interest of, Macrovision. Depending on the nature of the potential conflict, such related party transactions involving an employee require approval by our Ethics Compliance Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Executive Officer. If such transaction is determined to be material to the Company by our Ethics Compliance Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Executive Officer, our Audit Committee must review and approve in writing in advance such related party transactions. All related party transactions involving the Company’s directors or executive officers or members of their immediate families must be reviewed and approved in writing in advance by the Company’s Audit Committee.

Independence of Directors

As required by the Nasdaq Global Select Market’s (“Nasdaq”) listing standards, a majority of the members of our board must qualify as “independent,” as affirmatively determined by our board. Our board consults with our legal counsel to ensure that its determinations are consistent with all relevant securities and other laws and regulations regarding the definition of “independent,” including those set forth in pertinent listing standards of Nasdaq.

Consistent with these considerations, after review of all relevant transactions and relationships between each director, any of his or her family members, and Macrovision, our executive officers and our independent registered public accounting firm, the board has affirmatively determined that a majority of our board is comprised of independent directors. Our independent directors as of December 31, 2008 were Messrs. Earhart, Ludwick, Majteles, Meyer and O’Shaughnessy and Ms. Quindlen.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table presents fees for professional audit services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP for the audit of Macrovision Solutions Corporation’s annual financial statements for 2008, and fees billed for other services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP during 2008. Ernst & Young LLP was selected as the Company’s principal accountant on June 5, 2008. KPMG LLP was the principal accountant for Macrovision Corporation in 2007 and Ernst & Young LLP was the principal accountant for Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. in 2007. KPMG LLP and Ernst & Young LLP’s fees were disclosed in each respective company’s 2007 10-K.

 

Type of Fees

   Fee Amounts
Fiscal 2008

Audit Fees (1)

   $ 2,110,000

Audit-Related Fees (2)

     253,000

Tax Fees (3)

     25,000

All Other Fees

     —  
      

Total Fees

   $ 2,388,000
      

 

87


Table of Contents

 

(1) Audit Fees consist of fees for: professional services rendered for the audit of our consolidated financial statements included in our annual report and the review of our interim financial statements included in our quarterly reports; statutory audits of our subsidiaries; services provided in connection with the audit of our internal control over financial reporting as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and services that are normally provided by Ernst & Young LLP in connection with regulatory filings or engagements.
(2) Audit-Related Fees consist of fees for services in connection with carve-out financial statements of the media properties and the audit of the Gemstar employee benefit plan.
(3) Tax Fees consist of fees for tax compliance and tax advice.

The audit committee must pre-approve all audit, review or attest services and, except as provided below, all non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. However, for de minimis nonaudit services, the audit committee may approve such services after the fact if the following conditions are met:

 

   

the aggregate amount of all such services provided constitutes no more than 5% of the total amount of revenues paid by us to our accounting firm during the fiscal year in which the services are provided;

 

   

such services were not recognized by us at the time of engagement as being non-audit services; and

 

   

such services are promptly brought to the attention of the audit committee and approved by the audit committee prior to completion of the audit.

During 2008, all such services were pre-approved by the audit committee in accordance with the audit committee pre-approval policy that is attached as an exhibit to our audit committee charter.

 

88


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

 

  1. Financial Statements

 

         Page
•      

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

   F-2
•      

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-4
•      

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-5
•      

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   F-6
•      

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-7
•      

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

 

  2. Financial Statement Schedules

 

       All schedules are either included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements or are omitted because they are not applicable.

 

  3. Exhibits

 

       Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Incorporated by Reference

  

Filed
Herewith

     

Form

  

Date

  

Number

  
2.01    Agreement and Plan of Merger dated November 5, 2007 by and among Macrovision Corporation, Aspen Acquisition Corp., All Media Guide Holdings, Inc., Digital On-Demand, Inc. (a Delaware corporation), and Digital On-Demand, Inc. (a California corporation) as Representative    8-K    11/9/07    10.1   
2.02    Asset Purchase Agreement dated November 17, 2007 by and among Macrovision Corporation, Macrovision International Holding Limited Partnership and Cryptography Research, Inc.    8-K/A    12/18/07    10.1   
2.03    Agreement and Plan of Mergers, dated as of December 6, 2007, among Macrovision Corporation, Saturn Holding Corp, Galaxy Merger Sub, Inc., Mars Merger Sub, Inc. and Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc    8-K    5/5/08    2.1   
2.04    Company Voting and Support & Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2007, among News Corporation, Saturn Holding Corp and Macrovision Corporation    425    12/7/07    2.02   
2.05    Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 13, 2008 by and among Macrovision Corporation and Flexco Holding Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation later renamed Acresso Software Inc.).    8-K    2/21/08    10.1   

 

89


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Incorporated by Reference

  

Filed
Herewith

     

Form

  

Date

  

Number

  
2.06    Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 10, 2008 by and among TV Guide Magazine Group, Inc., Sample Media, LLC, and, solely with respect to Sections 2.7, 6.2 and 6.3, Macrovision Solutions Corporation    8-K    10/14/08    10.1   
2.07    Equity Purchase Agreement dated December 17, 2008 by and among Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc., UV Corporation, TV Guide Entertainment Group, Inc., TVGN Holdings, LLC and solely with respect to Sections 9.5, 9.7, 9.8 and 9.9 and Articles XI and XIII, Macrovision Solutions Corporation (agreement subsequently terminated)             X
2.08    Equity Purchase Agreement dated January 5, 2009, by and among Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc., TV Guide Entertainment Group, Inc., UV Corporation, Macrovision Solutions Corporation, and Lions Gate Entertainment, Inc.    8-K    1/9/09    10.1   
3.01    Certificate of Incorporation of Macrovision Solutions Corporation dated December 4, 2007, as amended on January 11, 2008    424B3    4/1/08    Annex F   
3.02    Bylaws of Macrovision Solutions Corporation    424B3    4/1/08    Annex G   
4.01    Indenture, dated August 23, 2006 among Macrovision Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.    8-K    8/23/06    4.1   
4.02    Global Note representing the Macrovision Corporation 2.625% Convertible Senior Notes due 2011    8-K    8/23/06    4.2   
4.03    Call Option Transaction Letter Agreement dated August 23, 2006 from JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association to Macrovision Corporation.    8-K    5/5/08    4.4   
4.04    Warrant Letter Agreement dated August 23, 2006 from JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association to Macrovision Corporation.    8-K    5/5/08    4.5   
4.05    Form of Common Stock Certificate    S-3    7/15/08    4.1   
4.06    Non-Contingent Warrant to Purchase Macrovision Common Stock with Cryptography Research, Inc.    10-K/A    2/29/08    4.06   
4.07    Contingent Warrant to Purchase Macrovision Common Stock (Studio Warrant) with Cryptography Research, Inc.    10-K/A    2/29/08    4.07   
4.08    Contingent Warrant to Purchase Macrovision Common Stock (Unit Warrant) with Cryptography Research, Inc.    10-K/A    2/29/08    4.08   
4.09    Indenture, dated May 2, 2008, among Macrovision Solutions Corporation, Macrovision Corporation, the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.    8-K    5/5/08    4.1   

 

90


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Incorporated by Reference

  

Filed
Herewith

     

Form

  

Date

  

Number

  
4.10    Form of Global Note representing the Macrovision Solutions Corporation and Macrovision Corporation 11% Senior Notes due 2013.    8-K    5/5/08    4.2   
4.11    Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to Indenture, dated May 1, 2008, among Macrovision Solutions Corporation, Macrovision Corporation and the Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.    8-K    5/5/08    4.3   
10.01    Purchase Agreement, dated April 29, 2008, among Macrovision Solutions Corporation, Macrovision Corporation, the Initial Guarantors listed therein, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.    8-K    5/5/08    10.1   
10.02    Credit Agreement, dated May 2, 2008, among Macrovision Solutions Corporation, Macrovision Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.    8-K    5/5/08    10.2   
10.03    Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 23, 2006, among Macrovision Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Cowen and Company, LLC    8-K    8/23/06    10.1   
10.04    Macrovision Solutions Corporation 2008 Equity Incentive Plan **    S-8    7/23/08    10.01   
10.05    Macrovision Solutions Corporation 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan **    S-8    7/23/08    10.02   
10.06    Macrovision Corporation 2000 Equity Incentive Plan **    DEF14A    3/16/06    Annex A   
10.07    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant/Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (U.S.) pursuant to Macrovision Solutions Corporation 2008 Equity Incentive Plan    10-Q    11/6/08    10.04   
10.08    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant/Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (Director grant form) pursuant to Macrovision Solutions Corporation 2008 Equity Incentive Plan    10-Q    11/6/08    10.05   
10.09    Form of Notice of Restricted Stock Award/Restricted Stock Award Agreement (U.S.) pursuant to Macrovision Solutions Corporation 2008 Equity Incentive Plan    10-Q    11/6/08    10.06   
10.10    2009 Senior Executive Company Incentive Plan **    8-K    2/11/09    10.01   
10.11    Lease Between WB Airport Technology, L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and Macrovision Corporation (“Tenant”) dated August 2, 2001    10-Q    11/13/01    10.39   
10.12    First Amendment to Lease between WB Airport Technology, L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and Macrovision Corporation (“Tenant”) dated December 13, 2004    10-K    3/31/05    10.09   

 

91


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Incorporated by Reference

  

Filed
Herewith

     

Form

  

Date

  

Number

  
10.13    Second Amendment to Lease between WB Airport Technology, L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and Macrovision Corporation (“Tenant”) dated December 13, 2004    10-K    3/31/05    10.10   
10.14    Lease between WB Airport Technology, L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and Macrovision Corporation (“Tenant”) dated December 13, 2004    10-K    3/31/05    10.11   
10.15    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Macrovision Corporation with each of its directors and executive officers             X
10.16    Executive Severance and Arbitration Agreement with Alfred J. Amoroso dated August 6, 2007 **    8-K    8/7/07    10.1   
10.17    Executive Severance and Arbitration Agreement with James Budge dated August 6, 2007 **    10-Q    8/8/07    10.06   
10.18    Form of Executive Severance and Arbitration Agreement **    10-Q    8/8/07    10.05   
10.19    Employment Agreement with Thomas Carson dated January 27, 2006, as amended on October 12, 2006 **             X
10.20    Charter of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors             X
10.21    Summary of Director Compensation **             X
14.01    Code of Personal and Business Conduct and Ethics    10-K    3/12/04    14.01   
21.01    List of subsidiaries             X
23.01    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm             X
23.02    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm             X
31.01    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002             X
31.02    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002             X
32.01    Section 1350 Certification             X
32.02    Section 1350 Certification             X

 

** Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

92


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized on this 28 th day of February, 2009.

 

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/    A LFRED J. A MOROSO        

  Alfred J. Amoroso
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant, and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

Principal Executive Officer:

    

/s/    A LFRED J. A MOROSO        

Alfred J. Amoroso

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   February 28, 2009

Principal Financial Officer:

    

/s/    J AMES B UDGE        

James Budge

   Chief Financial Officer   February 28, 2009

Principal Accounting Officer:

    

/s/    P ETER C. H ALT        

Peter C. Halt

   Chief Accounting Officer   February 28, 2009

Additional Directors:

    

/s/    A NDREW K. L UDWICK        

Andrew K. Ludwick

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   February 28, 2009

/s/    A LAN L. E ARHART        

Alan L. Earhart

   Director   February 28, 2009

/s/    R OBERT J. M AJTELES        

Robert J. Majteles

   Director   February 28, 2009

/s/    J AMES E. M EYER        

James E. Meyer

   Director   February 28, 2009

/s/    J AMES P. O’S HAUGHNESSY        

James P. O’Shaughnessy

  

Director

  February 28, 2009

/s/    R UTHANN Q UINDLEN        

Ruthann Quindlen

   Director   February 28, 2009

 

93


Table of Contents

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

       PAGE

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Macrovision Solutions Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Macrovision Solutions Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Macrovision Solutions Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2008, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Macrovision Solution Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 23, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 23, 2009

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Macrovision Solutions Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Macrovision Solutions Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company), successor registrant to Macrovision Corporation, as of December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Macrovision Solutions Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provision of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , and effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , applying the modified-prospective method.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Mountain View, California

February 26, 2008

(Except as to Note 4 which is as of February 27, 2009)

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2007  
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 199,188     $ 134,070  

Short-term investments

     77,914       248,194  

Trade accounts receivable, net

     87,625       44,327  

Deferred tax assets, net

     29,342       4,563  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     12,559       12,135  

Assets held for sale

     329,522       79,503  
                

Total current assets

     736,150       522,792  

Long-term marketable securities

     84,955       57,025  

Deferred tax assets, net

     236       57,850  

Property and equipment, net

     45,352       10,011  

Finite-lived intangible assets, net

     895,071       78,801  

Other assets

     51,111       11,470  

Goodwill

     828,185       199,209  
                
   $ 2,641,060     $ 937,158  
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 3,486     $ 6,157  

Accrued expenses

     82,200       39,625  

Taxes payable

     8,996       1,355  

Deferred revenue

     18,487       7,494  

Current portion of debt and capital lease obligations

     5,842       1,488  

Liabilities held for sale

     56,021       27,959  
                

Total current liabilities

     175,032       84,078  

Taxes payable, less current portion

     73,009       57,026  

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion

     881,750       240,400  

Deferred revenue, less current portion

     4,909       —    

Other non current liabilities

     7,076       36  
                
     1,141,776       381,540  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $.001 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 102,972,546 shares issued and 100,709,571 outstanding as of December 31, 2008, and 61,247,443 shares issued and 53,812,924 outstanding as of December 31, 2007, at cost

     103       61  

Treasury stock, 2,262,975 shares at December 31, 2008 and 7,434,519 shares at December 31, 2007, at cost

     (25,068 )     (138,448 )

Additional paid-in capital

     1,573,787       478,951  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (4,879 )     12,407  

(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings

     (44,659 )     202,647  
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,499,284       555,618  
                
   $ 2,641,060     $ 937,158  
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Revenues

   $ 330,045     $ 144,943     $ 111,569  

Costs and expenses:

      

Cost of revenues

     44,568       9,238       9,806  

Research and development

     67,714       13,204       14,565  

Selling, general and adminstrative

     114,614       55,316       48,027  

Depreciation

     13,832       5,090       5,288  

Amortization

     59,139       5,981       3,256  

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

     —         4,546       —    
                        

Total costs and expenses

     299,867       93,375       80,942  
                        

Operating income from continuing operations

     30,178       51,568       30,627  

Interest expense

     (46,380 )     (7,602 )     (2,895 )

Interest income and other, net

     11,732       23,199       12,087  

Gain on sale of strategic investments

     5,238       —         —    

Impairment losses on strategic investments

     —         (5,000 )     —    
                        

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     768       62,165       39,819  

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (20,157 )     16,128       9,755  
                        

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     20,925       46,037       30,064  

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (129,783 )     (14,537 )     2,979  
                        

Net (loss) income

   $ (108,858 )   $ 31,500     $ 33,043  
                        

Basic earnings per share:

      

Basic income per share from continuing operations

   $ 0.24     $ 0.86     $ 0.58  

Basic (loss) income per share from discontinued operations

   $ (1.50 )   $ (0.27 )   $ 0.06  
                        

Basic net earnings per share

   $ (1.26 )   $ 0.59     $ 0.64  
                        

Shares used in computing basic net earnings per share

     86,310       53,435       51,840  
                        

Diluted earnings per share:

      

Diluted income per share from continuing operations

   $ 0.24     $ 0.85     $ 0.57  

Diluted (loss) income per share from discontinued operations

   $ (1.50 )   $ (0.27 )   $ 0.06  
                        

Diluted net earnings per share

   $ (1.26 )   $ 0.58     $ 0.63  
                        

Shares used in computing diluted net earnings per share

     86,399       54,218       52,731  
                        

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Common stock     Treasury Stock     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Deferred
stock-based
compensation
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Retained
earnings
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Balances as of December 31, 2005

  54,368,379     $ 54     (3,000,000 )   $ (38,450 )   $ 330,912     $ (5,101 )   $ 2,631     $ 138,104     $ 428,150  
                                                                   

Comprehensive income:

                 

Net income

                  33,043       33,043  

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

                4,909         4,909  

Unrealized gains in investments, net of tax

                3,434         3,434  
                       

Total comprehensive income

                    41,386  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

  1,890,915       2           33,759             33,761  

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

  353,768       1           5,643             5,644  

Issuance of restricted stock

  398,075                     —    

Equity-based compensation

            22,165             22,165  

Stock repurchase

      (2,315,800 )     (49,998 )             (49,998 )

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

            (5,101 )     5,101           —    

Excess tax benefit associated with stock plans

            836             836  

Purchase of convertible bond call option

            (46,149 )           (46,149 )

Proceeds from issuance of warrants

            30,347             30,347  
                                                                   

Balances as of December 31, 2006

  57,011,137     $ 57     (5,315,800 )   $ (88,448 )   $ 372,412     $ —       $ 10,974     $ 171,147       466,142  

Comprehensive income:

                 

Net income

                  31,500       31,500  

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

                1,151         1,151  

Unrealized gains in investments, net of tax

                282         282  
                       

Total comprehensive income

                    32,933  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

  3,081,440       3           59,954             59,957  

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

  429,133             7,065             7,065  

Issuance of restricted stock

  725,733       1           (1 )           —    

Equity-based compensation

            16,158             16,158  

Stock repurchase

      (2,118,719 )     (50,000 )             (50,000 )

Cumulative effect from adoption of FIN 48

            14,975             14,975  

Issuance of warrants

            8,388             8,388  
                                                                   

Balances as of December 31, 2007

  61,247,443     $ 61     (7,434,519 )   $ (138,448 )   $ 478,951     $ —       $ 12,407     $ 202,647       555,618  

Comprehensive loss:

                 

Net loss

                  (108,858 )     (108,858 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

                (11,440 )       (11,440 )

Unrealized losses in investments, net of tax

                (5,846 )       (5,846 )
                       

Total comprehensive loss

                    (126,144 )

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

  223,987             3,138             3,138  

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

  347,866             4,825             4,825  

Issuance of restricted stock

  220,000                     —    

Restricted stock forfeitures

  (283,104 )                   —    

Equity-based compensation

            15,500             15,500  

Issuance of common stock in connection with the Gemstar acquisition

  48,650,873       49           1,072,427             1,072,476  

Cancellation of treasury stock

  (7,434,519 )     (7 )   7,434,519       138,448       7           (138,448 )     —    

Excess tax benefit associated with stock plans

            (1,061 )           (1,061 )

Stock repurchase

      (2,262,975 )     (25,068 )             (25,068 )
                                                                   

Balances as of December 31, 2008

  102,972,546     $ 103     (2,262,975 )   $ (25,068 )   $ 1,573,787     $ —       $ (4,879 )   $ (44,659 )   $ 1,499,284  
                                                                   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2008     2007     2006  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net (loss) income

   $ (108,858 )   $ 31,500     $ 33,043  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operations:

      

Loss (Income) from discontinued operations

     209,468       14,537       (2,979 )

Net gain on sale of Software, Games and eMeta

     (153,273 )     —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

     72,971       11,071       8,544  

Amortization of note issuance costs

     5,707       1,442       533  

Equity-based compensation

     13,610       9,793       12,928  

Impairment losses on strategic investments

     —         5,000       —    

Asset impairment charges

     —         2,044       —    

Deferred taxes

     38,284       (5,242 )     (5,496 )

Tax benefit from equity based compensation

     —         —         836  

Excess tax benefits from equity-based compensation

     —         —         (836 )

Gain on sale of strategic investment

     (5,238 )     —         —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets and liabilities acquired:

      

Accounts receivable, net

     (10,216 )     (5,020 )     (8,065 )

Deferred revenue

     13,342       290       3,069  

Prepaid expenses, other current assets and other assets

     16,816       (23,584 )     (15,164 )

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other long-term liabilities

     (37,188 )     25,260       42,507  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

     55,425       67,091       68,920  

Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations

     12,649       24,629       21,137  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     68,074       91,720       90,057  

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of long and short term marketable investment securities

     (112,741 )     (1,156,590 )     (744,519 )

Sales or maturities of long and short term marketable investments

     254,463       1,148,583       567,580  

Acquisition of Gemstar, net of cash acquired

     (911,164 )     —         —    

Proceeds from sale of Software, Games and eMeta

     195,860       —         —    

Loan made in conjunction with TV Guide Magazine Sale

     (7,403 )     —         —    

Payments for other acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     —         (129,813 )     (75,430 )

Purchases of property and equipment

     (10,381 )     (1,136 )     (8,395 )

Other investing activities

     (1,023 )     (1,518 )     (6,611 )

Decrease in restricted cash

     —         12,000       —    
                        

Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations

     (592,389 )     (128,474 )     (267,375 )

Net cash used in investing activities of discontinued operations

     (1,576 )     (5,033 )     (5,806 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (593,965 )     (133,507 )     (273,181 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Purchase of treasury stock

     (25,068 )     (50,000 )     (49,998 )

Purchase of convertible bond call option

     —         —         (46,149 )

Principal payment under capital lease and debt obligations

     (4,299 )     (1,355 )     (884 )

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

     615,353       —         232,846  

Proceeds from exercise of options and other financing activities

     3,138       59,957       33,761  

Proceeds from issuance of warrants

     —         —         30,347  

Excess tax benefits from equity-based compensation

     —         —         836  

Proceeds from stock issued under employee stock purchase plan

     4,825       7,065       5,644  
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities of continuing operations

     593,949       15,667       206,403  

Net cash used by financing activities of discontinued operations

     (442 )     —         —    
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     593,507       15,667       206,403  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (2,498 )     524       762  
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     65,118       (25,596 )     24,041  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     134,070       159,666       135,625  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 199,188     $ 134,070     $ 159,666  
                        

Cash paid during the year:

      

Income taxes

   $ 6,764     $ 1,266     $ 4,359  
                        

Interest

   $ 34,188     $ 6,329     $ 157  
                        

Supplemental schedule of non-cash transactions:

      

Issuance of warrants for business acquisition

   $ —       $ 8,388     $ —    
                        

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Macrovision Solutions Corporation (the “Company”) was formed in 2007. On May 2, 2008, Macrovision Corporation acquired Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. (“Gemstar”). Upon consummation of this transaction, Macrovision Solutions Corporation, a Delaware corporation, assumed ownership of both Gemstar and Macrovision Corporation. The common stock of Macrovision Corporation and Gemstar were de-registered and Macrovision Corporation stockholders were provided one share in Macrovision Solutions Corporation (the “Company”) for each share of Macrovision Corporation common stock owned as of the closing. In addition, all treasury stock held by Macrovision Corporation was cancelled. Macrovision Corporation is the predecessor registrant to Macrovision Solutions Corporation and has been determined to be the predecessor for accounting purposes; therefore, for periods prior to May 2, 2008, the consolidated financial statements reflect the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Macrovision Corporation. The Company’s results of operations include the operations of Gemstar from May 2, 2008, forward.

The Company’s continuing operations provide a broad set of solutions that enable businesses to protect, enable and distribute their digital goods to consumers and allows consumers the ability to discover and manage digital media across multiple channels. Our offerings include interactive program guides (“IPGs”), anti-piracy and content protection technologies and services, embedded licensing technologies, media recognition technologies and licensing of our extensive database of descriptive information about television, movie, music and game content. Our solutions are deployed by companies in the entertainment, consumer electronics, cable and satellite, and online distribution markets.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Macrovision Solutions Corporation and its wholly and majority owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions.

On April 1, 2008, the Company closed the sale of its software and games businesses (hereafter referred to as “Software” and “Games”, respectively). As of December 31, 2007, the Company reported the assets and liabilities of Software and Games as held for sale. In November 2008, the Company closed the sale of its RightCommerce (also known as “eMeta”) business and in December 2008, the Company closed the sale of its TV Guide Magazine business. In addition, in 2008 the Company determined it was probable that it would divest its TVG Network, TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online businesses. As of December 31, 2008, the Company has reported the assets and liabilities of TV Guide Network, TV Guide Online and TVG Network as held for sale. The results of operations and cash flows of Software, Games, TV Guide Magazine, TV Guide Network, TV Guide Online, TVG Network and eMeta have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented (See Note 4). With the inclusion of these businesses in discontinued operations, the Company now has one reportable business segment.

Reclassifications

Certain financial statement items for prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the 2008 presentation. These reclassifications include (i) recording depreciation expense in its own line item on the consolidated statements of operations and (ii) recording amortization of intangible assets as its own line item on the consolidated statements of operations. In addition, the Company reclassified finite-life intangible assets

 

F-8


Table of Contents

totaling $70 million from Other Intangibles from Acquisitions and patents in the amount of $9 million from Patents and Other Assets into a single line item on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported results of operations during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, investments, equity-based compensation, goodwill and other intangible assets, long-lived assets and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) recently issued FASB staff position (“FSP”) APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement) (“FSP 14-1”). FSP 14-1 specifies that issuers of such instruments should separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate on the instrument’s issuance date when interest cost is recognized. FSP 14-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years and shall be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. Early adoption of FSP 14-1 is not permitted. The Company has completed a preliminary analysis of the impact of FSP 14-1. The Company anticipates that the adoption of FSP 14-1 will result in an increase in interest expense of approximately $8.5 million, $7.8 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 requires entities that utilize derivative instruments to provide qualitative disclosures about their objectives and strategies for using such instruments, as well as any details of credit-risk-related contingent features contained within derivatives. SFAS 161 also requires entities to disclose additional information about the amounts and location of derivatives located within the financial statements, how the provisions of SFAS 133 have been applied, and the impact that hedges have on an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The Company anticipates the adoption of SFAS 161 will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). The standard clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. It requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest. It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated statement of income, amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest. SFAS 160 is effective for the Company for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. The Company anticipates the adoption of SFAS 161 will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141(R)”). The fundamental requirements of using the acquisition method of accounting (which SFAS 141 called the purchase method ) for all business combinations, identifying an acquirer for each business combination, and identifying and recognizing intangible assets separately from goodwill remain unchanged by the standard. The

 

F-9


Table of Contents

new requirements of the standard include: recognizing assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values as of that date; recognizing the identifiable assets and liabilities, as well as the noncontrolling interest in the acquiree in a step acquisition at the full amounts of their fair values; recognizing acquisition-related and restructuring costs separately from the acquisition itself; and recognizing a gain by the acquirer when total acquisition-date fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the fair value of the consideration transferred plus any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree. SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. SFAS 141(R) is effective for the Company for transactions consummated during annual periods beginning after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. SFAS 141 (R) also amends FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS 109”), such that the effects of changes to deferred tax asset valuation allowances established in purchase price allocations are reported directly as a reduction of income tax expense. After SFAS 141(R) is adopted, all changes to tax uncertainties and deferred tax asset valuation allowances established in purchase accounting, should be recognized in accordance with the amended requirements of SFAS 109, even if the combination occurred prior to the effective date of SFAS 141 (R).

In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. SFAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (“FSP SFAS 142-3”). FSP SFAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”). The intent of FSP SFAS 142-3 is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS No. 141(R) and other applicable accounting literature. FSP SFAS 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and must be applied prospectively to intangible assets acquired after the effective date.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments

The Company considers investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with banks and money market funds. All other liquid investments with maturities over three months and less than 12 months are classified as short-term investments. Short-term investments in 2008 consist primarily of U.S. and municipal securities, commercial paper and corporate debt. Short-term investments in 2007 also included auction rate securities. All marketable securities with maturities over one year or those for which the Company’s intent is to retain for more than twelve months are classified as long-term marketable investment securities. As of December 31, 2008, all auction rate securities are included in long-term marketable securities.

The Company accounts for its publicly traded investments in accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and complies with the disclosure provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 03-01, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments . Management determines the appropriate classification of investment securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Trading securities are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value reported as part of interest and other income in the consolidated statements of operations.

Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary for available-for-sale securities are reported in other income or expense as incurred. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Interest and dividends on securities classified as available-for-sale and trading are included in interest and other income.

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value (“SFAS 157”), except as it applies to those non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities as noted in FSP SFAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Statement No. 157 (“FSP SFAS 157-2”). FSP SFAS 157-2, issued by the FASB in February 2008, defers the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS 157 primarily affected disclosure requirements and did not impact the Company’s financial position or operating results.

SFAS 157 establishes a three–tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits companies to choose to measure certain financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected be reported in earnings. On the date of adoption the Company did not elect to measure any assets or liabilities it currently held at fair value, and thus, the adoption did not impact the Company’s financial position or operating results.

The Company owns auction rate securities it acquired through UBS AG with a par value of $62.4 million. Due to the failure of the auction rate market in early 2008, UBS AG and other major banks entered into discussions with government agencies to provide liquidity to owners of auction rate securities. In December 2008, the Company entered into an agreement (the “Agreement”) with UBS AG which provides (1) the Company the right (“Put Option”) to sell these auction rate securities back to UBS AG at par, at the Company’s sole discretion, anytime during the period from June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012, and (2) UBS AG the right to purchase these auction rate securities or sell them on the Company’s behalf at par anytime through July 2, 2012. The Company elected to measure the Put Option under the fair value option of SFAS No. 159, recorded income of approximately $10.4 million pre-tax, and recorded a corresponding long term investment. Simultaneously, the Company transferred these auction rate securities from available-for-sale to trading investment securities. As a result of this transfer, the Company recognized an other-than-temporary impairment loss of approximately $10.4 million pre-tax, reflecting a reversal of the related temporary valuation allowance that was previously recorded in other comprehensive loss. The recording of the Put Option and the recognition of the other-than-temporary impairment loss resulted in no material impact to the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company anticipates that any future changes in the fair value of the Put Option will be offset by the changes in the fair value of the related auction rate securities with no material net impact to the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Put Option will continue to be measured at fair value utilizing Level 3 inputs until the earlier of its maturity or exercise. The Company’s auction rate securities which were not purchased from this investment firm continue to be classified as available-for-sale securities.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible trade receivables. The Company reviews its trade receivables by aging category to identify significant customers with known disputes or collection issues. For accounts not specifically identified, the Company provides reserves based on historical bad debt loss experience.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Computer equipment and software are depreciated over three years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements and assets recorded under capital leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the assets’ useful lives or lease terms.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Joint Ventures and Other Investments

The Company accounts for its 49% share of the operations of the Guideworks, LLC joint venture with Comcast Corporation as research and development expense in accordance with SFAS No. 68, Research and Development Arrangements . Other investments of 50% or less in entities in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over operations are accounted for using the equity method.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents cash amounts received from customers under certain license, maintenance and service agreements for which the revenue earnings process has not been completed.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes net (loss) income, foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses, net of related taxes, on marketable investment securities that have been excluded from the determination of net (loss) income. The Company has reported the components of comprehensive income on its consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity. The change in unrealized gains and losses on investments during the year ended December 31, 2008 includes the reduction of $3.2 million, net of taxes, of unrealized gains related to Digimarc Corporation. These unrealized gains became realized when the Company sold this investment (See Note 9). Foreign currency translation adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2008 includes a reduction of $5.0 million due to the sale of Software.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenue from continuing operations consists of license fees for IPG products and patents, royalty fees on copy-protected products, licenses for its content protection technologies and certain software products. The Company follows the guidance of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (“SAB 104”) and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables. Under this guidance, four conditions must be met before revenue can be recognized: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.

The Company licenses its proprietary IPG technology to consumer electronics (“CE”) manufacturers and to service providers. The Company generally recognizes revenue from IPG product and patent licensing on a per-unit shipped model (with CE manufacturers) or a per subscriber model (with service providers). The Company’s recognition of revenues from per-unit license fees is based on units reported shipped by the manufacturer. CE manufacturers normally report their unit shipments to us in the quarter immediately following that of actual shipment by the manufacturer. Revenues from per-subscriber fees are recognized in the period the services are provided by a licensee, as reported to us by the licensee. Revenues from annual or other license fees are recognized based on the specific terms of the license arrangement. For instance, certain IPG licensees enter into agreements for which they have the right to ship an unlimited number of units over a specified term for a flat fee. The Company records the fees associated with these arrangements on a straight-line basis over the specified term.

Royalty revenue from the replication of videocassettes, DVDs, and CDs and pay per view (“PPV”) products is recognized when realized or realizable and earned. The Company relies on royalty reports from customers and/or third parties as the basis for revenue recognition, provided there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement and that collection of a fixed and determinable fee is considered probable. In the Company’s DVD, videocassette and PPV product lines, the Company has established significant experience and relationships with certain customers to reasonably estimate current period volume for purposes of making an accurate revenue accrual. Accordingly, royalty revenue from these customers is recognized as earned. Revenue from other customers is recognized as reported until such time that the Company can establish a basis for making reasonable estimates, in which case revenue is recognized on an as-earned basis.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Technology licensing revenue, which applies principally to DVD and PC sub-assembly manufacturers, digital PPV, cable and satellite system operators and digital set-top decoder manufacturers, is recognized upon establishment of persuasive evidence of an arrangement, performance of all significant obligations and determination that collection of a fixed and determinable license fee is considered probable.

The Company continues to sell certain software products and solutions through its direct sales force. The Company recognizes revenue on continuing and discontinued software products in accordance with American Institute Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as amended by SOP No. 98-9 Modification of SOP No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions . Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery of the product has occurred; no significant obligations remain; the fee is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is probable. Resellers are offered the limited right of return on packaged products under certain policies and programs. The Company estimates and records reserves for product returns as an offset to revenue. The Company considers arrangements with payment terms extending beyond six months not to be fixed or determinable and, accordingly, revenue is recognized as payments become due and payable from the customer under such arrangements. The Company assesses collectibility based on a number of factors, including the customer’s past payment history and current creditworthiness. If collectibility is not considered probable, revenue is recognized when the fee is collected from the customer.

The Company provides consulting and training services to its software customers. Revenue from such services is generally recognized as the services are performed, except in instances where services are included in an arrangement accounted for under SOP No. 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts.” Professional services revenues are included in services revenue in the accompanying statements of income.

Maintenance agreements generally call for the Company to provide technical support and unspecified software updates to customers. Maintenance revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the maintenance contract period (generally one year).

In accounting for multiple-element arrangements, one of the key judgments to be made is the accounting value that is attributable to the different contractual elements. The appropriate allocation of value impacts the amount and timing of revenue recorded in the consolidated statement of operations during a given period.

For multiple-element arrangements the Company follows the guidance contained in EITF 00-21 and SAB 104. Under EITF 00-21, revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are divided into separate units of accounting where the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item. Consideration is allocated among the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair values.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists primarily of service costs, replicator fees and patent prosecution, patent maintenance and patent litigation costs. The Company has agreements with certain licensed duplicators, DVD replicators and DVD authoring facilities utilized by customers of the Company’s video copy protection technologies. The Company has agreed to pay these licensees on a specified fixed service fee or on a per unit basis when utilizing the Company’s copy protection technologies to help offset the cost of operating the Company’s copy protection equipment and reporting requirements of their contracts. Such amounts are charged to cost of revenues when incurred.

Equity-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of, and accounts for equity-based compensation in accordance with, SFAS No. 123—revised 2004, Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”) which

 

F-13


Table of Contents

replaced SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensations . In accordance with SFAS 123(R), equity-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. The Company recognizes compensation costs for shares that are expected to vest, on a straight-line basis, over the requisite service period of the award. The Company elected the modified-prospective method. Under this transition method, equity-based compensation includes the amortized value of vesting equity-based payments granted prior to January 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair value as determined under SFAS 123 and those granted subsequently in accordance with SFAS 123(R). Results for prior periods have not been restated.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method of SFAS 109. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance for any tax benefits of which future realization is not evaluated to be more likely than not.

The Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), effective January 1, 2007. FIN 48 prescribes a new recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of an income tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Upon its adoption, the Company applied the provisions of FIN 48 to all income tax positions. The cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN 48 have been reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of additional paid-in-capital in the consolidated balance sheet as of the beginning of 2007.

Taxes Collected from Customers

The Company adopted the provisions of EITF 06-03, How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation), effective January 1, 2007. EITF No. 06-03 allows companies to choose either the gross basis or net basis of income statement presentation for taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities and requires companies to disclose such policy. The Company applies the net basis presentation for taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency for the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the applicable local currency. The translation of foreign currency denominated financial statements into United States Dollar is performed for balance sheet accounts using current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenues and expense accounts using an average exchange rate for the respective periods. Adjustments resulting from such translation are included in comprehensive income. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions included in the consolidated statements of operations were not material in any of the periods presented. The Company has entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce its exposure to foreign currency rate changes on cash, receivables and payables denominated in a nonfunctional currency. The objective of these contracts is to neutralize the impact of foreign currency exchange rate movements on the Company’s operating results. The Company does not designate its foreign exchange forward contracts as accounting hedges as defined by SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities and, accordingly, adjusts these instruments to fair value through operations.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Business and Concentration of Credit Risk and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company licenses its video copy protection, CD-ROM copy protection and electronic license management software to customers in the home videocassette, DVD, cable and satellite pay-per-view, corporate communication markets, multimedia software markets and business software markets primarily in the United States, Europe, Japan, and the Far East. In 2008, 2007, and 2006, 5%, 20%, and 35%, respectively, of the Company’s continuing revenue was attributed to the licensing of its video content protection technology through Motion Picture Association of America movie studios. The Company also licenses its digital PPV video content protection technologies to satellite and cable television operators and to the equipment manufacturers that supply the satellite and cable television industries.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities in deposits and money market funds with various high credit quality institutions.

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers as necessary. As a percentage of net revenues from continuing operations, the Company had no customers that were equal to or greater than 10% of net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, and 2006. In 2007, the Company generated revenue from one customer which exceeded 10% of its net revenue from continuing operations. As a percentage of trade accounts receivable, net from continuing operations, the Company had one customer that was equal to or greater than 10% as of December 31, 2008 and two customers that were equal to or greater than 10% as of December 31, 2007.

Earnings Per Share

Basic EPS is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed using the weighted average number of common and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the period except for periods of loss from continuing operations for which no common share equivalents are included because their effect would be anti-dilutive. Dilutive common equivalent shares consist of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options and restricted stock using the treasury stock method.

 

     December 31,
     2008    2007    2006
     (In thousands)

Basic EPS—weighted average number of common shares outstanding

   86,310    53,435    51,840

Effect of dilutive common equivalent shares

   89    783    891
              

Diluted EPS—weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding

   86,399    54,218    52,731
              

The following weighted average potential common shares were excluded from the computation of diluted net earnings per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     December 31,
     2008    2007    2006
     (In thousands)

Stock options

   6,332    2,141    5,208

Restricted stock

   671    —      2

Warrants

   7,955    7,955    2,964

Convertible senior notes

   8,486    8,486    3,162
              

Total weighted average potential common shares excluded from diluted net earnings per share

   23,444    18,582    11,336
              

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangibles from Acquisitions

In accordance with SFAS 142, goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently, if facts and circumstances warrant a review. The provisions of SFAS 142 require that a two-step test be performed to assess goodwill for impairment. First, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is performed. The second step is performed if the carrying value exceeds the fair value. The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill must be determined and compared to the carrying value of the goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to the difference will be recorded.

In accordance with SFAS 142, intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful life, generally three to twenty years, and reviewed for impairment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144 (“SFAS 144”), Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.

Effective October 1, 2008, the Company performed its annual impairment analyses of goodwill. Based on the results of the annual impairment analysis, the Company determined no indicators of impairment existed for its continuing operations. See Note 4 for discontinued operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed of, Excluding Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Under SFAS 144, which excludes goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets from its scope, the Company records impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when events and circumstances indicate that long-lived assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amounts of those assets. If required, the impairment recognized is the difference between the fair value of the asset and its carrying amount.

Software Development Costs

Capitalization of software development costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility, which is generally the completion of a working prototype that has been certified as having no critical bugs and is a release candidate or when alternative future use exists. To date, software development costs incurred between completion of a working prototype and general availability of the related product have not been material and have not been capitalized.

Research and Development

Expenditures for research and development are expensed as incurred. The Company had no capitalized research and development costs as of December 31, 2008 or 2007.

Advertising Expenses

The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred and for its continuing operations classifies these costs under selling, general and administrative expense.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

(2) Financial Statement Details

Property and Equipment, Net (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2007  

Computer software and equipment

   $ 59,609     $ 23,025  

Software under capital lease

     347       1,347  

Leasehold improvements

     12,317       7,139  

Furniture and fixtures

     5,378       4,567  
                
     77,651       36,078  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (32,299 )     (26,067 )
                

Property and equipment, net

   $ 45,352     $ 10,011  
                

Depreciation expense for our continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $13.8 million, $5.1 million, and $5.3 million, respectively.

Accrued Expenses (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
     2008    2007

Accrued compensation

   $ 28,499    $ 19,245

Legal settlements payable

     —        7,000

Interest payable

     8,661      2,363

Other accrued liabilities

     45,040      11,017
             

Accrued expenses

   $ 82,200    $ 39,625
             

Interest Income and Other, Net (in thousands):

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2008     2007    2006  

Interest income

   $ 10,461     $ 21,134    $ 12,200  

Foreign currency gains (losses)

     1,299       2,029      161  

Other (expense) income

     (28 )     36      (274 )
                       

Interest income and other, net

   $ 11,732     $ 23,199    $ 12,087  
                       

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (in thousands):

Continuing Operations

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Period
   Additions    Deductions    Other    Balance at
End of Period

2008

   $ 447    $ 2,125    $ 199    $ 506    $ 2,879

2007

   $ 974    $ 469    $ 996    $ —      $ 447

2006

   $ 2,976    $ 128    $ 2,130    $ —      $ 974

 

F-17


Table of Contents

(3) Business Combinations

Gemstar Acquisition

On May 2, 2008, the Company acquired Gemstar in a cash and stock transaction. Gemstar was a technology, media and entertainment company that developed, licensed, marketed and distributed products and services targeted at the video guidance and entertainment needs of consumers worldwide.

The Company is accounting for the transaction under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations . The total purchase price for Gemstar was approximately $2.65 billion and was comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

Fair value of Macrovision Solutions Corporation stock issued

   $ 1,072,476

Cash consideration paid to Gemstar stockholders

     1,516,309

Cash consideration paid for employee options and restricted stock units

     30,374

Acquisition related transaction costs

     32,801
      

Total purchase price

   $ 2,651,960
      

Upon closing, each share of Gemstar stock was converted, based upon each individual stockholder’s election, into $6.35 in cash or 0.2548 of a share of common stock in Macrovision Solutions Corporation. Cash elections were prorated such that, in the aggregate, Gemstar security holders received cash consideration of approximately $1.5 billion. The Company issued approximately 48.7 million shares to Gemstar stockholders as part of the transaction. The fair value of Macrovision Solutions Corporation’s shares issued in the transaction was based on a price of $22.04 per share, which represents the average closing price of Macrovision Corporation shares for the five trading days beginning two trading days before and ending two trading days after December 7, 2007, the date on which the acquisition was announced. Gemstar stock options and restricted stock units outstanding immediately prior to the closing were cancelled and the holders were paid cash per share in an amount equal to the $6.35 in cash per share less the exercise price. Acquisition related costs include legal, investment banking, accounting fees and other external costs directly related to the acquisition.

The Company, based upon estimated fair values as of May 2, 2008, made an allocation of the purchase price to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the underlying net tangible and intangible assets has been recorded as goodwill. The Company acquired Gemstar to increase its product offerings and believes the combined Company’s complementary solutions will lead to increased market opportunity and an expanded customer base. The combination of the Company and Gemstar also provides the opportunity for cost savings. The Company believes these factors support the amount of goodwill recorded. The goodwill from this transaction is not tax deductible. The allocation of purchase price is subject to change based on additional information analyzed within the purchase price allocation period.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The Company’s purchase price allocation is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Weighted Average
Estimated Useful
Life
           

Cash and cash equivalents

         $ 663,618  

Trade accounts receivable

           74,848  

Property and equipment

           73,043  

Goodwill

           926,949  

Identifiable intangible assets:

        

Developed technology and patents

   13    774,080   

Trademarks/Tradenames

   20    141,630   

Customer relationships

   14    184,050   

Content database

   15    18,810   
          

Total identifiable intangible assets

           1,118,570  

Other assets

           56,465  

Accounts payable and other liabilities

           (136,117 )

Restructuring charge (See note 8)

           (21,162 )

Deferred tax liabilities, net

           (6,895 )

Deferred revenue

           (85,461 )

Capital lease obligations

           (11,898 )
              

Total purchase price

         $ 2,651,960  
              

Developed technology and patents relate to Gemstar’s products that are technologically feasible and Gemstar’s patents. Trademarks/Tradenames are primarily related to Gemstar’s brands and tradenames acquired. Customer relationships represent existing contracts that relate primarily to underlying customer relationships. Content represents the database of program listings and descriptions gathered over time. Identifiable intangible assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Included in deferred tax liabilities, net is a $378 million deferred tax asset (See Note 12).

2007 Acquisitions

All Media Guide Holdings, Inc.

In December 2007, the Company acquired All Media Guide Holdings, Inc. (“AMG”), a privately-held company based in Michigan, for a total of $82.3 million of purchase consideration, in a taxable transaction. AMG was one of the world’s largest providers of information databases and metadata for entertainment products (music, movies, and games) as well as solutions that support the recognition, discovery and management of digital media.

Self Protecting Digital Content (“SPDC”) Technology

In November 2007, the Company acquired SPDC from a privately held business in a taxable transaction, for $45.2 million, plus warrants exercisable for 0.9 million shares of Macrovision stock valued at $8.4 million. SPDC created the BD+ technology.

Mediabolic

On January 1, 2007, the Company acquired Mediabolic, Inc. (“Mediabolic”), a privately held company based in San Mateo, California, for $43.6 million. Mediabolic was a provider of software solutions for connected consumer electronics devices, such as televisions, set-top boxes and digital video recorders.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The unaudited pro forma financial information presented below (in thousands) assumes the acquisition of Gemstar, AMG, and SPDC had occurred on January 1, 2007. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not include the results of Software, Games, TV Guide Magazine, TV Guide Network, TV Guide Online, TVG Network and eMeta as these businesses have been classified as discontinued operations. The unaudited pro forma financial information assumes $275 million of net proceeds from the sale of these businesses was used to reduce the amount of debt outstanding as of January 1, 2007. The unaudited pro forma information presented is for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been realized if the acquisition had been completed on the date indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not include any adjustments for operating efficiencies or cost savings.

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

 
     2008 (1)    2007 (2)  

Net revenue

   $ 432,046    $ 398,328  

Operating income

   $ 71,436    $ 7,661  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 51,799    $ (32,455 )

Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

   $ 0.51    $ (0.32 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

   $ 0.50    $ (0.32 )

 

(1) The year ended December 31, 2008, includes a $32.5 million pre-tax benefit from a Gemstar insurance settlement.
(2) The year ended December 31, 2007, includes a $10.7 million pre-tax benefit from the resolution of matters related to a former Gemstar CEO.

(4) Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale

TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online

The assets and liabilities attributable to the Company’s TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online business classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as held for sale consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2008
 

Trade accounts receivable, net

   $ 17,320  

Property and equipment, net

     22,914  

Other assets

     4,893  

Goodwill and intangible assets

     223,595  

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     (11,749 )

Capital lease

     (11,456 )

Deferred revenue

     (8,574 )
        

Total net assets held for sale

   $ 236,943  
        

The Company evaluated the potential impairment of both the intangible assets and goodwill related to the TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online business in accordance with SFAS 144 and 142. The Company estimated the fair value of the TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online business based on the proceeds the Company expects to receive from the disposition of the business (See Note 16). Based on this analysis the Company concluded there was an impairment charge of $127.2 million related to the goodwill and $11.1 million related to the intangible assets of this business in the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

TVG Network

The assets and liabilities attributable to the Company’s TVG Network business classified in Consolidated Balance Sheet as held for sale consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2008
 

Trade accounts receivable, net

   $ 5,255  

Property and equipment, net

     3,927  

Other assets

     1,499  

Goodwill and intangible assets

     50,119  

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     (24,242 )
        

Total net assets held for sale

   $ 36,558  
        

The Company evaluated the potential impairment of both the intangible assets and goodwill related to the TVG Network business in accordance with SFAS 144 and 142. The Company estimated the fair value of TVG Network based on the proceeds the Company received from the disposition of TVG Network (See Note 16). Based on this analysis the Company concluded there was an impairment charge of $49.5 million related to the goodwill and $20.5 million related to the intangible assets of this business in the fourth quarter of 2008.

TV Guide Magazine

On December 1, 2008, an affiliated company of OpenGate Capital, LLC (Buyer), purchased the assets and assumed the liabilities of the TV Guide Magazine business for a cash purchase price of less than $0.1 million. In connection with the transaction, Buyer assumed certain liabilities of the TV Guide Magazine business, and the Company loaned the Buyer $7.4 million.

eMeta

In November 2008, the Company sold its eMeta business for $0.8 million. In the third quarter of 2008, based on the offers the company received to acquire the eMeta business, the Company conducted an analysis to estimate the fair value of eMeta’s goodwill and intangible assets. As a result, the Company recorded impairment charges totaling $5.3 million for goodwill and $1.4 million for the intangible assets of eMeta. The Company’s 2007 and 2006 results of operations, cash flows and disclosures on discontinued businesses have been revised to include eMeta.

Software

On April 1, 2008, the Company sold its Software business unit for $191 million in cash.

The assets and liabilities attributable to the Software business classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as held for sale consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2007
 

Trade accounts receivable, net

   $ 25,361  

Property and equipment, net

     1,735  

Other assets

     1,260  

Intangible assets

     7,634  

Goodwill

     39,355  

Deferred revenue

     (27,959 )
        

Total net assets held for sale

   $ 47,386  
        

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Games

On April 1, 2008, the Company sold its Games business for $4 million in cash. The assets attributable to the Games business classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as assets held for sale consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2007

Property and equipment, net

   $ 702

Identifiable intangibles

     999

Goodwill

     2,457
      

Total net assets held for sale

   $ 4,158
      

The Company evaluated the potential impairment of both the intangible assets and goodwill related to the Games business in accordance with SFAS 144 and 142. Based on this analysis the Company concluded there was an impairment of intangible assets related to the Games business and recorded an impairment charge of $4.7 million related to this business during the fourth quarter of 2007. Of the $4.7 million, $1.9 million relates to fixed assets and $2.8 million relates to identifiable intangibles.

All Discontinued Operations

The results of operations of the Company’s discontinued businesses through the date of disposition consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Net revenue:

      

Software

   $ 27,503     $ 112,914     $ 115,746  

Games

     1,633       9,177       10,516  

eMeta

     6,222       10,742       9,759  

TV Guide Magazine

     70,072       —         —    

TV Guide Network / TV Guide Online

     85,656       —         —    

TVG Network

     38,145       —         —    

Pre-tax (loss) income

      

Software (1)

   $ (7,187 )   $ 11,701     $ 19,389  

Games (2)

     (2,551 )     (33,215 )     (14,194 )

eMeta (3)

     (11,630 )     (3,396 )     (1,709 )

TV Guide Magazine

     (13,422 )     —         —    

TV Guide Network / TV Guide Online (4)

     (126,610 )     —         —    

TVG Network (5)

     (67,859 )     —         —    

Pre-tax gain on disposal of business units

     153,273       —         —    

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (53,797 )     10,373       (507 )
                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (129,783 )   $ (14,537 )   $ 2,979  
                        

 

(1) Software pre-tax income in 2007 included $8.3 million of restructuring and asset impairment charges and $7.0 million in legal settlement charges.
(2) Games pre-tax loss in 2007 included $13.2 million of restructuring charges and asset impairment charges.
(3) eMeta pre-tax loss in 2008 included $6.7 million in goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges.
(4) TV Guide Network / TV Guide Online pre-tax loss in 2008 included $138.3 million in goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges.
(5) TVG Network pre-tax loss in 2008 included $70.0 million in goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

(5) Goodwill and Other Intangibles

The Company assesses goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually as of October 1, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. To accomplish this, the Company determined the fair value of each reporting unit based on discounted expected cash flows and compared it to the carrying amount of the reporting unit at the balance sheet date. There were no impairment charges related to continuing operations for any of the reported periods since the value of each reporting unit exceeded the carrying amount. See Note 4 regarding impairment charges for discontinued operations.

Goodwill information is as follows for continuing operations (in thousands):

 

     Balance at
Beginning of
Period
   Goodwill
Acquired
   Assets Held
for Sale
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
    Balance at
End of
Period

2008

   $ 199,209    $ 927,330    $ (295,305 )   $ (3,049 )   $ 828,185

2007

   $ 136,049    $ 104,411    $ (41,812 )   $ 561     $ 199,209

The following tables summarize the Company’s intangible assets for its continuing operations subject to amortization as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands)

 

     December 31, 2008
     Gross
Costs
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net

Developed technology and patents

   $ 826,968    $ (61,438 )   $ 765,530

Existing contracts and customer relationships

     43,635      (6,800 )     36,835

Content databases

     44,652      (4,690 )     39,962

Trademarks / Tradenames

     55,047      (2,303 )     52,744
                     
   $ 970,302    $ (75,231 )   $ 895,071
                     

 

     December 31, 2007
     Gross
Costs
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net

Developed technology and patents

   $ 61,797    $ (18,812 )   $ 42,985

Existing contracts and customer relationships

     10,740      (4,359 )     6,381

Content database

     25,574      (167 )     25,407

Trademarks / Tradenames

     4,403      (375 )     4,028
                     
   $ 102,514    $ (23,713 )   $ 78,801
                     

The following table summarizes the Company’s estimated amortization expense through the year 2013 and thereafter (in thousands):

 

       Amortization
Expense

Year ending

    

2009

   $ 81,020

2010

     78,517

2011

     75,527

2012

     74,972

2013

     72,924

Thereafter

     512,111
      

Total amortization expense

   $ 895,071
      

 

F-23


Table of Contents

(6) Debt

Senior Secured Term Loan

In connection with the Gemstar acquisition Macrovision Solutions Corporation and Macrovision Corporation, as co-obligors, entered into a $550 million five year senior secured term loan credit facility (“Term Loan”). As of December 31, 2008, $547.3 million was outstanding. The Term Loan is guaranteed by Company domestic subsidiaries, and the assets and shares of Company domestic subsidiaries are pledged as collateral against the Term Loan. The Company is required to use the proceeds from asset sales of $75 million or more to pay down the Term Loan; proceeds from assets sales of less than $75 million may be retained for investment in fixed or capital assets. The Company may elect to pay interest at a rate of (i) libor plus 3.75%, with a libor floor of 3.5% or (ii) the Term Loan administrative agent’s prime rate plus 2.75%. As of December 31, 2008, the interest rate is 6.0%. The Term Loan includes customary covenants, including total leverage ratio limits, fixed charge coverage minimums and restrictions on additional debt incurrance and dividend payments among others. The Company is required to make principal payments of $5.5 million each year with the remaining balance due May 2013. As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with the Term Loan debt covenants.

In the event (i) the Company’s leverage ratio is greater than 2.5 to 1.0, and (ii) more than $50 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2.625% convertible senior notes due 2011 (the “Convertible Notes”) is still outstanding, and (iii) the scheduled maturity of the Convertible Notes is more than 181 days in the future, then our Term Loan will become due on that 182nd day prior to the Convertible Notes’ maturity date.

Note issuance costs of approximately $27.7 million related to the Term Loan are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Term Loan and have been included in “Other Assets” on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value of the Term Loan is approximately $504 million as of December 31, 2008.

11% Senior Notes

In connection with the Gemstar acquisition Macrovision Solutions Corporation and Macrovision Corporation, as co-obligors, issued $100 million aggregate principal amount of 11% senior notes (“Senior Notes”) due 2013. The Senior Notes include customary covenants, including fixed charge coverage minimums and restrictions on acquisitions, additional debt incurrance and dividend payments among others. Interest is payable at 11% semiannually in arrears on November 15 and May 15. Provided that the Term Loan has been repaid, the Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time on or after November 15, 2009 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes to be redeemed. In addition, provided that the Term Loan has been repaid, the Company may redeem the Senior Notes in whole or in part at any time before November 15, 2009 at a redemption price plus a “make-whole” premium. The Company must offer to purchase the Senior Notes if it experiences specific kinds of changes of control or sells assets under certain circumstances.

Note issuance costs of approximately $6.8 million related to the Senior Notes are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Senior Notes and have been included in “Other Assets” on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value of the Senior Notes is approximately $100 million as of December 31, 2008.

Convertible Senior Notes

In August 2006, the Company issued, in a private offering, $240.0 million in 2.625% convertible senior notes (Convertible Notes) due 2011 at par . The Convertible Notes may be converted, under certain circumstances described below, based on an initial conversion rate of 35.3571 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes (which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $28.28 per share).

Prior to June 15, 2011, holders may convert their Convertible Notes into cash and the Company’s common stock, at the applicable conversion rate, under any of the following circumstances: (i) during any fiscal quarter after the calendar quarter ending September 30, 2006, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common

 

F-24


Table of Contents

stock for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 120% of the applicable conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter; (ii) during the five business-day period after any ten consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per note for each day of such measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such day; or (iii) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions, as defined in the indenture. From June 15, 2011 until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date of August 15, 2011, holders may convert their Convertible Notes into cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, if any, at the applicable conversion rate, at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

Upon conversion, a holder will receive the conversion value of the Convertible Notes converted equal to the conversion rate multiplied by the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock during a specified period following the conversion date. The conversion value of each Convertible Note will be paid in: (i) cash equal to the lesser of the principal amount of the Convertible Note or the conversion value, as defined, and (ii) to the extent the conversion value exceeds the principal amount of the Convertible Note, a combination of common stock and cash. In addition, upon a fundamental change at any time, as defined, the holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their Convertible Notes upon a “designated event” at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes being repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

The Company pays cash interest at an annual rate of 2.625%, semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year. Note issuance costs of approximately $7.2 million are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes and have been included in “Other Assets” on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value of the Convertible Notes on December 31, 2008 was approximately $176 million.

Concurrently with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company entered into a convertible bond call option whereby the Company has options to purchase up to 7.96 million shares, subject to anti-dilution adjustments similar to those contained in the Convertible Notes, of the Company’s common stock at a price of approximately $28.28 per share. These options expire on August 15, 2011 and must be settled in net shares. The cost of the convertible bond call option was approximately $46.1 million and has been recorded as a reduction to stockholders’ equity in accordance with EITF 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock , (“EITF 00-19”.)

In addition, the Company sold warrants to purchase up to 7.96 million shares of its common stock at a price of $32.9248 per share. The warrants expire on various dates from August 16, 2011 through the 104 th scheduled trading day following August 16, 2011, and must be settled in net shares. The Company received approximately $30.3 million in cash proceeds for the sales of these warrants which have been recorded as an increase to stockholders’ equity in accordance with EITF 00-19.

The aggregate amount of long-term debt payments due in each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):

 

2009

   $ 5,500

2010

     5,500

2011

     245,500

2012

     5,500

2013

     625,250
      

Total

   $ 887,250

 

F-25


Table of Contents

(7) Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments

The following is a summary of available-for-sale and other investment securities (in thousands) as of December 31, 2008:

 

     Cost    Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value

Cash

   $ 37,271    $ —      $ —       $ 37,271

Cash Equivalents—money markets

     154,842           154,842

Cash Equivalents—0-90 day investments

     7,072      4      (1 )     7,075
                            

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 199,185    $ 4    $ (1 )   $ 199,188
                            

Available-for-sale investments:

          

Auction rate securities

   $ 17,100      —      $ (2,758 )   $ 14,342

Commercial paper

     22,066      24      (21 )     22,069

Corporate debt securities

     24,184      188      (37 )     24,335

Treasury/Agencies

     32,329      43      (25 )     32,347

US and municipal securities

     7,381      20      —         7,401
                            

Total available-for-sale investments

   $ 103,060    $ 275      (2,841 )   $ 100,494
                            

Auction rate securities classified as trading

           $ 52,005

Put Option

           $ 10,370
              

Total cash, cash equivalents and investments

           $ 362,057
              

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities (in thousands) as of December 31, 2007:

 

     Cost    Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value

Cash

   $ 103,392    —      —       $ 103,392

Cash Equivalents—money markets

     30,678    —      —         30,678
                        

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 134,070    —      —       $ 134,070
                        

Available-for-sale investments:

          

Auction rate securities

   $ 89,600    —      —       $ 89,600

Commercial paper

     77,129    32    (1 )     77,160

Corporate debt securities

     75,488    77    (22 )     75,543

Equity securities

     12,389    5,379    —         17,768

Treasury/Agencies

     14,500    6    —         14,506

US and municipal securities

     30,638    62    (58 )     30,642
                        

Total available-for-sale investments

   $ 299,744    5,556    (81 )   $ 305,219
                        

Total cash, cash equivalents and investments

           $ 439,289
              

In 2008 the Company recognized $10.4 million in other-than-temporary impairments due to the transfer of certain auction rate securities from available-for-sale to trading (See Note 1). There were no recognized losses from other-than-temporary declines in the market value of marketable securities in 2007 and 2006.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

In accordance with EITF 03-1, the following table summarizes the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to available-for-sale securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2008  
     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer    Total  

Description of Securities

   Fair Value    Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value    Unrealized
Loss
   Fair Value    Unrealized
Loss
 

Auction rate securities

   $ 14,342    $ (2,758 )   —      —      $ 14,342    $ (2,758 )

Commercial paper

     9,970      (21 )   —      —        9,970      (21 )

Corporate securities

     8,365      (37 )   —      —        8,365      (37 )

Treasuries / Agencies

     8,916      (25 )   —      —        8,916      (25 )

 

     December 31, 2007  
     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  

Description of Securities

   Fair Value    Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value    Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value    Unrealized
Loss
 

Commercial paper

   3,126    (1 )   —      —       3,126    (1 )

Corporate securities

   27,286    (20 )   2,493    (2 )   29,779    (22 )

US and municipal securities

   —      —       6,285    (58 )   6,285    (58 )

Market values were determined for each individual security in the investment portfolio. The Company attributes the unrealized losses in its auction rate securities portfolio to liquidity issues rather than credit issues. The Company’s available-for-sale auction rate securities portfolio at December 31, 2008 is comprised solely of AAA rated investments, in federally insured student loans and municipal and educational authority bonds. Due to the Company’s belief that the market for such securities may take in excess of twelve months to fully recover and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until the market recovers, the Company has classified these investments as long-term marketable securities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2008. The Company continues to earn interest on all of its auction rate security instruments.

The following inputs were used to determine the fair value of the Company’s investment securities at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

 

          Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
   Significant Other
Observable Inputs
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
     Total    (Level 1)    (Level 2)    (Level 3)

Money market funds

   $ 154,842    $ 154,842      

Fixed income available-for-sale securities

     93,227         93,227   

Auction rate securities

     66,347            66,347

Put option

     10,370            10,370
                           

Total

   $ 324,786    $ 154,842    $ 93,227    $ 76,717
                           

The following table provides a summary of changes in the Company’s Level 3 investments (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 89,600  

Loss on securities classified as trading recorded in other income

     (10,370 )

Unrealized loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income

     (2,758 )

Acquisition of ARS Put Option

     10,370  

Purchases and settlements, net

     (10,125 )
        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 76,717  
        

 

F-27


Table of Contents

(8) Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

Gemstar Acquisition Restructuring Plan

In conjunction with the Gemstar acquisition, management acted upon a pre-acquisition plan to restructure certain Gemstar operations resulting in severance of $21.2 million. This was done in order to create cost efficiencies for the combined Company. The severance liability was recognized as an assumed liability in the Gemstar acquisition and, accordingly, resulted in an increase to goodwill. The Company has paid $19.1 million of these costs as of December 31, 2008, and had a remaining liability of $2.1 million. Restructuring accruals are classified on the balance sheet as “Accrued expenses”. The Company anticipates paying the remaining liability in the first quarter of 2009.

2007 Restructuring Plan

During fiscal year 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved several restructuring actions and an organizational realignment program. In addition, the Company discontinued its Hawkeye anti-piracy service. In connection with these actions, the Company recognized a total of $19.1 million in restructuring and asset impairment charges, of which $4.5 million relates to continuing operations. The continuing operations amount consists of $2.5 million in workforce reduction costs, $1.1 million in contract terminations, $0.5 million in asset impairment charges, and $0.4 million in abandonment of certain leased facilities. Workforce reduction costs consist of severance and related benefits in connection with the restructuring actions, the organizational realignment program and the discontinuation of the Hawkeye anti-piracy service. Contract terminations were related to the cancellation of certain service contracts in connection with the data center restructuring program and the discontinuation of the Hawkeye anti-piracy service. Asset impairment charges were related to asset losses in connection with the data center restructuring and the discontinuation of the Hawkeye anti-piracy service. The charge for the abandonment of leased facilities is related to the New York office space that was vacated in connection with the restructuring programs.

A summary of the restructuring and asset impairment amounts included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and the restructuring accrual activity was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Termination
Benefits
    Contract
Terminations
    Abandonment
of Facilities
    Asset
Impairment
    Total  

Charges and activity—continuing operations:

          

Balance of accrual at January 1, 2007

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Charged during the year to continuing operations

     2,573       1,100       371       502       4,546  

Asset impairments charged to continuing operations

     —         —         —         (502 )     (502 )

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     (321 )     —         —         —         (321 )

Cash payments

     (2,151 )     (302 )     (239 )     —         (2,692 )
                                        

Accrual Balance as of December 31, 2007—continuing operations

     101       798       132       —         1,031  

Accrual balance as of December 31, 2007—discontinued operations

     6       397       —         —         403  
                                        

Accrual Balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ 107     $ 1,195     $ 132     $ —       $ 1,434  
                                        

Cash payments in 2008

     (107 )     (766 )     (132 )     —         (1,005 )
                                        

Accrual Balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ —       $ 429     $ —       $ —       $ 429  
                                        

The Company has accounted for its restructuring charges and accruals in accordance with SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities and its asset impairment charges in accordance with SFAS No. 144.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2008, the amounts remaining in the reserves are expected to be paid in the first half of 2009.

(9) Strategic Investments

In 2006, the Company invested $5.0 million in a privately-held digital watermarking company. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a $5.0 million charge for other-than-temporary impairment losses related to such investment. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had an investment with an adjusted cost of $17.8 million in Digimarc Corporation (“Digimarc”), a publicly traded company. The Company’s investment in Digimarc has been classified on the balance sheet as “Long-term marketable securities” at December 31, 2007. During 2008, the Company sold its investment in Digimarc and recorded a gain of $5.2 million.

(10) Equity-based Compensation

The Company’s stockholders, on July 15, 2008, approved the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and the 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2008 ESPP”). The Company no longer makes award grants under the Gemstar-TV Guide 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan and, except with respect to award grants made to the Company’s chief executive officer, the Company will no longer make award grants under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2000 Plan”). The 2000 and 2008 Plans provide for the grant of stock options, restricted stock awards and similar types of equity awards by the Company to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company. The 2008 ESPP has replaced the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The Company also terminated the 1996 Directors Stock Option Plan in connection with the closing of the Gemstar acquisition.

Stock Option Plans

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had 29.6 million shares reserved and 15.8 million shares remained available for issuance. For options granted after July 15, 2008, the vesting period was generally four years where one quarter vests at the end of the first year, and the remainder vests monthly. For options granted prior to July 15, 2008, the vesting periods were generally three years where one-sixth vests in the first year, one-third vests in the second year and the remainder vests in the third year. Option grants have contractual terms ranging from five to ten years.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, restricted stock awards were issued from the 2000 Plan and vest annually over four years. Restricted stock awards are considered outstanding at the time of the grant, as the stockholders are entitled to dividends and voting rights. As of December 31, 2008, the number of shares awarded but unvested was 809,000.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The 2008 ESPP allows eligible employee participants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a discount through payroll deductions. The 2008 ESPP consists of a twenty-four-month offering period with four six-month purchase periods in each offering period. Employees purchase shares in each purchase period at 85% of the market value of the Company’s common stock at either the beginning of the offering period or the end of the purchase period, whichever price is lower.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had reserved, and available for future issuance, 7.5 million shares of common stock for issuance under the ESPP.

Valuation and Assumptions

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares. The fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant is

 

F-29


Table of Contents

determined by an option-pricing model using a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The Company determines the fair value of its restricted stock awards as the difference between the market value of the awards on the date of grant less the exercise price of the awards granted.

Estimated volatility of the Company’s common stock for new grants is determined by using a combination of historical volatility and implied volatility in market traded options. When historical data is available and relevant, the expected term of options granted is determined by calculating the average term from historical stock option exercise experience. When there is insufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term due to changes in the terms of option grants, the Company uses the “simplified method” as permitted under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110. For options granted after July 15, 2008, the Company changed its vesting terms from three to four years and its contractual term from five to seven years. Since the Company did not have sufficient data for options with four year vesting terms and seven year contractual life, the simplified method was used to calculate expected term. The risk-free interest rate used in the option valuation model is from U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and therefore uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the option valuation model. In accordance with SFAS 123(R), the Company estimates forfeitures at the time of grant and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record equity-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. The weighted-average assumptions used to value equity-based payments are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Option Plans:

      

Dividends

   None     None     None  

Expected term

   3.5 years     3.1 years     3.3 years  

Risk free interest rate

   2.8 %   4.5 %   4.8 %

Volatility rate

   43.1 %   37.3 %   40.4 %

ESPP Plan:

      

Dividends

   None     None     None  

Expected term

   1.3 years     1.3 years     1.3 years  

Risk free interest rate

   2.1 %   4.9 %   4.7 %

Volatility rate

   44.6 %   35.4 %   40.8 %

As of December 31, 2008, there was $32.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost for continuing operations, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested equity-based payments granted to employees. Total unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.5 years. The Company recorded $13.6 million, $9.8 million and $12.9 million in stock compensation expense from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Activity under the Company’s stock option plans are as follows:

 

     Shares     Weighted-average
exercise price
   Weighted-average
remaining
contractual term
(years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

   9,293,524     $ 20.89      

Granted

   1,907,351     $ 20.90      

Canceled

   (1,627,525 )   $ 24.70      

Exercised

   (1,890,915 )   $ 17.85      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   7,682,435     $ 21.78      

Granted

   1,073,959     $ 26.39      

Canceled

   (1,259,670 )   $ 27.00      

Exercised

   (3,081,440 )   $ 19.46      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

   4,415,284     $ 23.03      

Granted

   6,046,360     $ 14.22      

Canceled

   (2,104,422 )   $ 21.78      

Exercised

   (223,987 )   $ 14.01      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   8,133,235     $ 17.05    4.1    $ 360
              

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2008

   6,215,251     $ 17.64    3.9    $ 286
              

Exercisable at December 31, 2008

   2,110,269     $ 22.96    1.8    $ 134
              

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $4.96, $8.23, and $7.21, respectively. The weighted average fair value of an employee purchase share right granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $3.98, $6.19, and $4.80, respectively. The weighted average fair value of a restricted stock award granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $15.50, $24.86, and $21.50, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $0.6 million, $23.7 million, and $11.4 million, respectively. The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the market value on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the shares.

(11) Stock Repurchase Program

In September 2007, the Board of Directors of Macrovision Corporation authorized a stock repurchase program, which allowed Macrovision Corporation to purchase up to $60.0 million of the Macrovision Corporation’s common stock in the open market from time to time at prevailing market prices or otherwise, as conditions warrant. On May 5, 2008, the Board of Directors of Macrovision Solutions Corporation reconfirmed this stock purchase program. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company repurchased 2.3 million shares of common stock for $25.1 million. These repurchases were recorded as treasury stock and resulted in a reduction of stockholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2008, treasury stock consisted of 2.3 million shares of common stock that had been repurchased, with a cost basis of approximately $25.1 million.

In August 2006, the Board of Directors of Macrovision Corporation authorized the purchase of up to $100.0 million of Macrovision Corporation’s common stock. In the year ended December 31, 2006, Macrovision Corporation repurchased approximately 2.3 million shares of common stock for $50.0 million. In August and September 2007, Macrovision Corporation repurchased the remaining $50.0 million authorized under the program, or approximately 2.1 million shares of common stock. These repurchases were recorded as treasury stock and resulted in a reduction of stockholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2007, there were no shares remaining for repurchase under the August 2006 program. As of December 31, 2007 treasury stock consisted of

 

F-31


Table of Contents

7.4 million shares of common stock that had been repurchased, with a cost basis of approximately $138.4 million. As part of Macrovision Solutions Corporation assumption of ownership of both Gemstar and Macrovision Corporation (See Note 1) all treasury stock held by Macrovision Corporation was canceled.

(12) Income Taxes

The components of income from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007    2006  

Domestic income

   $ (57,528 )   $ 7,850    $ (8,335 )

Foreign income

     58,296       54,315      48,154  
                       

Income before provision for income taxes

   $ 768     $ 62,165    $ 39,819  
                       

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ (57,862 )   $ 17,814     $ 12,317  

State

     451       (138 )     (404 )

Foreign

     10,559       3,694       3,338  
                        

Total current (benefit) expense

     (46,852 )     21,370       15,251  
                        

Deferred:

      

Federal

     25,210       (4,133 )     (4,839 )

State

     1,485       (1,109 )     (657 )
                        

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

     26,695       (5,242 )     (5,496 )

Total tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations

   $ (20,157 )   $ 16,128     $ 9,755  
                        

Total tax expense (benefit) from discontinued operations

   $ 53,797     $ (10,373 )   $ 507  
                        

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax income as a result of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Federal tax statutory rate

   $ 269     $ 21,758     $ 13,937  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     377       (811 )     (691 )

Tax credits

     (6,235 )     (1,315 )     (948 )

Tax impact on foreign operations and transfer pricing, net

     (3,850 )     (2,025 )     (880 )

Exempt interest

     (137 )     (2,393 )     (2,244 )

Settlements and statute closures

     (8,868 )     —         (321 )

Change in valuation allowance

     (3,648 )     —         —    

Others

     1,935       914       902  
                        

Total tax (benefit) expense

   $ (20,157 )   $ 16,128     $ 9,755  
                        

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The tax effects of the temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2007  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals, reserves and others

   $ 14,792     $ 1,468  

Deferred financing costs

     10,055       13,971  

Intangible assets

     —         6,007  

Impairment losses on investments

     16,701       16,331  

Capital loss carryforward

     —         3,770  

Equity-based compensation

     7,922       5,769  

Deferred revenue

     9,362       —    

Credits

     9,840       4,297  

Others

     18,034       8,772  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     367,464       13,904  
                

Gross deferred tax assets

     454,170       74,289  

Valuation allowance

     —         (3,648 )
                

Total deferred tax assets

     454,170       70,641  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Intangible assets

     (419,134 )     (1,801 )

Undistributed foreign earnings

     (3,900 )     (3,900 )

Others

     (1,558 )     (2,527 )
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (424,592 )     (8,228 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 29,578     $ 62,413  
                

As of December 31, 2008, the Company released a valuation allowance of $3.6 million for capital loss carryforwards due to its ability to recognize these deferred tax assets. In addition, the Company increased net deferred tax assets recorded in conjunction with the Gemstar acquisition by $378 million with an offsetting decrease in goodwill.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had federal tax loss carryforwards of approximately $1.057 billion, of which $13.2 million related to stock option deductions and are not included in deferred tax assets. The federal loss carryforwards will expire in 2012 through 2028. The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $37.3 million as of December 31, 2008. The state loss carryforwards will expire in 2009 through 2017.

The Company has federal research and development and foreign tax credits available to reduce future income tax expense of approximately $4.2 million and $5.6 million, respectively. The federal research credits will expire in 2024 through 2028 and the foreign tax credits will expire in 2014 through 2018.

Utilization of state and federal net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be subject to limitations due to ownership changes.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

As disclosed in Note 1, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007. At December 31, 2008, the Company had gross tax-affected unrecognized tax benefits of $304.8 million of which $302.7 million, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate, while the remaining amount would impact additional-paid-in-capital. During the year ended December 31, 2008 the Company recorded interest related to unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $3.5 million. Total accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2008 was $20.1 million. Interest and penalties are classified in income tax expense. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Balance as of January 1, 2008

   $ 45,165  

Additions from acquired companies

     268,574  

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

     2,135  

Additions for tax provisions of prior years

     822  

Reductions for audit settlements

     (9,499 )

Reductions for statute of limitations closures

     (2,408 )
        

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 304,789  
        

As of December 31, 2008, $52.9 million of the gross tax-affected unrecognized tax benefits have been recorded in long-term liabilities and $251.9 million have been recorded as an offset to long-term deferred tax assets.

The Company has not provided U.S. Federal or state taxes on approximately $81.8 million of undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries as such earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested outside the U.S.

The Company conducts business globally and as a result files U.S. federal, state and foreign income tax returns in various jurisdictions. During 2008, the Internal Revenue Service concluded its examination of the Company’s federal income tax returns for 2003 and 2004. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for years prior to 2004.

(13) Geographic Information

Information on Revenue by Geographic Areas:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2008    2007    2006
     (in thousands)

United States

   $ 153,563    $ 63,732    $ 44,829

International

     176,482      81,211      66,740
                    

Total Revenue

   $ 330,045    $ 144,943    $ 111,569
                    

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Information on Long Lived Assets by Geographic Areas:

 

     December 31,
     2008    2007
     (in thousands)

United States

     

Property and Equipment, net

   $ 41,900    $ 7,255

Goodwill, net

     806,541      158,469

Intangibles, net

     883,039      64,179
             

Total United States

     1,731,480      229,903

International

     

Property and Equipment, net

     3,452      2,756

Goodwill, net

     21,644      40,740

Intangibles from Acquisitions, net

     12,032      14,622
             

Total International

     37,128      58,118
             

Total Long Lived Assets

   $ 1,768,608    $ 288,021
             

(14) Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment pursuant to noncancelable operating lease agreements expiring through 2019. The Company’s corporate headquarters are located in Santa Clara, California and such leases expire in January 2017. The Company also leases office space in Ann Arbor, Bedford, Burbank, Los Angeles, Illinois, New York, Radnor, San Francisco, Tulsa, the United Kingdom, Luxembourg, Canada and Japan, which expire at various dates from 2009 through 2019. The Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis based on contractual lease payments. Allowances from lessors for tenant improvements have been included in the straight-line rent expense for applicable locations. Tenant improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining life of the applicable lease. The Company also leases certain computer software under a capital lease agreement which expires on March 1, 2009. Amortization of assets recorded under the capital lease is included in depreciation expense.

Future minimum lease payments pursuant to these leases as of December 31, 2008 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating Leases     Capital Lease  

2009

   $ 18,167     $ 347  

2010

     17,513       —    

2011

     15,647       —    

2012

     13,001       —    

2013

     12,463       —    

Thereafter

     36,622       —    
                

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 113,413     $ 347  

Less sublease revenues

     (24,425 )  

Less: Amounts representing interest

     —         (5 )
                

Net future minimum lease payments

   $ 88,988       342  
          

Less: current portion of obligations under capital leases

       (342 )
          

Long-term portion of obligations under capital leases

     $ —    
          

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Rent expense from continuing operations was $13.5 million, $5.2 million, and $4.5 million, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Included in assets held for sale at December 31, 2008, is a capital lease for a satellite transponder used by the Company’s TV Guide Network business. Payments under this lease are $1.6 million each year through 2019.

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company provides indemnification of varying scopes and amounts to certain of its licensees against claims made by third parties arising out of the use and/or incorporation of the Company’s products, intellectual property, services and/or technologies into the licensee’s products and services, provided the licensee is not in violation of the terms and conditions of the agreement and/or additional performance or other requirements for such indemnification. The Company’s indemnification obligations are typically limited to the cumulative amount paid to the Company by the licensee under the license agreement, however some license agreements, including those with our largest multiple system operators (“MSO”) and digital broadcast satellite (“DBS”) providers, have larger limits or do not specify a limit on amounts that may be payable under the indemnity arrangements. The Company cannot estimate the possible range of losses that may affect the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in a given period or the maximum potential impact of these indemnification provisions on its future results of operations.

In April 2005, Gemstar received a notice of a potential claim for indemnification from DirecTV Group, Inc. (“DirecTV”) as a result of a lawsuit filed by Finisar Corporation (“Finisar”) against DirecTV in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. Finisar alleged that several aspects of the DirecTV satellite transmission system, including aspects of its advanced electronic program guide (“EPG”) and the storage, scheduling, and transmission of data for the EPG, infringed a Finisar patent. On July 7, 2006, the Court awarded Finisar approximately $117 million. In addition, the Court ordered DirecTV to pay approximately $1.60 per activated set top box in licensing fees going forward in lieu of an injunction until the expiration of Finisar’s patent in 2012. The parties both filed appeals to the Federal Circuit, which subsequently ruled that the trial court’s construction of certain terms of the patent was too broad, vacated the jury’s verdict of infringement, held that one of the seven patent claims at issue is invalid, and left standing the remaining six claims for reconsideration by the trial court. The appeals court also reversed the jury’s finding that DirecTV’s infringement was willful. The Company has not established a reserve with respect to this matter in its consolidated financial statements.

Comcast Cable Communications Corp., LLC v. Finisar Corporation , in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. In support of a potential claim for indemnification, Comcast Cable Communications Corp., LLC (“Comcast”) put the Company on notice that it had received communications from Finisar Corporation (“Finisar”) asserting infringement of U.S. Patent 5, 404, 505 (the “‘505 patent”). On July 7, 2006, Comcast filed a declaratory judgment action in the Northern District of California asking the Court to rule, among other things, that it does not infringe the ‘505 patent and/or that the patent is invalid. On May 15, 2008, Finisar entered into a covenant and stipulation with Comcast, filed with the California Court, that it would not assert any claim of the ‘505 patent against Comcast or certain related entities, other than claim 25. On July 11, 2008, the Court ruled on Comcast’s summary judgment motion, finding that claim 25 is invalid, and therefore finding that Comcast’s non-infringement motion is moot. Comcast has not taken any further action insofar as its potential indemnity claim against the Company is concerned.

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in legal proceedings related to intellectual property rights and other matters. The following legal proceedings include those of Macrovision Solutions Corporation and its subsidiaries.

Patent Litigation

ODS Technologies, L.P. v. Magna Entertainment Corp., HRTV, Inc. and XpressBet, Inc. , in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. On May 17, 2007, Gemstar’s subsidiary ODS Technologies, L.P. (“ODS”, which does business as TVG Network) filed a patent infringement complaint—and

 

F-36


Table of Contents

later, an amended complaint, against Magna Entertainment Corp. (“MEC”), HRTV, LLC (“HRTV”) and XpressBet, Inc. (“XpressBet”) in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. ODS asserts that defendants infringe five of its patents related to interactive off-track wagering systems. ODS seeks injunctive relief prohibiting further infringement by defendants as well as damages, including damages attributable to defendants’ allegedly willful infringement. In response, MEC, XpressBet and HRTV asserted that they do not infringe the subject patents, that the subject patents are invalid, and that the subject patents are unenforceable. On June 25, 2008, MEC and XpressBet filed a motion for summary judgment asserting that neither of them infringe the asserted claims of the ‘354 patent. The hearing date on that motion has been taken off calendar pending completion of discovery, which is ongoing. In connection with the divestiture of TVG Network (See Note 16), the purchaser agreed to assume liability for this matter.

Gemstar Acquisition Litigation

Martin Henkel v. Battista, et al. , in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. On December 17, 2007, a purported stockholder class action lawsuit was filed against Gemstar and members of its Board of Directors alleging that the then-pending acquisition of Gemstar was unfair to its stockholders. The complaint contained a cause of action for breach of fiduciary duty against Gemstar and members of its Board of Directors. On February 1, 2008, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, adding News Corporation as a defendant and asserting a cause of action against News Corporation for aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty. On March 14, 2008, the parties executed a Memorandum of Understanding, agreeing to a full settlement of the matter in exchange for certain supplemental public disclosures related to the proposed acquisition and attorney fees not to exceed $1.25 million. The court has approved the settlement and the amount has been paid by the Company. The settlement documents have been finalized, and the class members will receive notification of the settlement.

Other Litigation

SuperGuide Corporation v. DirecTV Enterprises, Inc., et al. , in the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina. On March 23, 2001, the Company’s subsidiary, Gemstar Development Corporation (“GDC”), was added as a third-party defendant in this case. Plaintiff SuperGuide Corporation’s (“SuperGuide”) complaint alleged patent infringement by DirectTV, EchoStar, Thomson Consumer Electronics (“Thomson”), and Hughes Electronics (collectively, the “Defendants”) with respect to three patents (the “SuperGuide Patents”) owned by SuperGuide but licensed to GDC. After being added as a party, GDC brought claims (i) against SuperGuide for declaratory relief and for breach of contract relating to a 1993 license agreement between SuperGuide and GDC; and (ii) against EchoStar for infringing the SuperGuide Patents within GDC’s defined fields of use. Pursuant to certain licensing and settlement agreements between GDC and EchoStar, the claims between GDC and EchoStar were dismissed with prejudice. During March 2007, the Court held a bench trial on the licensing issues in the case. On July 20, 2007, the Court ruled in favor of SuperGuide on those issues. In connection with that ruling, GDC’s counterclaims against SuperGuide for declaratory judgment and breach of contract were dismissed with prejudice. On October 20, 2008, SuperGuide’s claims against DirecTV and Thomson were dismissed with prejudice following a settlement between those parties. Both DirecTV and Thomson had asserted purported indemnification rights against the Company during the course of the litigation, and following the settlement, both of those entities reiterated those rights and requested that the Company indemnify them for the amounts they paid in settlement, but the Company has not agreed to do so.

Thomson, Inc. v. Gemstar—TV Guide International, Inc. , in the Superior Court of the State of Indiana for the County of Hamilton. On May 23, 2008, Thomson, Inc. (“Thomson”) initiated this action, seeking, among other things, indemnification from the Company in connection with the SuperGuide Corp v. DirecTV Enterprises, Inc. et. al matter discussed above. Thomson alleges that it entered into multiple agreements with the Company between 1996 and 2003 that would require the Company to indemnify Thomson in the SuperGuide litigation. Specifically, Thomson asserts causes of action for fraud/fraudulent inducement, breach of contract,

 

F-37


Table of Contents

breach of implied in fact indemnity and warranty of title against infringement, and unjust enrichment. Thomson seeks a declaration from the Court that the Company owes Thomson defense and indemnity for claims regarding the patents at issue in the SuperGuide matter, compensatory damages, including fees and expenses paid by Thomson in connection with the SuperGuide matter, the return of royalties paid by Thomson to the Company under the aforementioned agreements, pre and post-judgment interest, punitive damages, attorney fees, and costs of suit.

Youbet.com, Inc. v. ODS Technologies, L.P. and ODS Properties, Inc. , American Arbitration Association. In this matter, filed December 9, 2008, the plaintiff alleges that the defendants overcharged them in wagering fees at various horse tracks, and claims damages in excess of $11.0 million dollars. In connection with the divestiture of TVG Network (See Note 16), the purchaser agreed to assume liability for this matter.

In addition to the items listed above, Macrovision Solutions Corporation is party to various legal actions, claims and proceedings as well as other actions, claims and proceedings incidental to its business. Macrovision Solutions Corporation has established loss provisions only for matters in which losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Some of the matters pending against Macrovision Solutions Corporation involve potential compensatory, punitive or treble damage claims, or sanctions, that if granted, could require them to pay damages or make other expenditures in amounts that could have a material adverse effect on their financial position or results of operations. At this time management has not reached a determination that any of the matters listed above or Macrovision Solution Corporation’s other litigation are expected to result in liabilities that will have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations or cash flows.

(15) Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

     Quarter (1)  
     Q1     Q2     Q3     Q4     Year  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

2008

          

Revenues

   $ 30,295     $ 73,054     $ 108,526     $ 118,170     $ 330,045  

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of taxes (2)

   $ 8,687     $ (9,517 )   $ 12,524     $ 9,231     $ 20,925  

Discontinued operations, net of taxes (3)

   $ (2,392 )   $ 95,458     $ (3,734 )   $ (219,115 )   $ (129,783 )

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,295     $ 85,941     $ 8,790     $ (209,884 )   $ (108,858 )

Basic income (loss) per share from continuing operations

   $ 0.16     $ (0.11 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.09     $ 0.24  

Basic income (loss) per share from discontinued operations

     (0.04 )     1.11       (0.03 )     (2.15 )     (1.50 )
                                        

Basic net earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.12     $ 1.00     $ 0.09     $ (2.06 )   $ (1.26 )
                                        

Diluted income (loss) per share from continuing operations

   $ 0.16     $ (0.11 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.09     $ 0.24  

Diluted (loss) income per share from discontinued operations

     (0.04 )     1.11       (0.03 )     (2.15 )     (1.50 )
                                        

Diluted net earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.12     $ 1.00     $ 0.09     $ (2.06 )   $ (1.26 )
                                        

 

F-38


Table of Contents
    Quarter (1)  
    Q1     Q2   Q3     Q4     Year  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

2007 (4)

         

Revenues

  $ 34,065     $ 23,409   $ 45,605     $ 41,864     $ 144,943  

Income from continuing operations, net of taxes (5)(6)

  $ 8,529     $ 576   $ 21,133     $ 15,799     $ 46,037  

Discontinued operations, net of taxes (5)(7)

  $ (2,821 )   $ 1,916   $ (7,041 )   $ (6,591 )   $ (14,537 )

Net income

  $ 5,708     $ 2,492   $ 14,092     $ 9,208     $ 31,500  

Basic income per share from continuing operations

  $ 0.16     $ 0.01   $ 0.39     $ 0.29     $ 0.86  

Basic (loss) income per share from discontinued operations

    (0.05 )     0.04     (0.13 )     (0.12 )     (0.27 )
                                     

Basic net earnings per share

  $ 0.11     $ 0.05   $ 0.26     $ 0.17     $ 0.59  
                                     

Diluted income per share from continuing operations

  $ 0.16     $ 0.01   $ 0.38     $ 0.29     $ 0.85  

Diluted (loss) income per share from discontinued operations

    (0.05 )     0.04     (0.12 )     (0.12 )     (0.27 )
                                     

Diluted net earnings per share

  $ 0.11     $ 0.05   $ 0.26     $ 0.17     $ 0.58  
                                     

 

(1) Information included above has been reclassified from amounts previously reported to present the operations of eMeta, TVG Network, TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online as discontinued operations. See Note 4.
(2) During the third quarter of 2008 the Company recorded a discrete tax benefit of $10.1 million for the reversal of FIN 48 reserves for which the statute of limitations expired.
(3) During the second quarter of 2008 the Company sold its Software and Games business and recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of $151.3 million. In addition in the third quarter of 2008 the Company recorded $6.7 million of impairment charges related to its eMeta business. During the fourth quarter of 2008 the Company recorded $208.3 million in impairment charges related to its TV Guide Network, TV Guide Online and TVG Network businesses. See Note 4.
(4) In its Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2008, the Company made an error in classifying income tax expense between continuing operations and discontinued operations for the three months ended September 30, 2007. This error resulted in income from continuing operations, net of taxes being overstated by $6.9 million and discontinued operations, net of taxes being understated by $6.9 million. This misclassification did not impact net income. The Company has corrected this error in the above quarterly information.
(5) During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company implemented several restructuring programs. See Note 8.
(6) During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company recorded an impairment charge related to a strategic investment. See Note 9.
(7) During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a $7 million legal settlement charge to its results of discontinued operations. See Note 4.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

(16) Subsequent Events

On January 5, 2009, the Company signed a definitive agreement to sell its TV Guide Network and TV Guide Online businesses to Lions Gate Entertainment, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lions Gate Entertainment Corp., for approximately $255 million in cash and assumed liabilities, subject to working capital and other indebtedness adjustments. The Company currently expects the sale to close in the first quarter of 2009.

On January 27, 2009, the Company closed the sale of its TVG Network business, for approximately $50 million in cash and assumed liabilities, subject to working capital and other indebtedness adjustments.

The Company will utilize the net sales proceeds to pay down its Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Facility upon the closing of these sales.

 

F-40

Exhibit 2.07

 

 

 

E QUITY P URCHASE A GREEMENT

B Y A ND A MONG

G EMSTAR -TV G UIDE I NTERNATIONAL , I NC .,

UV C ORPORATION ,

TV G UIDE E NTERTAINMENT G ROUP , I NC .,

TVGN H OLDINGS , LLC,

A ND S OLELY W ITH R ESPECT T O S ECTIONS 9.5, 9.7, 9.8 AND 9.9 A ND A RTICLES XII A ND XIII

M ACROVISION S OLUTIONS C ORPORATION

D ECEMBER  17, 2008

 

 

 


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

 

          P AGE

ARTICLE I

  

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

   1

ARTICLE II

  

THE RESTRUCTURING AND THE CONVERSIONS

   10
2.1      Restructuring and Conversions    10

ARTICLE III

  

THE EQUITY PURCHASE

   10
3.1      Agreement to Sell and Purchase    10
3.2      The Closing    11
3.3      Payment of Initial Purchase Price at the Closing    11
3.4      Post-Closing Adjustments    12
3.5      Payment of Additional Purchase Price after the Closing    14
3.6      Further Assurances    16
3.7      Tax Withholding    16

ARTICLE IV

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

   16
4.1      Organization and Good Standing    17
4.2      Subsidiaries    17
4.3      Capitalization of the Company    17
4.4      Corporate Authority Relative to This Agreement; No Violation    18
4.5      Litigation    19
4.6      Taxes    19
4.7      Financial Statements    20
4.8      Absence of Liabilities    21
4.9      Absence of Certain Changes or Events    21
4.10    Contracts    21
4.11    Intellectual Property    22
4.12    Compliance With Applicable Laws    24
4.13    Real Property    24
4.14    Employees; Labor Matters    24
4.15    Environmental Matters    26
4.16    Transactions with Affiliates    27
4.17    Title to, Sufficiency and Condition of Assets    27
4.18    Accounts Receivable    27

 

-i-


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

(C ONTINUED )

 

          P AGE
4.19    Conversions    28
4.20    No Brokers    28
4.21    No Additional Representations    28

ARTICLE V

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF STOCKHOLDER

   28
5.1      Organization and Good Standing    28
5.2      Corporate Authority Relative to This Agreement; No Violation    28
5.3      Title to Equity Interests    29
5.4      No Additional Representations    29

ARTICLE VI

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

   29
6.1      Organization and Good Standing    29
6.2      Corporate Authority Relative to this Agreement; No Violation    30
6.3      Funding    30
6.4      No Additional Representations    30

ARTICLE VII

  

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY OR SELLER

   31
7.1      Access to Information    31
7.2      Maintenance of Network Business    31
7.3      No Exclusivity    34
7.4      Non-Competition    35

ARTICLE VIII

  

BUYER COVENANTS

   37
8.1      Indemnification and Insurance    37
8.2      Employee Matters    38
8.3      Nonsolicitation    40
8.4      Cooperation with Contractual Obligations    40

ARTICLE IX

  

OTHER COVENANTS

   41
9.1      Notification of Certain Matters    41
9.2      Public Announcement    41
9.3      Confidentiality    41
9.4      Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent    41
9.5      Hart-Scott-Rodino    42
9.6      Settlement of Intercompany Accounts    42

 

-ii-


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

(C ONTINUED )

 

          P AGE
9.7      Nonsolicitation    43
9.8      Equity Commitment Letter    43
9.9      Additional Covenants    44

ARTICLE X

  

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF THE PURCHASE

   44
10.1    Conditions to the Parties’ Obligation to Effect the Purchase    44
10.2    Additional Conditions to Obligations of Buyer    44
10.3    Additional Conditions to Obligations of Stockholder    46

ARTICLE XI

  

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

   47
11.1    Termination by Mutual Consent    47
11.2    Unilateral Termination    47
11.3    Effect of Termination    48

ARTICLE XII

  

SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, INDEMNIFICATION AND REMEDIES; CONTINUING COVENANTS

   49
12.1    Survival    49
12.2    Indemnification by Seller and Parent    49
12.3    Indemnification by Buyer    50
12.4    Third Party Claims    50
12.5    Limits on Indemnification    51
12.6    Escrow    52
12.7    Exclusive Remedy    52
12.8    Treatment of Indemnification Payments    52
12.9    Remedies Not Affected by Investigation, Disclosure or Knowledge    52

ARTICLE XIII

  

CERTAIN TAX MATTERS

   53
13.1    Transfer Taxes    53
13.2    Allocation of Purchase Price    53
13.3    Tax-Sharing Agreements    53
13.4    Indemnification for Post-Closing Transactions    53
13.5    Post-Closing Transactions not in Ordinary Course    54
13.6    Responsibility for Filing Tax Returns and Payment of Taxes for Periods through the Closing Date    54
13.7    Responsibility for Taxes for Periods after the Closing Date    54

 

-iii-


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

(C ONTINUED )

 

          P AGE
13.8      Cooperation on Tax Matters    54
13.9      Tax Proceedings    55
13.10    Indemnification    55

ARTICLE XIV

  

MISCELLANEOUS

   55
14.1      Governing Law; Exclusive Jurisdiction    55
14.2      Assignment; Binding Upon Successors and Assigns    55
14.3      Severability    56
14.4      Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures    56
14.5      Other Remedies    56
14.6      Amendments and Waivers    56
14.7      Expenses    57
14.8      Attorneys’ Fees    57
14.9      Notices    57
14.10    Interpretation; Rules of Construction    58
14.11    No Third Party Beneficiary Rights    58
14.12    Entire Agreement    59
14.13    Waiver Of Jury Trial    59

 

-iv-


L IST O F E XHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

   Transition Services Agreement

Exhibit B-1

   Network Patent License Agreement

Exhibit B-2

   Online Patent License Agreement

Exhibit C-1

   Network Data License Agreement

Exhibit C-2

   Online Data License Agreement

Exhibit D-1

   Seller Trademark Assignment and Assumption Agreement

Exhibit D-2

   Gemstar Development Corporation Trademark Assignment and Assumption Agreement

Exhibit E

   Trademark License Agreement

Exhibit F

   Licensed Assets Agreement

Exhibit G

   Restructuring

 

-v-


EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

T HIS E QUITY P URCHASE A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of December 17, 2008 (the “ Agreement Date ”) by and among Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”); UV Corporation, a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Seller (“ Stockholder ”); the Company (as defined below); TVGN Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer ”); and solely with respect to Sections 9.5, 9.7, 9.8 and 9.9 and Articles XII and XIII (Certain Tax Matters), Macrovision Solutions Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”).

RECITALS

A. The parties intend that, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, (a) the Company (as defined below) and its Subsidiaries (as defined below) shall consummate the Conversions (as defined below) prior to the Closing, and (b) at the Closing, Buyer shall purchase (the “ Purchase ”) from Stockholder and Stockholder shall sell to Buyer all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Company (the “ Equity Interests ”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

B. The Boards of Directors of each of Buyer, the Company, Stockholder and Parent have determined that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are in the best interests of their respective stockholders, and have approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

C. Buyer, the Company and Stockholder desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in connection with the Purchase and to prescribe various conditions to the Purchase.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below. Unless indicated otherwise, all mathematical calculations contemplated hereby shall be made to the fifth decimal place.

Action ” means any claim, action, suit, inquiry, proceeding, audit or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority, or any other arbitration, mediation or similar proceeding.

affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

Applicable Law ” means, collectively, all United States federal, state, local or municipal laws, foreign laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, and rules, and all orders, writs, injunctions, awards, requests, judgments and decrees of any Governmental Authority applicable to the assets, properties and business (and any regulations promulgated thereunder) of the applicable company or entity.

 

1


Buyer Ancillary Agreements ” means, collectively, each certificate to be delivered on behalf of Buyer by an officer or officers of Buyer at the Closing pursuant to Article X and each agreement or document (other than this Agreement) that Buyer is to enter into as a party thereto pursuant to this Agreement.

Carriage Agreements ” means those agreements set forth on Section 4.10(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule.

Cash ” means cash and cash equivalents determined in accordance with GAAP.

Closing ” means the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Closing Date ” means the date on which the Closing shall occur, as specified by the parties, which shall be no later than the second business day after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article X, or at such other time and date as the parties hereto agree in writing.

Closing Date Balance Sheet ” means the unaudited combined balance sheet of the Network Business, as of the Closing Date and immediately prior to the Effective Time that has been prepared in a manner consistent with the Balance Sheet except for the Closing Date Balance Sheet Exceptions.

Closing Date Balance Sheet Exceptions ” means the following: (A) no depreciation expense has been recognized during the period between the Balance Sheet Date and the Closing Date Balance Sheet for any Network Business, (B) no amortization expense has been recognized during the period between the Balance Sheet Date and the Closing Date Balance Sheet for any Network Business, and (C) during the period between the Balance Sheet Date and the Closing Date Balance Sheet, assets related to the business of syndicating TV listings and video search functionality to third parties will have been transferred out of TVGuide.com.

Company ” means TV Guide Entertainment Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, whether existing as a Delaware corporation or a Delaware limited liability company (as a result of the Conversions).

Company Ancillary Agreements ” means, collectively, each certificate to be delivered on behalf of the Company by an officer or officers of the Company at the Closing pursuant to Article X and each agreement or document (other than this Agreement) that the Company is to enter into as a party pursuant to this Agreement.

Contract ” means any written or oral legally binding contract, agreement, instrument, arrangement, commitment, understanding or undertaking (including leases, licenses, mortgages, notes, guarantees, sublicenses, subcontracts and purchase orders).

control ” (including, with its correlative meanings, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise.

 

2


Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2008 among Parent, Macrovision Corporation, the Guarantors Party thereto, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

Disclosure Schedule ” means the disclosure schedule dated as of the Agreement Date and delivered by the Company to Buyer on the Agreement Date listing any disclosures to be made pursuant to the representations and warranties of the Company herein (each of which disclosures, in order to be effective, shall clearly indicate the section and, if applicable, the subsection of Article IV to which it relates (unless and only to the extent the relevance to other representations and warranties is clearly apparent from the actual text of the disclosures without reference to further documentation), and each of which disclosures shall also be deemed to be a representation and warranty made by the Company under Article IV hereof).

Effective Time ” means the time of the consummation of the Purchase or such later time as may be mutually agreed by Buyer, Parent and the Company.

Encumbrance ” means, with respect to any tangible or intangible asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, encumbrance, pledge, charge, security interest, title retention device, collateral assignment, adverse claim, restriction or other encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset (including any restriction on the voting of any security, any restriction on the transfer of any security or other asset, any restriction on the receipt of any income derived from any asset, any restriction on the use of any asset and any restriction on the possession, exercise or transfer of any other attribute of ownership of any asset), including with respect to any security, any adverse claim or third party right or interest, right of first refusal, preemptive right or restriction of any nature, or other right of third parties, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law, and including, without limitation, any agreements to give any of the foregoing in the future, and any contingent sale or other title retention agreement in the nature thereof. For purposes of clarification only, an inability to sell a security without registering such security for sale under the Securities Act or other federal or state securities laws shall not represent an Encumbrance.

Escrow Agreement ” means that certain Escrow Agreement by and among Buyer, Seller and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as escrow agent.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expiration Date ” means 11:59 p.m. California time on the date that is the fifteenth (15 th ) month anniversary of the Closing Date.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis.

GAAP Exceptions ” means the following: (A) no accounting for income taxes; (B) no accounting for Parent’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and (C) not all purchase accounting entries related to Parent’s purchase of Seller have been pushed down to the Network Business.

 

3


Governmental Authority ” means any United States or foreign governmental or regulatory agency, commission, court, body, entity or authority.

Immediate Family ” with respect to any specified Person, means such Person’s spouse, parents, children and siblings, including adoptive relationships and relationships through marriage, or any other relative of such Person that shares such Person’s home.

Indebtedness ” means, without duplication, (A) obligations for borrowed money or obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments (including all outstanding principal, prepayment premiums, if any, change of control premiums, and accrued interest, fees and expenses related thereto) other than intercompany borrowings from an affiliate, (B) obligations in respect of capitalized leases (including the obligation in respect to the capitalized satellite transponder lease) or to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, (C) obligations to perform services in respect of which payment has been received (except for deferred revenue), (D) obligations in respect of letters of credit, acceptances or similar obligations, (E) obligations in respect of interest rate cap agreements, interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency exchange contracts or other hedging contracts, (F) bank overdrafts (for the avoidance of doubt, any cash clearing account is not considered a bank overdraft or Indebtedness) and (G) any guarantee of the obligations of another Person with respect to any of the foregoing.

Indemnity Escrow Fund ” means the amount escrowed pursuant to Section 12.6 hereof and maintained in accordance with the Escrow Agreement.

Initial Purchase Price ” means (A) $255,000,000 minus (B) any Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the Closing plus (C) any Cash of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing, plus (D) the Net Working Capital Increase, if any, estimated in accordance with Section 3.4(a), minus (E) the Net Working Capital Decrease, if any, estimated in accordance with Section 3.4(a).

Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual property rights arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction, including without limitation: (A) trade names, trademarks and service marks (registered and unregistered), domain names, logos, trade dress and similar rights, including all common law rights and all combinations thereof and all goodwill associated with the foregoing, and all registrations and applications to register any of the foregoing (collectively, “ Marks ”); (B) patents and patent applications (including all reissues, divisions, continuation, continuation-in-part, extensions and reexaminations), and rights in respect of utility models or industrial designs (collectively, “ Patents ”); (C) copyrights, whether registered or unregistered, statutory or common law (including copyrights in software programs) and copyrightable works and registrations and applications therefor in all nations throughout the world, including but not limited to all derivative works, moral rights, renewals, extensions, reversions or restorations of copyrights, now or hereafter provided by law (collectively, “ Copyrights ”); and (D) know-how, inventions, discoveries, methods, processes, technical data, specifications, research and development information, computer software, technology, data bases and other proprietary or confidential information, including customer lists, in each case that derives economic value (actual or potential) from not being generally known to other Persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure, but excluding any Copyrights or Patents that cover or protect any of the foregoing (collectively, “ Trade Secrets ”).

 

4


knowledge ” means, with respect to any party to this Agreement, the actual knowledge (after due inquiry) of a particular fact, circumstance, event or other matter in question of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel (as applicable) of such party.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (i) when used with respect to an entity, any change, event, circumstance, condition or effect that materially impairs the ability of such entity to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, or that is or is reasonably likely to be, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise), assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, business, operations, results of operations or prospects of such entity, and (ii) when used with respect to the Network Business, any change, event, circumstance, condition or effect that is or is reasonably likely to be, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise), assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, business, operations, results of operations or prospects of the Network Business; provided , however , that in no event shall any of the following be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be a Material Adverse Effect: (A) any effect resulting directly from the entity taking an action expressly required to be taken by it pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (B) any adverse effect resulting from any change in Applicable Law or in accounting requirements or principles required under GAAP, (C) any effect resulting from any acts of terrorism, war or natural disaster, or (D) any effect resulting from or relating to the announcement, negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (other than the events listed in Section I of the Disclosure Schedule). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the parties hereby agree that the events listed in Section I of the Disclosure Schedule may or may not be included in the definition of Material Adverse Effect, as set forth in Section I of the Disclosure Schedule.

Network Business ” means the business of each of (A) TV Guide Network, (B) TV Guide Network Broadband, (C) TV Guide Network Mobile, (D) TVGuide.com; and (E) TV Guide Network Video on Demand; provided , that (i) when this term is used in connection with the Financial Statements, “ Network Business ” shall not include either TV Guide Network Mobile or TVGuide.com, and (ii) when this term is used in connection with the Interim Financial Statements “ Network Business ” shall not include TVGuide.com. For the avoidance of doubt, TV Guide Network Mobile was first included in the Network Business on May 2, 2008.

Net Working Capital ” means (A) the Network Business’ combined total current assets, excluding (i) cash, (ii) any intercompany payables or receivables and (iii) deferred tax assets as of the Closing Date, less (B) the Network Business’ combined total current liabilities, excluding (i) any cash clearing accounts, (ii) any intercompany payables or receivables and (iii) deferred Tax liabilities as of the Closing Date; each of (A) and (B) as calculated in accordance with GAAP, subject to the GAAP Exceptions.

Net Working Capital Decrease ” means the amount by which the Net Working Capital is less than $6,000,000.

 

5


Net Working Capital Increase ” means the amount by which the Net Working Capital is greater than $6,000,000.

Permitted Encumbrances ” means (A) statutory Encumbrances for taxes that are not yet due and payable; (B) statutory Encumbrances to secure obligations to landlords, lessors or renters under leases or rental agreements (including, without limitation, the Encumbrances related to the satellite transponder lease); (C) deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security or similar programs mandated by Applicable Law; (D) statutory Encumbrances in favor of carriers, repairers, servicers, bailees, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen, to secure claims for labor, materials or supplies and other like Encumbrances; or (E) any minor imperfection of title or similar Encumbrances, charges or encumbrances which individually or in the aggregate with other such Encumbrances, charges and encumbrances does not impair the value of the property subject to such Encumbrance, charge or encumbrance or the use of such property by the Company or its Subsidiaries. Prior to the Closing, “ Permitted Encumbrances ” shall also mean any security interest in the Equity Interests and the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries securing the guarantees by Stockholder, the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries of the obligations under the Credit Agreement.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, limited liability partnership, trust, estate, proprietorship, joint venture, association, organization, entity or Governmental Authority.

Related Party ” with respect to any specified Person means: (A) any affiliate of such specified Person, or any director, executive officer, general partner or managing member of such affiliate; (B) any Person who serves or within the past five years has served as a director, executive officer, partner, member or in a similar capacity of such specified Person; (C) any Immediate Family member of a Person described in clause (B); or (D) any other Person who holds, individually or together with any affiliate of such other Person and any member(s) of such Person’s Immediate Family, more than 5% of the outstanding equity or ownership interests of such specified Person.

Representatives ” means officers, directors, principals, employees, advisors, auditors, agents, bankers and other representatives.

Restructuring ” means the restructuring of the various Subsidiaries of Parent prior to the Closing Date, in accordance with the plan set forth at Exhibit F .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any other party, any corporation or other entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which (A) such party or any other Subsidiary of such party is a general partner (excluding partnerships, the general partnership interests of which held by such party or any Subsidiary of such party do not have a majority of the voting interest in such partnership) or (B) at least a majority of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization or a majority of the profit interests in such other organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such party or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such party and one or more of its Subsidiaries.

 

6


Tax ” (and, with correlative meaning, “ Taxes ”) means (A) any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, value-added, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, environmental or windfall profit tax, custom duty and import and export taxes, provincial health insurance plan premiums, employer health tax, United States or other government pension plan contributions, employment insurance premiums, workman’s compensation and other payroll taxes, deductions at source, non-resident withholding, social service provincial sales and goods and services taxes, including estimated taxes, countervail and anti-dumping fees and taxes, all licenses and registration fees, escheat, any related penalties, or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment, reassessment or charge, duties, impositions and liabilities of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax, (B) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (A) of this sentence as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group for any taxable period, and (C) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (A) or (B) of this sentence as a result of being a transferee of or successor to any Person or as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other Person.

Tax Return ” means any return, report or similar filing (including the attached schedules) required to be filed with respect to Taxes, including any information return, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Taxes.

Total Consideration ” means the Initial Purchase Price plus the Additional Purchase Price.

TVGuide.com ” means the public web business currently located at www.tvguide.com, www.jumptheshark.com, www.tvshowsondvd.com, www.fansofrealitytv.com, www.m.tvguide.com and www.tv-now.com and which contains TV listings with entertainment and TV-related content and products; provided , however , that TVGuide.com shall not include the business of syndicating TV listings, IPGs or video search functionality to third parties. For purposes of this definition, “ syndicating ” shall mean (a) any relationship whereby data, IPGs or video search functionality is delivered by (or at the request of) Licensee’s web sites to or on behalf of a third party web site, application or service for display to others, regardless of whether or not by web affiliate, in-line linking, RSS, redirects, framing or co-branding relationships, or other relationships in which content is served into a third party’s web page, service, product or application; or (b) serving an IPG into, or using an IPG to control, a television, set top box, recorder, wireless device or other consumer electronics device for the express purpose of tuning, or otherwise controlling, that television, set top box, recorder, wireless device or other consumer electronics device. For the avoidance of doubt, “ syndicating ” shall not include the distribution of any isolated per program references or other isolated pieces of information, or links to audiovisual content which appear within an article. For the further avoidance of doubt, TVGuide.com shall not include the listing grid technology, IPGs, listings containers or online video guide search technology, all of which are licensed to Buyer in the Licensed Asset agreement. TVGuide.com shall also not include listings applications such as the iGoogle gadget.

 

7


TV Guide Network ” means the linear broadcast cable television network that provides entertainment and television guidance related programming to multi-channel video system operators, which is currently known as TV Guide Network.

TV Guide Network Broadband ” means an advertiser supported, video-on-demand service featuring short-form and originally-produced and edited entertainment programs which is distributed on major video portals.

TV Guide Network Mobile ” means the business of repurposing TV Guide Network television programming for mobile devices, which is currently solely comprised of the Verizon V CAST deal in 2008.

TV Guide Network Video on Demand ” means an advertiser supported, video-on-demand television programming services featuring short-form, originally-produced entertainment programs.”

Index of Other Defined Terms

 

Defined Terms

   Section Reference

Additional Purchase Price

   3.5(a)

Agreement

   Preamble

Agreement Date

   Preamble

Alternate Financing

   9.8(c)

Antitrust Laws

   9.5(b)

Assets

   4.17

Balance Sheet

   4.7

Balance Sheet Date

   4.7

Balance Sheet Dispute Notice

   3.4(c)

Bankruptcy and Equity Exception

   4.4(a)

Business Transaction

   7.3

Buyer

   Preamble

Buyer Indemnitee

   12.2

Claim Notice

   12.4(a)

Code

   3.7(a)

Commitment Letter

   9.8(a)

Company Benefit Plans

   4.14(c)

Company Employees

   8.2(b)

Company Foreign Plans

   4.14(c)

Company Group Employees

   7.4(c)

Company Intellectual Property

   4.11(a)

Company Registered Copyrights

   4.11(b)

Company Registered IP

   4.11(b)

Company Registered Marks

   4.11(b)

 

8


Company Specified Approvals    4.4(b)
Confidentiality Agreements    7.1
Confirmation Certificate    3.4(c)
Conversion(s)    Article II
Copyrights    Article I – definition of “Intellectual Property”
Core Representations    12.1
DOJ    9.5(a)
Employees    4.14(a)
End Date    11.2(e)
environment    4.15(c)
Environmental Law    4.15(c)
Equity Interests    Recitals
ERISA    4.14(c)
ERISA Affiliate    4.14(d)
Event    3.5(a)
Financial Statements    4.7
Financing    9.8(a)
First Special Indemnity Event(s)    12.2
First Special Indemnity Expiration Date    12.1
FTC    9.5(a)
FYI Agreement    9.8
HSR    4.4(b)
Incremental Taxes    13.10
Indemnifiable Claim    12.4(a)
Indemnified Party    8.1(b)
Indemnitee    12.4(a)
Indemnitor    12.4(a)
Independent Accountant    3.4(e)
Independent Contractors    4.14(b)
Interim Financial Statements    4.7
IRS    13.2
Licensed Assets Agreement    3.1(e)
Losses    12.2
Marks    Article I – definition of “Intellectual Property”
Material Contract    4.10(a)
Materials of Environmental Concern    4.15(c)
Network Data License    10.2(h)
Network Patent License    10.2(e)
New Commitment Letter    9.8(c)
New Plans    8.2(c)
Nonsolicitation Period    8.3
Online Data License    10.2(h)
Online Patent License    10.2(e)
Parent    Preamble
Patents    Article I – definition of “Intellectual Property”
Permits    4.12(b)

 

9


Post-Closing Balance Sheet    3.4(b)
Purchase    Recitals
Purchase Price    13.2
release    4.15(c)
Retained Employee(s)    8.2(a)
Second Special Indemnity Event(s)    12.2
Second Special Indemnity Expiration Date    12.1
Seller    Preamble
Special Indemnity Expiration Date    12.1
Start Date    8.2(a)
Stockholder    Preamble
Stockholder Indemnitee    12.3
Tax Proceeding    13.9
Threshold Amount    12.5(a)
Trade Secrets    Article I – definition of “Intellectual Property”
Trademark Assignment Agreements    3.1(c)
Trademark License Agreement    3.1(d)
Transfer Taxes    13.1
Transition Services Agreement    10.2(d)
TVGuide.com Financial Statements    4.7

ARTICLE II

THE RESTRUCTURING AND THE CONVERSIONS

2.1 Restructuring and Conversions . Prior to the Closing, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall effect the Restructuring. After the Restructuring and prior to the Closing, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries in effect after the Restructuring shall convert from a corporation to a Delaware limited liability company (each, a “ Conversion ” and collectively, the “ Conversions ”).

ARTICLE III

THE EQUITY PURCHASE

3.1 Agreement to Sell and Purchase . At the Closing,

(a) Stockholder shall sell, transfer and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase and accept from Stockholder, free and clear of any Encumbrance and with the benefits of all rights whatsoever attaching or accruing to such Equity Interests on or after the Closing Date, the Equity Interests held by Stockholder;

(b) Seller shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase and accept from Seller all of the Seller’s right, title and interest (including all liabilities, costs, expenses and obligations arising subsequent to the Closing) in the real property leases identified on Section 3.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule;

(c) Seller and Gemstar Development Corporation shall assign to Buyer all of such entities’ right, title and interest in and to the Marks listed in Section 3.1(c) of the Disclosure

 

10


Schedule pursuant to the trademark assignment and assumption agreements substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D-1 and Exhibit D-2 (together, the “ Trademark Assignment Agreements ”); and

(d) Buyer shall grant to Seller a trademark license to use the Marks listed in Section 3.1(d) of the Disclosure Schedule pursuant to a trademark license agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ Trademark License Agreement ”).

(e) Seller or its affiliates shall grant to Buyer a license to use the Licensed Assets (as such term is defined in the Licensed Assets Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Licensed Assets Agreement ”)).

3.2 The Closing . Unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing by the Company and Buyer, the Closing shall take place at the offices of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, 3175 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, CA 94304, at 9:00 a.m. (California time) on the business day following the day on which the last to be satisfied or waived of the conditions set forth in Article X (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions) shall be satisfied or waived in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that at any time commencing on the date hereof and ending at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on April 1, 2009, Buyer delivers to Seller, Stockholder and the Company a written notice (a “ Closing Demand Notice ”), which (a) demands that the Closing occur not later than five (5) calendar days after the date of delivery of such Closing Demand Notice, and (b) specifies a proposed date for the Closing to occur not later than the last day of such five (5) day period (the “ Specified Closing Date ”), then Buyer shall automatically and without any further action on the part of Buyer or any other Person (i) be deemed to have waived (to the extent legally allowed to be waived) any and all unsatisfied closing conditions in its favor set forth in Sections 10.1, 10.2(a), 10.2(c) and 10.2(g), without prejudice to Buyer’s right under Section 12.9 to indemnity in respect of any breach of any representation or warranty or breach of any covenant, and (ii) be deemed to have irrevocably committed to consummate the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and otherwise be irrevocably required to cause the Closing to occur, on the Specified Closing Date. In no event shall Buyer be entitled to deliver a Closing Demand Notice on more than one occasion, and any attempted delivery of a second or other subsequent Closing Demand Notice shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event Buyer does not deliver a Closing Demand Notice, it shall have no obligation whatsoever to effect the Closing. For the further avoidance of doubt, a Closing Demand Notice may be delivered by Buyer only if all Closing conditions in favor of the Stockholder set forth in Sections 10.1 and 10.3 are satisfied or capable of satisfaction without waiver by Stockholder on or before any potential Specified Closing Date.

3.3 Payment of Initial Purchase Price at the Closing . At the Closing, Buyer shall cause the Initial Purchase Price (less the amount delivered to the Indemnity Escrow Fund pursuant to Section 12.6) to be delivered to Stockholder by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such accounts as such Stockholder specifies in written instructions to Buyer prior to the Closing.

 

11


3.4 Post-Closing Adjustments .

(a) Not less than two (2) business days prior to the scheduled Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to Buyer an estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet. The Closing Date Balance Sheet shall present fairly, on a good faith basis, the estimated financial position of the Network Business as of the Closing Date, subject to the GAAP Exceptions and the Closing Date Balance Sheet Exceptions. Such Closing Date Balance Sheet shall serve as the basis for the estimate of the Net Working Capital as of Closing for purposes of calculating the Initial Purchase Price on the Closing Date.

(b) Within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date, Buyer shall cause to be prepared and delivered to the Stockholder an updated unaudited combined balance sheet of the Network Business as of the Closing Date (the “ Post-Closing Balance Sheet ”) prepared in a manner consistent with the Balance Sheet, subject to the Closing Date Balance Sheet Exceptions, together with Buyer’s calculation of the Net Working Capital as of the Closing Date.

(c) Stockholder shall have thirty (30) days following the date of delivery by Buyer to Stockholder of the Post-Closing Balance Sheet to provide Buyer with a written certificate confirming that the Net Working Capital as set forth in the Post-Closing Balance Sheet is correct (the “ Confirmation Certificate ”) or notifying Buyer in writing of any good faith reasonable objections to the calculation of the Net Working Capital as set forth on the Post-Closing Balance Sheet (a “ Balance Sheet Dispute Notice ”), setting forth a reasonably specific and detailed description of such objections. If a Confirmation Certificate is delivered by Stockholder pursuant to this Section 3.4(c), then the Net Working Capital calculated by Buyer in connection with the preparation of the Post-Closing Balance Sheet shall be deemed to be final and binding on the parties to this Agreement. During the 30-day period immediately following Stockholder’s receipt of the Post-Closing Balance Sheet, Stockholder shall be permitted to review Buyer’s working papers related to the preparation of the Post-Closing Balance Sheet and determination of the Net Working Capital.

(d) If Stockholder shall object to the Post-Closing Balance Sheet or Buyer’s calculation of the Net Working Capital as reflected in the Balance Sheet Dispute Notice, a representative of Buyer, on the one hand, and Stockholder, on the other, shall attempt in good faith to resolve any such objections within ten (10) business days of the receipt by Buyer of the Balance Sheet Dispute Notice.

(e) If Stockholder and Buyer shall be unable to resolve any such dispute within the ten (10) business day period, Stockholder and Buyer (either together or separately) shall be entitled to submit the dispute to a mutually agreed upon independent accounting firm (the “ Independent Accountant ”) for review and resolution of all matters (but only such matters) which remain in dispute, and the Independent Accountant shall make a final determination of the Net Working Capital to the extent such amount is in dispute, in accordance with the guidelines and procedures set forth in this Agreement. Each of Stockholder, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other hand, shall, and shall cause their respective Representatives to provide full cooperation to the Independent Accountant. The Independent Accountant shall (i) act in its capacity as an expert and not as an arbitrator, (ii) limit its review to such items and calculations as were addressed in the Balance Sheet Dispute Notice that have not been resolved by the parties and any

 

12


factual or mathematical errors contained in the information provided to or by Buyer and (iii) be instructed to reach its conclusions regarding any such dispute within thirty (30) days after its appointment and provide a written explanation of its decision. In resolving any matters in dispute, the Independent Accountant may not assign a value to any item in dispute greater than the greatest value for such item assigned by Buyer, on the one hand, or Stockholder, on the other hand, or less than the smallest value for such item assigned by Buyer, on the one hand, or Stockholder, on the other hand. The Independent Accountant’s determination will be based solely on presentations by Buyer and Stockholder which are in accordance with the guidelines and procedures set forth in this Agreement (i.e., not on the basis of an independent review). The Post-Closing Balance Sheet and the determination of the Net Working Capital shall become final and binding on the parties on the date the Independent Accountant delivers its final resolution in writing to the parties. The fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant shall be paid by the party determined by the Independent Accountant to be the non-prevailing party in connection with the dispute; provided , however , that if the Independent Accountant shall determine in its reasonable discretion that neither party shall be the non-prevailing party, then such fees and expenses shall be borne 50% by Stockholder and 50% by Buyer.

(f) If Stockholder does not deliver a Balance Sheet Dispute Notice in accordance with Section 3.4(c) above (i.e., within the 30-day period specified therein), the Post-Closing Balance Sheet (together with Buyer’s calculation of the Net Working Capital set forth on the Post-Closing Balance Sheet) shall be deemed to have been accepted by all of the parties to this Agreement. In the event that Stockholder delivers a Balance Sheet Dispute Notice in accordance with the provisions above and Stockholder and Buyer are able to resolve such dispute by mutual agreement, the Post-Closing Balance Sheet, together with the calculation of the Net Working Capital, to the extent modified by the mutual agreement of such parties, shall be deemed to have been accepted by all of the parties to this Agreement. In the event that Stockholder delivers a Balance Sheet Dispute Notice in accordance with the provisions set forth above and Stockholder and Buyer are unable to resolve such dispute by mutual agreement, the determination of the Independent Accountant shall be final and binding on the parties, and the Post-Closing Balance Sheet, together with the calculation of the Net Working Capital, to the extent modified by the Independent Accountant, shall be deemed to have been accepted by all of the parties to this Agreement.

(g) In the event that it is determined that the Net Working Capital shall have been overstated in the calculation of the Initial Purchase Price for purposes of the Closing, Stockholder shall deliver to Buyer such overstated amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such accounts as Buyer specifies in written instructions to Stockholder within three (3) business days following the final determination of such amounts pursuant to this Section 3.4.

(h) In the event that it is determined that the Net Working Capital shall have been understated in the calculation of the Initial Purchase Price for purposes of the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Stockholder such understated amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such accounts as Stockholder specifies in written instructions to Buyer within three (3) business days following the final determination of such amounts pursuant to this Section 3.4.

 

13


3.5 Payment of Additional Purchase Price after the Closing .

(a) After the Closing, Buyer shall pay to Seller up to an additional $45,000,000 when, as and if such amounts become payable as set forth below (the “ Additional Purchase Price ”). Upon the occurrence of the events (each, an “ Event ”) set forth in:

(i) Section 3.5(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, Buyer shall pay Seller $15,000,000, as such amount is adjusted pursuant to the terms of Section 3.5(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule;

(ii) Section 3.5(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, Buyer shall pay Seller $25,000,000;

(iii) Section 3.5(a)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule, Buyer shall pay Seller $16,660,000;

(iv) Section 3.5(a)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule, Buyer shall pay Seller $8,330,000;

(v) Section 3.5(a)(v) of the Disclosure Schedule, Buyer shall pay Seller $45,000,000, as such amount is adjusted pursuant to the terms of Section 3.5(a)(v) of the Disclosure Schedule; or

(vi) Section 3.5(a)(vi) of the Disclosure Schedule, Buyer shall pay Seller $25,000,000.

(b) Buyer shall give notice to Seller promptly, and in any event within five (5) days after the occurrence of any Event or any events that could reasonably be expected to result in the occurrence of any Event. Within ten (10) days after the occurrence of an Event, Buyer shall cause the applicable portion of the Additional Purchase Price to be delivered to Stockholder by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such accounts as Stockholder specifies in written instructions to Buyer.

(c) Buyer shall use its best efforts to perform the matters identified in Section 3.5(c) of the Disclosure Schedule and Buyer shall not take any action or omit to take any action where such action or omission prevents, interferes with or has an adverse effect on (i) such matters identified in Section 3.5(c) of the Disclosure Schedule or (ii) Buyer’s obligation to pay the Additional Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 3.5.

(d) At reasonable times during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice provided to Buyer, Buyer shall permit Representatives designated by Seller or its affiliates to examine the books and records of the Company or the surviving entity of this Purchase for purposes of allowing Seller to independently assess whether (i) there has been an occurrence of any Event or any events that could reasonably be expected to result in the occurrence of any Event or (ii) Buyer is in compliance with Section 3.5(c) hereof. Seller shall cause such designated Representatives to, except as required by Applicable Law, hold all information acquired during such examination in confidence and use such information only for purposes contemplated by this Section 3.5.

 

14


(e) Any dispute, controversy or claim between Buyer and Seller (or any of their respective affiliates) arising out of or relating to this Section 3.5 shall be settled by binding arbitration conducted in Santa Clara County, California in accordance with the then-current arbitration rules of JAMS as modified by the following provisions of this Section 3.5(e):

(i) Three neutral arbitrators shall be selected by the parties from the JAMS panel list, one of whom shall be chosen by Seller, one of whom shall be chosen by Buyer and the third to be chosen by the two arbitrators chosen by Seller and Buyer; provided , that if the two arbitrators chosen by Seller and Buyer are unable to reach agreement with respect to the third arbitrator, the third shall be chosen in accordance with the appointment rules of JAMS.

(ii) The arbitration process shall be conducted on an expedited basis by the regional office of JAMS located in Santa Clara County, California. Proceedings in arbitration shall begin no later than forty-five (45) days after the filing of the dispute with JAMS and shall be scheduled to conclude no later than 270 days after the filing of the dispute. All hearings, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, shall be held in Santa Clara County, California.

(iii) Seller and Buyer may obtain and take discovery, including requests for production, interrogatories, requests for admissions, and depositions, as provided by the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure; provided , that the arbitrator(s) may, in his, her or their discretion, set parameters on the timing and/or completion of this discovery and may order additional pre-hearing exchange of information, including, without limitation, exchange of summaries of testimony or exchange of statements of positions.

(iv) The arbitration proceedings and all testimony, filings, documents and information relating to or presented during the arbitration proceedings shall be disclosed exclusively for the purpose of facilitating the arbitration process and for no other purpose.

(v) The award of the arbitrator(s) shall be made in a written opinion containing a concise analysis of the basis upon which the award was made.

(vi) A judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(vii) The parties to any arbitration shall share equally the fees and costs of JAMS and the arbitrator(s). The prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover from the adverse parties her or its actual reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the arbitration and the enforcement thereof; provided , however , that if the arbitrator shall determine in its reasonable discretion that neither party shall be the prevailing party, then such fees and costs shall be borne 50% by Seller and 50% by Buyer.

(viii) Seller or Buyer may apply to a court having jurisdiction to: (A) enforce this agreement to arbitrate; (B) seek provisional injunctive relief so as to maintain the status quo until the arbitration award is rendered or the controversy is otherwise resolved; (C) avoid the expiration of any applicable limitations period; (D) preserve a superior position with respect to other creditors; or (E) challenge or vacate any final judgment, award or decision of the arbitrator(s) that does not comport with the express provisions of Section 3.5(e)(ix).

 

15


(ix) The arbitrator(s) are only authorized to, and only have the consent of the parties to, interpret and apply the terms and conditions of this Section 3.5 in accordance with the governing law. The arbitrator(s) are not authorized to, and shall not, order any remedy not permitted by this Agreement and shall not change any term or condition of this Agreement, deprive either party of any remedy expressly provided hereunder or provide any right or remedy that has not been expressly provided hereunder. In the event that the arbitrator(s) exceed their authority under this Section 3.5 and violate this provision, either party may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to vacate the arbitration award on the grounds that the arbitrator(s) exceeded their authority.

(x) The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 through 14 (as amended and including any successor provision), except as modified hereby, shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of this Section 3.5(e).

3.6 Further Assurances . If, at any time before or after the Closing, any of the parties hereto reasonably believes or is advised by their attorneys that any further instruments, deeds, assignments or assurances are reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement at or after the Closing, then Stockholder, the Company, Buyer and their respective officers and directors shall execute and deliver all such proper deeds, assignments, instruments and assurances and do all other things reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

3.7 Tax Withholding .

(a) Buyer or any agent of Buyer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the Total Consideration or other payment otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement the amounts required to be deducted and withheld under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law, with respect to the making of such payment. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such deduction and withholding was made.

(b) Stockholder agrees to furnish Buyer with a non-foreign certification (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer) that satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.1445-2(b)(2).

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Subject to the disclosures set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, the Company represents and warrants to Buyer that the statements contained in this Article IV are true and correct, on and as of the Agreement Date (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case such statements are true and correct as of such date), except for those representations and warranties that may be directly or indirectly affected by the consummation of the Conversions or the Restructuring, in which case such statements are true and correct on and as of the effective date of the Conversions or the Restructuring, as applicable:

 

16


4.1 Organization and Good Standing . Prior to the Conversions, the Company was a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Subsequent to the Conversions, the Company is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on the Network Business. The Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where failure to be so qualified or licensed could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. The Company is not in violation of its organizational documents as amended to date.

4.2 Subsidiaries . Each Subsidiary of the Company is identified on Section 4.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, together with a listing of the jurisdiction in which each such Subsidiary is organized. Prior to the Conversions, each such Subsidiary was an entity duly formed or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it was formed or organized. Subsequent to the Conversions, each such Subsidiary is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each such Subsidiary has all requisite power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted and is duly qualified or licensed to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where failure to be so qualified or licensed could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on such Subsidiary. No Subsidiary is in violation of its organizational documents as amended to date.

4.3 Capitalization of the Company .

(a) Company Capitalization . Prior to the Conversions, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 1,000 shares of Company Common Stock, all of which were held by Stockholder. Subsequent to the Conversions, the authorized equity interests of the Company consist of the Equity Interests, all of which are held by Stockholder. The Equity Interests have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, were not issued in violation of and are not subject to any right of rescission, right of first refusal or preemptive right, have been offered, issued, sold and delivered by the Company in compliance with all requirements of Applicable Law and all requirements set forth in applicable Contracts and the Company has received all consideration due to it in connection with the sale and issuance of such Equity Interests.

(b) No Other Rights . There are no appreciation rights, options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments, conversion privileges or preemptive or other rights or Contracts outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any interests of the Company or any securities or debt convertible into or exchangeable for interests of the Company or obligating the Company to grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, commitment, conversion privilege or preemptive or other right or Contract. There are no voting agreements, rights of first refusal, preemptive rights, co-sale rights or other restrictions applicable to the Equity Interests.

 

17


(c) Subsidiary Capitalization . Section 4.3(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of the number and type of equity securities held by the Company in each of the Subsidiaries identified in Section 4.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, the percentage of all outstanding equity interests for such Subsidiary represented by the securities held by the Company and a summary of all outstanding options or similar arrangements to acquire equity securities of such Subsidiaries. The Company owns 100% of the outstanding equity interests of each of the Subsidiaries. There are no appreciation rights, options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments, conversion privileges or preemptive or other rights or Contracts outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any interest of any Subsidiary or any securities or debt convertible into or exchangeable for interest of any Subsidiary or obligating any Subsidiary to grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, commitment, conversion privilege or preemptive or other right or Contract. There are no voting agreements, rights of first refusal, preemptive rights, co-sale rights or other restrictions applicable to the equity interests of any such Subsidiary.

4.4 Corporate Authority Relative to This Agreement; No Violation .

(a) The Company has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated under this Agreement to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Agreements, have been duly and validly approved and authorized by the Company and constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles (the “ Bankruptcy and Equity Exception ”).

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement to which it is a party by the Company does not and will not require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, action by, filing with or notification to any Governmental Authority other than (i) compliance with the applicable requirements of the the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (“ HSR ”), and (ii) the other consents and/or notices set forth on Section 4.4(b) of the Disclosure Schedule (collectively, clauses (i) and (ii), the “ Company Specified Approvals ”).

(c) Assuming receipt of or compliance with the Company Specified Approvals, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) contravene or conflict with the organizational or governing documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) contravene or conflict with or constitute a violation in any material way of any provision of any Applicable Law binding upon or applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, or (iii) result in any material violation of, or material default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or to the loss of a material benefit under, any Material Contract or result in the creation of any material Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

18


4.5 Litigation . There is no Action (except for any Actions commenced by Persons other than Governmental Authorities that could not reasonably be expected to result in a liability or loss to the Company or its Subsidiaries of more than $300,000 individually) pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any material property or asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in regards to their actions as such, nor is there, to the knowledge of the Company, any basis for any such Action. There is no (a) outstanding judgment, order, decree, award, stipulation or injunction of any Governmental Authority against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which seeks to or is reasonably likely to have the effect of preventing the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from consummating the Purchase, or (b) any Action which, if resolved adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries would be reasonably likely to impair the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to consummate the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

4.6 Taxes . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries (i) have prepared and timely filed (taking into account any extension of time within which to file) all material Tax Returns required to be filed by any of them and all such filed Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects; (ii) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries have paid all Taxes shown as due on such Tax Returns; (iii) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries has withheld and paid all material Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connections with amounts owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder or other third party and all Forms W-2 and 1099 required with respect thereto have been properly completed and timely filed; (iv) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability for Taxes of any Person (other than the Company or such Subsidiaries) pursuant to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement, under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, or otherwise; (v) as of the Agreement Date, there are not pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing, any audits, examinations, investigations or other proceedings in respect of Taxes of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of the Company’s or such Subsidiaries’ assets, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has given any currently effective waiver or extension of any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes nor are there any currently effective waivers of or extension of any statutes of limitations of Taxes in respect of any of the Company’s or such Subsidiaries’ assets; (vi) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered into any “ listed transaction ” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2); (vii) none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has been a “ controlled corporation ” or a “ distributing corporation ” in any distribution occurring during the two-year period ending on the Agreement Date that was purported or intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Code; (viii) the unpaid Taxes of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries do not exceed the reserves for Tax liability shown on the Balance Sheet, or similar reserves for Tax liability shown on the consolidated financial statements of Parent to the extent such reserves apply to Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ Tax Returns not yet filed; (ix) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns filed for its 2005 taxable year and thereafter all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of IRC section 6662; and (x) there are no Encumbrances for Taxes except Permitted Encumbrances for which reserves have been established on the Balance Sheet.

 

19


4.7 Financial Statements . Copies of (i) the audited combined balance sheet of the Network Business as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related audited combined statements of income, parents’ net investment and cash flows of the Network Business for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, together with all related notes and schedules thereto, accompanied by the report thereon of the Network Business’ independent auditors (collectively referred to as the “ Financial Statements ”), (ii) the unaudited combined balance sheet of the Network Business as of September 30, 2008, and the related unaudited combined statement of income of the Network Business (collectively referred to as the “ Interim Financial Statements ”), (iii) the unaudited combined balance sheet of TVGuide.com as of September 30, 2008, June 30, 2008, March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and the related unaudited combined statement of income of TVGuide.com (collectively referred to as the “ TVGuide.com Financial Statements ”), and (iv) a schedule combining the unaudited combined balance sheet of the Network Business and the unaudited combined balance sheet of TVGuide.com as of September 30, 2008 (collectively, the “ Balance Sheet, ” and such date the “ Balance Sheet Date ”) are attached as Section 4.7 of the Disclosure Schedule. The Financial Statements (a) have been prepared based on the books and records of the Network Business (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto), (b) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto), and (c) fairly presents, in all material respects, the combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Network Business as of the respective dates thereof and for the respective periods indicated therein, except as otherwise noted therein. The Interim Financial Statements (i) have been prepared based on the books and records of the Network Business; (ii) have been prepared in a manner consistent with prior quarter-end unaudited combined balance sheets and statements of income, which is in accordance with GAAP, subject to the GAAP Exceptions; and (iii) fairly presents, in all material respects, the combined financial position and results of operations of the Network Business as of the respective date thereof and for the respective period indicated therein, subject to the GAAP Exceptions; and (iv) subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments that will not, individually or in the aggregate, be material. The TVGuide.com Financial Statements (a) have been prepared based on the books and records of TVGuide.com except as may be indicated in the notes thereto; (b) have been prepared in a manner consistent with prior quarter-end unaudited combined balance sheets and statements of income, which is in accordance with GAAP, subject to the GAAP Exceptions, except as may be indicated in the notes thereto; (c) fairly presents, in all material respects, the combined financial position and results of operations of TVGuide.com as of the respective date thereof and for the respective period indicated therein, except as otherwise noted therein; and (d) subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments that will not, individually or in the aggregate, be material. The Balance Sheet (a) has been prepared based on the balance sheet contained in the Interim Financial Statements and the balance sheet as of September 30, 2008, contained in the TVGuide.com Financial Statements, except as may be indicated in the notes thereto; and (b) fairly presents, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the Network Business as of the Balance Sheet Date, except as otherwise noted therein.

 

20


4.8 Absence of Liabilities . Except (a) to the extent reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet, (b) for liabilities or obligations permitted by this Agreement, or (c) for liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices since the Balance Sheet Date, the Network Business does not have any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise, that would be required by GAAP, subject to the GAAP Exceptions, to be reflected on a combined balance sheet of the Network Business. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 4.8, the Network Business includes TVGuide.com.

4.9 Absence of Certain Changes or Events . Since the Balance Sheet Date, except as otherwise contemplated, required or permitted by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Restructuring and the Conversions, (i) the Network Business has been conducted, in all material respects, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action which, if taken after the Agreement Date without the prior consent of Buyer, would constitute a breach of any of the covenants set forth in Section 7.2 of this Agreement. Since the Balance Sheet Date, there has not been any event or effect that has had a Material Adverse Effect on the Network Business.

4.10 Contracts .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Material Contract ” shall mean (i) any “ material contract ” (within the meaning of Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act) with respect to Parent that is solely applicable to the Network Business; (ii) the Carriage Agreements; (iii) any Contract, except for insertion orders or carriage agreements, pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries received more than $500,000 over the past 12 months; (iv) any Contract which obligates, or in the Company’s reasonable discretion is reasonably likely to obligate, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay more than $500,000 over the next 12 months; (v) any indemnification, employment, “change of control,” retention, severance, consulting or other Contract with any executive officer of the Network Business other than those Contracts terminable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on no more than thirty (30) days’ notice without liability or financial obligation to the Company or any such Subsidiary; and (vi) any mortgages, indentures, guarantees, loans or credit agreements, security agreements or promissory notes relating to the borrowing of money, extension of credit or other indebtedness for borrowed money by the Network Business.

(b) Section 4.10(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all the Material Contracts as of the Agreement Date.

(c) (i) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is in material breach of or material default under the terms of any Material Contract; (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, no other party to any Material Contract is in material breach of or material default under the terms of any Material Contract; and (iii) each Material Contract is a valid and binding obligation of the Company or the Subsidiary of the Company which is party thereto and, to the knowledge of the Company, of each other party thereto, and except for the Bankruptcy and Equity Exception, is in full force and effect.

 

21


4.11 Intellectual Property .

(a) The Intellectual Property that is used in or necessary for, and (in either event) is material to the operation of the Network Business as currently conducted (collectively, the “ Company Intellectual Property ”); (i) is owned by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) the Company or one of its Subsidiaries holds a license to or otherwise possesses legally enforceable rights to use all such Company Intellectual Property, or (iii) to the extent held by an affiliate, will be licensed to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company prior to the Closing. All such Company Intellectual Property is free and clear of any Encumbrances (excluding any rights granted under any license or distribution agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice). None of the Company Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries is, and to the knowledge of the Company, no other Company Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding order, judgment or stipulation restricting the use thereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Company Intellectual Property is sufficient for the conduct of the Network Business as currently conducted.

(b) Section 4.11(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate and complete list of all registered Marks and applications for registration of Marks used in the Network Business and owned by the Company or one of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Registered Marks ”), and Section 4.11(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate and complete list of all registered Copyrights and all pending applications for registration of Copyrights used in the Network Business and owned by the Company or one of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Registered Copyrights ” and, together with the Company Registered Marks, the “ Company Registered IP ”). The Company and its Subsidiaries own no Patents that are used in the Network Business. As to all Company Registered IP, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries is the owner of the right, title and interest in such Company Registered IP as is necessary for the operation of the Network Business as currently conducted. No Company Registered IP has been or is now involved in any interference, reissue, reexamination, opposition or cancellation proceeding and, to the knowledge of the Company, no such action is or has been threatened with respect to any of the Company Registered IP. To the knowledge of the Company, (i) the Company Registered IP other than pending applications, as to which the Company makes no representation) is valid and subsisting, (ii) there are no pending or threatened claims challenging the validity or enforceability of any of the Company Registered IP, and (iii) all filing, examination, issuance, post registration and maintenance fees, annuities and the like associated with or required with respect to any of the Company Registered IP have been paid.

(c) As of the Agreement Date, there are no pending claims or, to the knowledge of the Company, claims threatened in writing in the last two years by any Person alleging that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries infringes the Intellectual Property of such Person. To the knowledge of the Company, neither the conduct of the Network Business nor any of the products or services distributed, sold or offered as part of the Network Business by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor any technology or materials used in connection therewith, infringes upon, misappropriates or violates any Intellectual Property of any Person, or constitutes unfair competition or unfair trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction (except for such infringements that are not, individually or in the aggregate, expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries). The Company and its Subsidiaries use the Intellectual Property not owned by them only pursuant to valid and effective license agreements.

 

22


(d) Except as set forth on Section 4.11(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, result in (i) the breach of (or with the passage of time, result in the breach of), any agreement related to Company Intellectual Property to which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which it is bound, (ii) the creation in any Person of the right to terminate or modify, or result in the payment to any Person of any additional fees or other consideration under, or result in the suspension of or acceleration of any payment by or to any Person under any agreements related to Company Intellectual Property to which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is a party of by which it is bound; or (iii) the impairment of the right of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to use, own, sell, or license any Company Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(e) The Company has taken steps reasonable in the industries in which the Network Business operates to protect and preserve its rights in any Company Intellectual Property owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries (including executing confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements with executive officers, employees and contractors that have a material role in the development of the Company’s products, including software, and Intellectual Property of the Company and its Subsidiaries), including in any Trade Secrets of the Company and its Subsidiaries. To the knowledge of the Company, no prior or current employee or officer or any prior or current consultant or contractor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has asserted or has any claim or right of ownership in any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries (except for development agreements entered into with consultants and contractors in the ordinary course of business where the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was provided a license including terms sufficient to conduct the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as needed by such consultants or contractors).

(f) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have complied with their respective privacy policies and is in compliance with all Applicable Laws governing the disclosure, collection, use, sharing and storage of personal information, including employee personal information.

(g) To the knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has licensed any of the Intellectual Property owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries to any third party on an exclusive basis, nor has the Company or any of its Subsidiaries entered into any Contract limiting its ability to exploit fully any of such owned Intellectual Property, including software, except for any such Contract where such owned Intellectual Property is licensed on a non-exclusive basis in the ordinary course of business. To the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement or other violation of any owned Intellectual Property that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. In the past three (3) years, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has initiated any actions or asserted any claims for infringement or other violation of Intellectual Property owned (or exclusively licensed to) it.

 

23


4.12 Compliance With Applicable Laws .

(a) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws. None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their executive officers has received during the past year, nor is there any basis for, any notice, order, complaint or other communication from any Governmental Authority or any other Person that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is not in compliance in any material respect with any Applicable Law.

(b) Section 4.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of all permits, licenses, franchises, approvals, certificates, consents, waivers, concessions, exemptions, orders, registrations, notices or other authorizations of any Governmental Authority necessary for each of the Company and its Subsidiaries to own, lease and operate the Network Business in all material respects as currently conducted (the “ Permits ”). To the knowledge of the Company, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all such Permits. No suspension, cancellation, modification, revocation or nonrenewal of any Permit is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

4.13 Real Property . The Company has heretofore made available to Buyer true and complete copies of all deeds of trust, leases, subleases or licenses relating to all real property owned, leased, subleased or licensed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than storage facilities). The Company or a Subsidiary of the Company owns and has valid title to all of its owned real property and has valid leasehold interests in all of its leased properties, free and clear of all material Encumbrances (except for Permitted Encumbrances and all other title exceptions, changes, defects, easements, restrictions, encumbrances and other matters, whether or not of record, which do not materially affect the continued use of the applicable property for the purposes for which such property is currently being used by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company as of the Agreement Date).

4.14 Employees; Labor Matters .

(a) Section 4.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list, as of December 12, 2008, of all employees employed in the Network Business (the “ Employees ”), including, to the extent applicable, each Employee’s (i) name, (ii) title, wage, salary and target bonus, (iii) principal location of employment, and (iv) date of hire by the Company. Section 4.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule also contains a true and complete list of all Employees who are as of such date on a short- or long-term disability leave or other leave of absence (but not including vacation). To the knowledge of the Company, no employee, consultant or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or is otherwise bound by, any nondisclosure, confidentiality, noncompetition, proprietary rights, employment, consulting or similar agreement, between such employee or director and any person or entity that materially adversely affects or will affect the performance of his or her duties as an employee, consultant or director of the Company or such Subsidiary (as applicable).

(b) Section 4.14(b) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list, as of December 12, 2008, of all consultants and other independent contractors who are providing material services to the Network Business (the “ Independent Contractors ”), including (i) each Independent Contractor’s name, (ii) the type of services being provided by each Independent Contractor, (iii) the principal location where services are provided by each

 

24


Independent Contractor and (iv) date when each Independent Contractor was retained by the Company. Copies of all Contracts relating to Independent Contractors used in the Network Business have been provided to Buyer. To the knowledge of the Company, all individuals who are performing consulting or other services for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are or were correctly classified by the Company or such Subsidiary as either “ independent contractors ” or “ employees ” as the case may be and, at the Closing Date, will qualify for such classification with immaterial exceptions.

(c) Section 4.14(c) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all employee, consultant or director compensation and/or benefit plans, programs, policies, agreements, or other arrangements, including any employee welfare plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), any employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA (whether or not such plan is subject to ERISA), and any bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, savings, supplemental retirement, vacation, stock purchase, stock option, severance, termination pay, employment, change of control or fringe benefit plan, program or agreement, employee loan programs, other equity compensation awards, profit-sharing arrangements, other paid-time-off programs, health, life, or disability benefit plans, retiree medical or life insurance plans, dependent care, insurance arrangements covering employees, consultants and directors, in each case that are sponsored, maintained, contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of current or former employees, directors or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or with respect to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has or may have any liability (contingent or otherwise) (the “ Company Benefit Plans ”); provided, that Company Benefit Plans shall not include any Company Foreign Plans. For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Company Foreign Plans ” shall refer to each plan, program or Contract that is subject to or governed by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, and which would have been treated as a Company Benefit Plan had it been a United States plan, program or Contract. All Company Benefit Plans and Company Foreign Plans are in writing. The Company has made available to Buyer the most recent copies of each Company Benefit Plan and each Company Foreign Plan, and amendments thereto, together with, to the extent applicable, (i) trust documents and the most recent summary plan description and any summaries of material modifications thereto, (ii) the two most recent annual reports (Form 5500 series) and all schedules thereto, (iii) the most recent financial statements and/or actuarial valuation reports, and (iv) the most recent Internal Revenue Service determination letter.

(d) Except as set forth on Section 4.14(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, at no time has any Company or any ERISA Affiliate ever contributed to, incurred an obligation to contribute to or otherwise incurred any liability (contingent or otherwise) with respect to any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA or a plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA. No liability (contingent or otherwise) under Title IV of ERISA has been incurred by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates that remains unsatisfied, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such liability is reasonably expected to be incurred. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability under any Company Benefit Plan that provides health or other welfare benefits with respect to current or former employees, consultants or directors beyond their termination of employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than as required by COBRA and at the expense of the participant or the participant’s beneficiary. For purposes of this Agreement, “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which would be treated as a single employer with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under Section 414 of the Code.

 

25


(e) (i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or bound by, any collective bargaining agreement, Contract or other agreement or understanding with a labor union or labor organization; (ii) there are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or work stoppages in effect or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened with respect to any employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, that would reasonably be expected to result in any material liability to the Company or any Subsidiary; (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no union organizing effort pending or threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) there is no material unfair labor practice, charge or complaint pending, or to the Company’s knowledge threatened, against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (v) the Company and its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with all applicable laws relating to the employment of labor, employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, wages, hours of work and occupational safety and health. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in any plant closing or employee layoff activities since January 1, 2008 that would violate or in any way implicate the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act of 1988, as amended, or any similar state or local plant closing or mass layoff statute, rule or regulation.

4.15 Environmental Matters .

(a) The Company is in compliance with all material Environmental Laws (as defined below), which compliance includes the possession by the Company and its Subsidiaries of all material permits required under all Environmental Laws and compliance with the terms and conditions thereof, in each case except where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Company has not received any written communication, whether from a Governmental Authority or other Person, that alleges that either the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is not in compliance with any Environmental Laws or any material permits required under any applicable Environmental Law, or that it is liable under any Environmental Law, or that it is responsible (or potentially responsible) for the remediation of any Materials of Environmental Concern (as defined below) at, on or beneath its facilities or at, on or beneath any land adjacent thereto or any other property, and, to the knowledge of the Company, there are no conditions existing at such facilities that would reasonably be expected to prevent or interfere with such full compliance or give rise to such liability in the future. The Company has no knowledge of any condition at any of the properties leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) As used in this Agreement, “ release ” and “ environment ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended; “ Environmental Law ” shall mean any Applicable Law existing and in effect on the Agreement Date relating to pollution or protection of the environment, including any statute or regulation pertaining to the (i) manufacture, processing, use, distribution, management, possession, treatment, storage, disposal, generation, transportation or remediation of Materials of Environmental Concern; (ii) air, water and noise pollution; (iii) the protection and

 

26


use of surface water, groundwater and soil; (iv) the release or threatened release into the environment of hazardous substances, or solid or hazardous waste, including emissions, discharges, releases, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of Materials of Environmental Concern; (v) the conservation, management, or use of natural resources and wildlife, including all endangered and threatened species; (vi) aboveground or underground storage tanks, vessels, and containers; and (vii) abandoned, disposed of or discarded barrels, tanks, vessels and containers and other closed receptacles; and “ Materials of Environmental Concern ” shall mean any substance defined as hazardous, toxic or a pollutant under any Environmental Law, and petroleum or petroleum byproducts, including medical or infectious waste, radioactive material and hazardous waste.

4.16 Transactions with Affiliates . There are no Contracts or transactions between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any (i) officer or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) record or beneficial owner of five percent or more of any class of the voting securities of the Company or (iii) affiliate or family member of any such officer, director or record or beneficial owner, on the other hand, in each case of a type that would be required to be disclosed under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

4.17 Title to, Sufficiency and Condition of Assets . The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and valid title to or a valid leasehold interest in all of their assets used exclusively in the Network Business, including all of the assets reflected on the Balance Sheet or acquired in the ordinary course of business since the Balance Sheet Date, except (a) those sold or otherwise disposed of for fair value since the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and (b) those identified in Section 4.17 of the Disclosure Schedule (collectively, the “ Assets ”). Immediately following the Closing, the Company and its Subsidiaries will possess all assets, properties and rights currently used in the conduct or operation of the Network Business, taking into account the rights afforded Buyer pursuant to Section 3.8 hereto and the Transition Services Agreement. None of the Assets owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any Encumbrance, other than Permitted Encumbrances. All tangible Assets owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have been maintained in all material respects in accordance with generally accepted industry practice, are in all material respects in good operating condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and are adequate for the uses to which they are being put.

4.18 Accounts Receivable . All accounts receivable reflected on the Balance Sheet or to be reflected on the Closing Date Balance Sheet represent or will represent bona fide and valid obligations arising from sales actually made or services actually performed in the ordinary course of business. Unless paid prior to the Closing, as of the Closing Date, all accounts receivable will be current and collectible net of the respective reserves shown on the Balance Sheet or to be shown on the Closing Date Balance Sheet (which reserves (a) are adequate and calculated consistent with past practice and (b) in the case of non-specific reserves on the Closing Balance Sheet, will not represent a greater percentage of applicable accounts receivable as of the Closing Date then non-specific reserves represented of applicable accounts receivable on the Balance Sheet). Subject to such reserves, each account receivable either has been or will be collected in full, without any set-off, within the ordinary course of business. There is no contest, claim or right of set-off, other than returns in the ordinary course of business, under any

 

27


Contract with any obligor of any accounts receivable related to the amount or validity of such accounts receivable, and no bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings have been commenced by or against any such obligor other then those for which a reserve has been provided.

4.19 Conversions . As of the Closing Date, the Conversions were consummated in compliance with Applicable Laws.

4.20 No Brokers . Except for UBS Securities LLC, the fees of which will be paid by Seller, no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Seller, Stockholder, or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

4.21 No Additional Representations . Neither the Company nor any Person on behalf of the Company makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, of any kind, including without limitation any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the Company furnished or made available to Buyer and its Representatives, in each case except as expressly set forth in this Article IV (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule).

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF STOCKHOLDER

Stockholder represents and warrants to Buyer that the statements contained in Article V are true and correct on and as of the Agreement Date and shall be true and correct at the Closing Date, except for those representations and warranties that may be directly or indirectly affected by the consummation of the Conversions or the Restructuring, in which case such statements are true and correct on and as of the effective date of the Conversions or the Restructuring, as applicable:

5.1 Organization and Good Standing . Stockholder is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. Stockholder is duly qualified or licensed to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Corporate Authority Relative to This Agreement; No Violation.

(a) Stockholder has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by Stockholder of this Agreement has been duly and validly approved and authorized by Stockholder and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Stockholder, enforceable against Stockholder in accordance with its terms, subject to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exception. Stockholder is a holding company with no assets (other than the stock of the Company) and no liabilities (other than as provided herein).

 

28


(b) The execution, delivery and performance by Stockholder of this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the Purchase by Stockholder does not and will not require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, action by, filing with or notification to any Governmental Authority, other than compliance with the applicable requirements of HSR, and other than any consent, approval, authorization, permit, action, filing or notification the failure of which to make or obtain would not (A) have a Material Adverse Effect or (B) prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Purchase.

(c) Assuming compliance with the applicable requirements of HSR, the execution, delivery and performance by Stockholder of this Agreement and the consummation by Stockholder of the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) contravene or conflict with the organizational or governing documents of Stockholder, (ii) contravene or conflict with or constitute a violation of any provision of any Applicable Law binding upon or applicable to Stockholder, or (iii) result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or to the loss of a material benefit under, any loan, guarantee of indebtedness or credit agreement, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or agreement binding upon Stockholder or result in the creation of any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the properties or assets of Stockholder, other than, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), any such violation, conflict, default, termination, cancellation, acceleration, right, loss or Encumbrance that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Title to Equity Interests . Prior to the Conversions, Stockholder owned all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company. Subsequent to the Conversions, Stockholder owns all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company. Stockholder is the sole beneficial and record owner of such Equity Interests and holds good and valid title to such Equity Interests, free and clear of all Encumbrances (except for Permitted Encumbrances). Following the Closing, Buyer will have good and valid title to the Equity Interests, free and clear of all Encumbrances.

5.4 No Additional Representations . Neither Stockholder nor any Person on behalf of Stockholder makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, of any kind, including without limitation any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding Stockholder furnished or made available to Buyer and its Representatives, in each case except as expressly set forth in this Article V (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule).

ARTICLE VI

R EPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Buyer represents and warrants to the Company, Stockholder and Seller as follows:

6.1 Organization and Good Standing . Buyer is a Delaware limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of

 

29


Delaware and has the corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. Buyer is duly qualified or licensed to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not individually or in the aggregate be material to Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by, or to perform its obligations under, this Agreement and the Buyer Ancillary Agreements.

6.2 Corporate Authority Relative to this Agreement; No Violation .

(a) Buyer has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the Purchase. The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement has been duly and validly approved and authorized by Buyer and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exception.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the Buyer Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the Purchase by Buyer does not and will not require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, action by, filing with or notification to any Governmental Authority, other than compliance with the applicable requirements of HSR, and other than any consent, approval, authorization, permit, action, filing or notification the failure of which to make or obtain would not (A) have a Material Adverse Effect or (B) prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Purchase.

(c) Assuming compliance with the applicable requirements of HSR, the execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the consummation by Buyer of the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) contravene or conflict with the organizational or governing documents of Buyer, (ii) contravene or conflict with or constitute a violation of any provision of any Applicable Law binding upon or applicable to Buyer, or (iii) result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or to the loss of a material benefit under, any loan, guarantee of indebtedness or credit agreement, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or agreement binding upon Buyer or result in the creation of any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the properties or assets of Buyer, other than, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), any such violation, conflict, default, termination, cancellation, acceleration, right, loss or Encumbrance that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.3 Funding . Buyer will have adequate funds at Closing to fund the Initial Purchase Price.

6.4 No Additional Representations . Neither Buyer nor any Person on behalf of Buyer makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, of any kind, including without limitation any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding Buyer furnished or made available to the Company, Stockholder or Seller and their respective Representatives, in each case except as expressly set forth in this Article VI (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule).

 

30


ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY OR SELLER

During the time period from the Agreement Date until the earlier to occur of (a) the Closing or (b) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Article XI, the Company (and as to Sections 7.1 and 7.4, Seller) covenants and agrees with Buyer as follows:

7.1 Access to Information . During the period from the Agreement Date and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing, the Company shall allow Buyer and its Representatives reasonable free access during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to its files, books, records, Representatives, and offices, including, without limitation, any and all information relating to Taxes, commitments, Contracts, leases, licenses, and personal property and financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries. All such access shall be subject to the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement dated as of July 1, 2008 between A. Shapiro, LLC and Parent, as amended from time to time and the Confidentiality Agreement dated as of September 16, 2008 between One Equity Partners III, L.P. and Parent, as amended from time to time (together, the “ Confidentiality Agreements ”).

7.2 Maintenance of Network Business . Except as set forth in Section 7.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, during the period from the Agreement Date and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing, the Company shall (except to the extent that Buyer shall give its prior consent in writing) operate the Network Business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with past practice, shall (and shall cause its Subsidiaries to) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its and their business organization and assets, keep available the services of the current officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries and preserve the current relationships of the Company and its Subsidiaries with customers, suppliers and other persons with which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has significant business relations. Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, which shall include, without limitation, the consummation of the Conversions and the Restructuring, the Company shall not and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, without the prior written consent of Buyer:

(a) amend or otherwise change its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or equivalent organizational documents;

(b) declare or pay any dividends on or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of any of its outstanding securities, or split, combine or reclassify any of its outstanding securities or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for the outstanding securities of such party, or purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of its securities;

(c) issue, deliver or sell or authorize or propose the issuance, delivery or sale of, or purchase or propose the purchase of, any of its securities, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire, or other agreements or commitments of any character obligating it to issue any such securities;

 

31


(d) acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial equity interest in or substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division;

(e) adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or otherwise alter the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s corporate structure;

(f) sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets which are material in the aggregate to the Network Business, except in the ordinary course of business;

(g) (i) enter into any collective bargaining agreement affecting the employees of the Network Business; or (ii) establish, adopt, enter into or amend in any material respect any bonus, profit sharing, thrift, compensation, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, employment, termination, severance or other plan, trust, fund, policy or arrangement for the benefit of any directors, officers or employees; provided , that (A) this Section 7.2(g)(ii) shall not prohibit the Company from establishing bonus targets for 2009 with respect to any employee of the Network Business for whom the failure to establish such bonus targets would give rise to a claim for constructive termination under an applicable employment agreement, and (B) any bonus targets established pursuant to the preceding subclause (A) shall be determined in the ordinary course consistent with past practices and shall be modifiable at any time (either by the Company prior to Closing, or by Buyer subsequent to Closing) without liability to the employee to whom such bonus targets pertain, and (C) Section 7.2(g)(ii) shall not prohibit the Company from making ordinary course of business adjustments to compensatory arrangements; provided , however , that the Company shall not modify or extend the existing Gemstar Change in Control Severance Policy to the extent applicable to Network Business Employees;

(h) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or guarantee any such indebtedness or issue or sell any debt securities or warrants or rights to acquire any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities of others, in excess of $100,000, other than intercompany borrowings from an affiliate or trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i) incur or commit to incur any capital expenditures in excess of $900,000 in the aggregate or in excess of $75,000 as to any individual matter;

(j) enter into any Contract for the purchase or lease of any real property, except for short-term leases of additional storage space with terms less than six months entered into in the ordinary course of business and except for renewals of existing real property leases in Tulsa and the entry of subleases with respect to New York leased properties;

(k) except in the ordinary course of business: (i) amend, waive, modify or consent to the termination of any Material Contract; or (ii) enter into any Contract which obligates, or in the Company’s reasonable discretion, is reasonably likely to obligate, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay more than $1,500,000 over the next 12 months (except for renewals of existing real property leases);

 

32


(l) cancel, compromise, waive or release any material right or claim related to the Network Business, except in the ordinary course of business;

(m) guaranty or act as a surety for any obligation, except for guaranties and sureties related to the Permitted Encumbrances;

(n) except in the ordinary course of business, increase the compensation payable or to become payable or the benefits provided to its employees of the Network Business, (including, without limitation, merit and cost-of-living increases which may otherwise be provided in the ordinary course to the employees of the Network Business), or loan any funds to any employee of Network Business, other than such grants and loans as specified in Section 4.14(c) of the Disclosure Schedule; provided , that the Company may, in its sole discretion, make its 2008 bonus payments to the employees of the Network Business consistent with the Company’s past practices;

(o) enter into any Material Contract (with the dollar amounts contained in Section 4.10(a)(iii) and 4.10(a)(iv) being $200,000) with any Related Party of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which such Related Party provides or receives any information, assets, properties, support or other services to or from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except (i) any Material Contract with any Related Party related to insurance entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, or (ii) any Material Contract with any Related Party entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

(p) make any change in any method of accounting or accounting practice or policy, except as required by GAAP;

(q) except as required by Applicable Law, make, revoke or modify any Tax election, settle or compromise any Tax liability or file any Tax Return other than on a basis consistent with past practice;

(r) pay, discharge or satisfy any claim, liability or obligation (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, of liabilities reflected or reserved against on the Balance Sheet or subsequently incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(s) permit the lapse of any existing policy of insurance relating to the Network Business, except in the ordinary course of business;

(t) permit the lapse of any right relating to Company Intellectual Property;

(u) accelerate the collection of or discount any accounts receivable, delay the payment of accounts payable or defer expenses, reduce inventories or otherwise increase cash on hand, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

33


(v) commence or settle any Action related to the Network Business;

(w) take any action, or intentionally fail to take any action, that would cause any representation or warranty made by the Company, Seller, Stockholder or Parent in this Agreement to be untrue or result in a breach of any covenant made by the Company, Seller, Stockholder or Parent in this Agreement, or that has or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(x) take, or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in sub-sections (a) through (w) above.

All communications from the Company to Buyer requesting waivers with respect to the provisions of this Section 7.2 shall be directed to Buyer at the address set forth at Section 14.9 of this Agreement. All such requests for waivers shall be promptly considered in good faith by Buyer whose consent with respect thereto shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided further , that if Buyer does not respond to any such requests for waivers within five (5) business days after receipt of such request, then Buyer shall be deemed to have waived the compliance of such applicable provision of this Section 7.2 effective as of such fifth business day.

7.3 No Exclusivity .

(a) For the avoidance of doubt, neither the execution of this Agreement by any party nor the taking by any party of any action contemplated by this Agreement nor any other covenant set forth in this Agreement shall preclude or limit in any way Seller from entering into agreements with respect to or consummating those planned dispositions of non-core assets publicly disclosed by Macrovision Corporation in its presentation to RiskMetrics Group representatives on April 8, 2008 publicly filed on April 8, 2008.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, neither the execution of this Agreement by any party nor the taking by any party of any action contemplated by this Agreement nor any other covenant set forth in this Agreement shall preclude or limit in any way the submission, solicitation, initiation, encouragement or discussion of proposals or offers from any Person, or the entry into any agreement or acceptance of any offer relating to, or the consummation of (i) the direct or indirect acquisition or purchase of all or any portion of the capital stock or equity interests of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or assets of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination relating to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) a recapitalization, reorganization or any other extraordinary business transaction involving or otherwise relating to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , that any Person involved in a transaction covered by this paragraph shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in connection with such transaction.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, neither the entering into of this Agreement by any party nor the taking by any party of any action contemplated by this Agreement nor any other covenant set forth in this Agreement shall preclude or limit in any way Parent, Seller, Stockholder, the Company or any of their respective Representatives from (i) directly or indirectly soliciting, initiating, encouraging, discussing or negotiating proposals or offers from

 

34


any Person with respect to any Business Transaction (as defined below), (ii) directly or indirectly participating in discussions or negotiations regarding, furnishing to any Person information with respect to or taking any other action to facilitate any inquiries with respect to or otherwise facilitate any Business Transaction or the making of any such proposals or offers, (iii) entering into a definitive agreement with any Person with respect to any Business Transaction (an “ Alternative Definitive Agreement ”), or (iv) otherwise taking any action with respect to any Business Transaction; provided , however , that the schedules referenced in Sections 3.5, 12.2 and 12.3 of this Agreement shall not be disclosed to any third party in connection with any of the foregoing. In the event that (A) Seller, Stockholder, Parent and/or the Company proposes to enter into an Alternative Definitive Agreement, and (B) either (1) Buyer has not previously delivered to Seller, Stockholder and the Company a Closing Demand Notice, or (2) Buyer has previously delivered to Seller, Stockholder and the Company a Closing Demand Notice but the Closing did not occur on or prior to the Specified Closing Date set forth therein, then Stockholder may at its election terminate this Agreement by written notice to Buyer (an “ Alternative Transaction Termination Notice ”) in order to permit Seller, Stockholder, Parent and/or the Company to enter into such Alternative Definitive Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Business Transaction ” shall be deemed to include any direct or indirect (w) reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or recapitalization of the Network Business or the Equity Interests, (x) merger or consolidation involving the Network Business or the Equity Interests, (y) purchase or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries used in the Network Business, or (z) similar transaction or business combination involving the Network Business or the Equity Interests, whether in a single transaction or series of related transactions. If Buyer validly submits a Closing Demand Notice pursuant to Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the rights conferred by this Section 7.3(c), along with any then-existing discussions between Parent, Seller, Stockholder, the Company or any of their Representatives and any third party pertaining to a Business Transaction, shall be suspended during the period of time between the receipt of Buyer’s Closing Demand Notice and the Specified Closing Date.

7.4 Non-Competition .

(a) For a period of five (5) years following the Closing Date, Seller and its affiliates shall not, directly or indirectly through any Person or contractual arrangement, own or operate a television network.

(b) For a period of two (2) years following the Closing Date, Seller and its affiliates shall not, directly or indirectly through any Person or contractual arrangement, own a website which directly competes with TVGuide.com, as such business is conducted as of the Closing Date; provided , that Buyer hereby agrees that Seller and its affiliates owning or operating a website with a listing grid shall not, by itself, be deemed to directly compete with TVGuide.com.

(c) During the applicable non-compete period in Section 7.4(a) or 7.4(b) above, Seller and its affiliates shall not, directly or indirectly through any Person or contractual arrangement: solicit, recruit or hire any person who at any time on or after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date is a Company Group Employee (as defined below) primarily engaged in the Network Business or TVGuide.com, as applicable, for purposes of the relevant non-solicitation covenant duration; provided , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) a

 

35


general solicitation to the public of general advertising or similar methods of solicitation by search firms not specifically directed at Company Group Employees or (ii) Seller or any of its affiliates from soliciting, recruiting or hiring any Company Group Employee who has ceased to be employed or retained by the Company, Buyer or any of their respective affiliates for at least nine (9) months. For purposes of this Section 7.4, “ Company Group Employees ” means, collectively, officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, Buyer and their respective affiliates.

(d) The parties agree that this Section 7.4 shall not apply to an acquiror or successor of Parent or any entity or organization that acquires control (either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries) of Parent or such a successor, or any affiliate of such entity or organization, if, prior to such transaction, such acquiror or successor or any of their affiliates, directly or indirectly through any Person or contractual arrangement, owns or operates (i) a television network or (ii) a website whose primary purpose is to compete with TVGuide.com, as such business is conducted as of the Closing Date. Further, this Section 7.4 shall not prohibit Seller or its affiliates from engaging in those transactions or agreements or the types thereof referenced on Section 7.4 of the Disclosure Schedule.

(e) Seller acknowledges that the covenants of Seller set forth in this Section 7.4 are an essential element of this Agreement and that any breach by Seller or its affiliates of any provision of this Section 7.4 will result in irreparable injury to Buyer. Seller acknowledges that in the event of such a breach, in addition to all other remedies available at law, Buyer shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, and an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits or other benefits arising therefrom, as well as such other damages as may be appropriate. Seller has independently consulted with its counsel and after such consultation agrees that the covenants set forth in this Section 7.4 are reasonable and proper to protect the legitimate interest of Buyer.

(f) If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the character, duration or geographical scope of the provisions of this Section 7.4 are unreasonable, it is the intention and the agreement of the parties that these provisions shall be construed by the court in such a manner as to impose only those restrictions on Seller’s conduct that are reasonable in light of the circumstances and as are necessary to assure to Buyer the benefits of this Agreement. If, in any judicial proceeding, a court shall refuse to enforce all of the separate covenants of this Section 7.4 because taken together they are more extensive than necessary to assure to Buyer the intended benefits of this Agreement, it is expressly understood and agreed by the parties that the provisions hereof that, if eliminated, would permit the remaining separate provisions to be enforced in such proceeding, shall be deemed eliminated, for the purposes of such proceeding, from this Agreement.

 

36


ARTICLE VIII

BUYER COVENANTS

Buyer covenants and agrees with Stockholder, Seller and the Company as follows:

8.1 Indemnification and Insurance .

(a) Following the Closing and until May 3, 2014, Buyer and the Company shall maintain in effect the exculpation, indemnification and advancement of expenses provisions of the Company’s and any Company Subsidiary’s certificates of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents as in effect immediately prior to the Closing or in any indemnification agreements of the Company or its Subsidiaries with any of their respective directors, officers or employees as in effect immediately prior to the Closing, and shall not amend, repeal or otherwise modify any such provisions in any manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder of any individuals who at the Closing were current or former directors, officers or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that all rights to indemnification in respect of any Action pending or asserted or any claim made within such period shall continue until the disposition of such Action or resolution of such claim. From and after the Closing, Buyer shall assume, be jointly and severally liable for, and honor, guaranty and stand surety for, and shall cause the Company and its Subsidiaries to honor, in accordance with their respective terms, each of the covenants contained in this Section 8.1 without limit as to time; provided , that in no event shall such action by Buyer have the effect of increasing or otherwise broadening the scope of the indemnification obligations of the Company to such Persons as in effect immediately prior to the Closing.

(b) From and after the Closing, each of Buyer and the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted under Applicable Law, indemnify and hold harmless (and advance funds in respect of each of the foregoing, following receipt of any undertakings deemed desirable by Buyer or the Company), to the same extent that such Persons are entitled to indemnification pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company as in effect as of the Agreement Date, each current and former director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and each Person who served as a director, officer, member, trustee or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, pension or other employee benefit plan or enterprise at the request or for the benefit of the Company (each, together with such Person’s heirs, executors or administrators, an “ Indemnified Party ”) against any costs or expenses (including advancing attorneys’ fees and expenses in advance of the final disposition of any claim, suit, proceeding or investigation to each Indemnified Party to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law and following receipt of any undertaking deemed desirable by Buyer or the Company), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages, liabilities and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any actual or threatened Action, arising out of, relating to or in connection with any action or omission occurring or alleged to have occurred in such Indemnified Party’s capacity as a director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or in such Indemnified Party’s capacity as a director, officer, member, trustee or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, pension or other employee benefit plan or enterprise at the request or for the benefit of the Company, before the Closing; provided , that nothing in this Agreement (or in such exculpation, indemnification and advancement provisions) shall require Buyer or its affiliates (including the Company and its Subsidiaries after the Closing) to exculpate, indemnify, or provide advancement of expenses to any Person in connection with any dispute arising under or related to this Agreement or any transaction or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement. In the event of any such Action, Buyer and the Company shall reasonably cooperate with the Indemnified Party in the defense of any such Action.

 

37


(c) Following the Closing, Buyer shall, or shall cause the Company to, pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, that may be incurred by any Indemnified Party in enforcing the indemnity and other obligations provided in this Section 8.1.

(d) The rights of each Indemnified Party hereunder shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other rights such Person may have under the certificates of incorporation or bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any other indemnification arrangement, Applicable Law or otherwise. The provisions of this Section 8.1 shall survive the Closing and expressly are intended to benefit, and are enforceable by, each of the Indemnified Parties.

(e) In the event Buyer, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity in such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in either such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of Buyer, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, shall assume the obligations set forth in this Section 8.1.

8.2 Employee Matters .

(a) On the tenth business day preceding the anticipated Closing Date, the Company shall provide to Buyer a revised version of Section 4.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, updated to reflect all changes in such section that have occurred prior to such day. No later than the fifth business day preceding the anticipated Closing Date but effective as of the Closing Date and contingent on the Closing, Buyer shall offer employment to all of the Employees listed on the revised Section 4.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) provide Buyer with access to such Employees and (ii) assist Buyer in extending offers of employment to such Employees. Buyer shall offer such employment on an “ at will ” basis and at a wage and salary level (excluding performance-based or incentive compensation, bonuses and equity-based compensation, as applicable) that is the same as that provided to the applicable Employee on the day preceding the Closing Date. Each such offer that is made to an Employee who is actively employed in the Network Business on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date shall be an offer to commence employment on the Closing Date. Each such offer that is made to an Employee who is not actively at work with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries due to a short- or long-term disability leave or other leave of absence (but not including vacation), will be deemed to be an offer of employment with Buyer effective as of the date such Employee is willing and able to return to active work status (the “ Start Date ”). The Company shall promptly notify Buyer if any Employees employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries either (i) commences a short- or long-term disability leave or other leave of absence (but not including vacation) during the period of time commencing with the Agreement Date and ending on the Closing Date, or (ii) returns to active employment from any such leave from the Agreement Date to the Closing Date. Each Employee to whom an offer of employment is made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) and who accepts such offer and commences such employment with Buyer as of the Closing Date or Start Date, as applicable, shall be referred to as a “ Retained Employee ” and collectively as the “ Retained Employees .”

 

38


(b) From and after the Closing, except as expressly set forth herein, the Company shall, and Buyer shall cause the Company to, honor all compensation arrangements and agreements in accordance with their terms as in effect immediately before the Closing and as set forth in the offers of employment pursuant to Section 8.2(a) hereof, provided , that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the amendment or termination of any such arrangements and agreements in accordance with their terms and Applicable Law. Following the Closing and at all times until May 3, 2009, Buyer shall provide, or shall cause to be provided, to each Retained Employee and former employee of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Stockholder terminated by, or pursuant to an agreement with, the Company or its Subsidiaries or Stockholder (a list of which former employees is set forth on Section 8.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule) (“ Company Employees ”) compensation and benefits (other than an employee stock purchase plan) that are no less favorable, in the aggregate, than the compensation and benefits provided to Company Employees immediately before the Closing. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) Buyer shall or shall cause the Company to provide Company Employees whose employment terminates following the Closing and prior to May 3, 2009 with severance benefits in accordance with the Gemstar Change in Control Severance Policy (a copy of which has been provided to Buyer prior to the Agreement Date), and (ii) during such period following the Closing, severance benefits offered to Company Employees shall be determined without taking into account any reduction after May 2, 2008 in compensation paid to such Company Employees. Notwithstanding any term in this Section 8.2(b) to the contrary, nothing in this Section 8.2(b) shall be deemed to restrict the ability to hire or terminate the employment of any current or former Employees following the Closing. The parties hereby agree that Buyer shall be responsible for the payment of the expenses set forth in Section 8.2(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule and that Seller shall be responsible for the payment of the expenses set forth in Section 8.2(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(c) For all purposes (including purposes of vesting, eligibility to participate and level of benefits) under the employee benefit plans of Buyer and its Subsidiaries, the Company and its Subsidiaries and Stockholder providing benefits to any Company Employees after the Closing (the “ New Plans ”), each Company Employee shall be credited with his or her years of service with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Stockholder and their respective predecessors before the Closing, to the same extent as such Company Employee was entitled, before the Closing, to credit for such service under any similar employee benefit plan in which such Company Employee participated or was eligible to participate immediately prior to the Closing, or if there was no such credit for such service under a similar employee benefit plan, under Stockholder’s 401(k) Plan; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply with respect to benefit accrual under any defined benefit pension plan or to the extent that its application would result in a duplication of benefits with respect to the same period of time. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) each Company Employee shall be immediately eligible to participate, without any waiting time, in any and all New Plans, and (ii) for purposes of each New Plan providing medical, dental, pharmaceutical and/or vision benefits to any Company Employee, Buyer and the Company shall cause all pre-existing condition exclusions and actively-at-work requirements of such New Plan to be waived for such employee and his or her covered dependents, unless such conditions would not have been waived under the comparable plans of the Company or its Subsidiaries and their respective predecessors in which such employee participated immediately prior to the Closing and Buyer and the Company shall cause any eligible expenses incurred by such employee and his or her covered dependents during

 

39


the portion of the plan year in which such Company Employee participated immediately before the Closing ending on the date such employee’s participation in the corresponding New Plan begins to be taken into account under such New Plan for purposes of satisfying all deductible, coinsurance and maximum out-of-pocket requirements applicable to such employee and his or her covered dependents for the applicable plan year as if such amounts had been paid in accordance with such New Plan.

(d) Except for (i) the Company Benefit Plans listed on Section 8.2(d) of the Disclosure Schedule that Buyer is assuming and (ii) the obligations of Buyer pursuant to Section 8.2(b) hereof, the parties understand and agree that Buyer is not assuming any Company Benefit Plan or Company Foreign Plan, and under no circumstances shall Buyer or its affiliates have any obligation under, or incur any liability in respect of, any Company Benefit Plan or Company Foreign Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, other than payment obligations pursuant to the two employment agreements being assumed by Buyer with terms which extend beyond May 3, 2009 and except to the extent Buyer either takes action after the Closing or consents to Seller taking action prior to the Closing to the contrary, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Buyer shall not have any liability for any severance, change of control, or other similar payments in respect of any Retained Employee who is terminated on or after May 3, 2009.

8.3 Nonsolicitation . For a period of one (1) year from and after the Closing Date (the “ Nonsolicitation Period ”), Buyer shall not, and shall cause its affiliates not to, without the prior written consent of Stockholder, directly or indirectly, solicit to hire (or cause to leave the employ of a party or its Subsidiaries, other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) any employee of Parent or its Subsidiaries unless such Person ceased to be an employee of Parent or its Subsidiaries due to Parent’s or such Subsidiary’s termination of such Person without cause, or, in the case of such Person’s voluntary termination of employment with Parent or its Subsidiaries, at least nine (9) months has elapsed between such Person’s voluntary termination and such action by Buyer or any of its affiliates as the soliciting party. In addition, neither Buyer nor any of its affiliates shall, directly or indirectly through another Person, during the Nonsolicitation Period, (i) call on, solicit or service any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in order to induce or attempt to induce such Person to cease doing business with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (including making any negative statements or communications about Parent or any of its Subsidiaries); provided , that nothing in this subpart (ii) shall be deemed to impede Buyer’s and its affiliate’s ability to independently discuss their independent contractual and proposed contractual relations with such entities without reference to any relationship between Parent, any of its Subsidiaries, and such entities.

8.4 Cooperation with Contractual Obligations . The parties agree to cooperate with each other on the matters set forth in Section 8.4 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

40


ARTICLE IX

OTHER COVENANTS

Buyer covenants and agrees with Stockholder and the Company, and Stockholder, the Company, Seller (solely with respect to Sections 9.1, 9.4 and 9.6) and Parent (solely with respect to Sections 9.5, 9.7 and 9.9) agree with Buyer as follows:

9.1 Notification of Certain Matters . Each party shall promptly advise the other party hereto in writing of (a) any notice or other communication received by such party from any Governmental Authority in connection with the Purchase or the other transactions contemplated hereby or from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the Purchase or the other transactions contemplated hereby, if the subject matter of such communication or the failure of such party to obtain such consent would be material to such party; (b) any Actions, suits, claims, investigations or proceedings commenced or, to the party’s knowledge, threatened against, relating to or involving or otherwise affecting the party or any of its Subsidiaries which relates to the Purchase or the other transactions contemplated hereby; (c) the discovery of any fact or circumstance that, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event the occurrence or non-occurrence of which, would cause or result in any of the conditions to the Purchase set forth in Article X not being satisfied or satisfaction of those conditions being materially delayed in violation of any provision of this Agreement.

9.2 Public Announcement . Except as required by Applicable Law or as otherwise agreed among the parties, neither Buyer (on the one hand) or Stockholder nor the Company (on the other hand), nor any director, officer, employee or affiliate of any such party, shall make any public announcement, whether written or oral, concerning this Agreement or the subject matter hereof without the prior written consent of the other; provided, that Parent shall issue a press release announcing the execution of this Agreement, which press release shall have been previously approved by Buyer, which approval of the press release shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and provided further, that each of Parent and Buyer, and their respective affiliates, may communicate with third parties regarding the transactions contemplated hereby, provided , that no material non-public information is disclosed by Parent or Buyer or their respective affiliates during such communications.

9.3 Confidentiality . Each party acknowledges that A. Shapiro, LLC, One Equity Partners III, L.P. and Parent have previously executed the Confidentiality Agreements, which agreements shall terminate as of the Closing or the termination date of this Agreement, as applicable, except for (a) the obligation thereunder to maintain the confidentiality of any information not related to the Network Business, which obligation shall terminate as of the date twelve (12) months following the Closing Date or the termination date of this Agreement, as applicable, and (b) the obligation thereunder to maintain the confidentiality of any information regarding the terms of the IPG agreements between Parent and third parties, which obligation shall continue in perpetuity.

9.4 Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent . Each party shall use its reasonable best efforts to (a) satisfy or cause to be satisfied all the conditions precedent to be satisfied by such party as set forth in Article X, (b) cause the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (c) obtain all consents and authorizations of third parties and to make all filings with, and give all notices to, third parties which may be necessary or reasonably required on its part in order to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

41


9.5 Hart-Scott-Rodino .

(a) Buyer (and/or Buyer’s ultimate parent entity) and Stockholder (and/or Stockholder’s ultimate parent entity) shall each promptly (but in no event later than ten (10) business days following the Agreement Date) prepare, execute and file a notification with the Department of Justice (“ DOJ ”) and the Federal Trade Commission (the “ FTC ”) as required by HSR and shall promptly (but in no event later than ten (10) business days following the Agreement Date) prepare, execute and file any similar notification filing required by any jurisdiction other than the United States, in each case requesting (to the extent permitted) early termination of any waiting period with respect thereto. Buyer and Stockholder shall cooperate with each other in connection with the preparation of such notification, and in connection with resolving any investigation or other inquiry commenced by the FTC, DOJ, any state Attorney General or any other Governmental Authority concerning the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of Buyer and Stockholder shall keep all information about the other obtained in connection with the preparation of such notification confidential. Buyer and Stockholder shall promptly inform the other of any material communication between such party and any Governmental Authority regarding any of the transactions contemplated hereby and of any of the understandings, undertakings or agreements (oral or written) such party proposes to make or enter into with the FTC, DOJ, any state Attorney General or any other Governmental Authority with respect thereto. If either party received any formal or informal request for supplemental information or documentary material from any Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, then the recipient of such request shall make, or cause to be made, as soon as reasonably practicable, a response in compliance with such request and, in making any such response, the responding party shall consider in good faith the views of the other party hereto. Buyer and Stockholder covenant and agree that the Closing shall be subject and conditioned upon the receipt of requisite approvals or the expiration of the applicable waiting period under HSR and any other applicable Antitrust Laws (as defined below).

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any administrative or judicial Action or proceeding is instituted (or threatened to be instituted) challenging any transaction contemplated by this Agreement as violative of any federal, state or foreign statutes, rules, regulations, orders or decrees that are designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraining of trade (collectively, “ Antitrust Laws ”), it is expressly understood and agreed that: (i) Buyer and Stockholder shall provide information required by law or governmental regulation and shall comply as promptly as practicable with any “ second request ” for information pursuant to the Antitrust Laws; (ii) Buyer and Stockholder shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such objections, if any, as may be asserted by any Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under Antitrust Laws.

9.6 Settlement of Intercompany Accounts . The Company and its Subsidiaries shall settle or eliminate all intercompany accounts between Seller and its affiliates prior to the Closing Date, subject to adjustments for activity in the intercompany accounts included in the final Closing Date Balance Sheet.

 

42


9.7 Nonsolicitation . During the Nonsolicitation Period, Parent shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, without the prior written consent of Buyer, directly or indirectly, solicit to hire (or cause to leave the employ of a party or its Subsidiaries) any employee of Buyer or its Subsidiaries unless such Person ceased to be an employee of Buyer or its Subsidiaries due to Buyer’s or such Subsidiary’s termination of such Person without cause, or, in the case of such Person’s voluntary termination of employment with Buyer or its Subsidiaries, at least nine (9) months has elapsed between such Person’s voluntary termination and such action by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries as the soliciting party. In addition, neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly through another Person, during the Nonsolicitation Period, call on, solicit or service any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries in order to induce or attempt to induce such Person to cease doing business with Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries (including making any negative statements or communications about Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries).

9.8 Equity Commitment Letter . In the event Buyer delivers a Closing Demand Notice pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof:

(a) Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to arrange and consummate, at or prior to the Closing, the financing (the “ Financing ”) contemplated by an Equity Commitment Letter between One Equity Partners LLC, Seller, Stockholder, Parent and Buyer in the form previously agreed between the parties (the “ Commitment Letter ”) on the terms and conditions described in the Commitment Letter, including using reasonable best efforts to (i) satisfy on a timely basis all terms, covenants and conditions to obtaining the financing contemplated by the Commitment Letter; and (ii) seek to enforce its rights under the Commitment Letter.

(b) Buyer shall give Seller prompt notice of any material adverse change with respect to the Financing. Without limiting the foregoing, Buyer agrees to notify Seller promptly, and in any event within two (2) business days, if at any time (i) the Commitment Letter shall expire or be terminated for any reason, (ii) any financing source that is a party to the Commitment Letter notifies Buyer that such source no longer intends to provide financing to Buyer on the terms set forth therein, or (iii) for any reason Buyer no longer believes in good faith that Buyer will be able to obtain all or any portion of the Financing contemplated by the Commitment Letter on the terms described therein. Buyer will not, without the prior written consent of Seller, amend or alter, or agree to amend or alter, the Commitment Letter in any manner that would (i) expand or adversely amend the conditions to the Financing set forth in the Commitment Letter; (ii) reasonably be expected to prevent or materially impair or delay the Closing; (iii) reduce the aggregate amount of Financing set forth in the Commitment Letter; or (iv) adversely impact the ability of Buyer or Seller to enforce their rights against the other parties to the Commitment Letter.

(c) If any portion of the Financing becomes unavailable on the terms and conditions contemplated in the Commitment Letter or the Commitment Letter shall be terminated or modified in a manner materially adverse to Buyer for any reason, Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to arrange to obtain alternative financing from alternative sources in an amount sufficient to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (“ Alternate Financing ”)

 

43


and to obtain, and, if obtained, will provide Seller with a copy of, a new financing commitment that provides for at least the same amount of financing as the Commitment Letter as originally issued, and on terms and conditions (including termination rights, funding conditions and other material terms) no less favorable to Buyer than those included in the Commitment Letter (the “ New Commitment Letter ”). In the event Alternate Financing is obtained and a New Commitment Letter is entered into, references in this Agreement to the Commitment Letter (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the references in this Section 9.8) shall be deemed to include any New Commitment Letter, as applicable.

9.9 Additional Covenants . For the period specified in Section 9.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, Parent agrees to comply with the covenants identified in Section 9.9 of the Disclosure Schedule.

ARTICLE X

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF THE PURCHASE

10.1 Conditions to the Parties’ Obligation to Effect the Purchase . The respective obligations of the parties to this Agreement to effect the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

(a) No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or materially limiting or restricting the conduct or operation of the business of the Company by Buyer after the Closing shall have been issued, nor shall any proceeding brought by a domestic or foreign administrative agency or commission or other domestic or foreign Governmental Authority, seeking any of the foregoing be pending; nor shall there be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the parties hereto which makes the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal.

(b) Governmental Approvals . All authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of, or declarations or filings with, or expirations of waiting periods imposed by, any Governmental Authority, including those contemplated by HSR and any other applicable Antitrust Laws, necessary for the consummation of the Purchase, shall have been filed, occurred or been obtained.

10.2 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Buyer . The obligations of Buyer to effect the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing exclusively by Buyer.

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Article IV shall be true and correct in all material respects both when made and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date), in each case without regard to any qualification as to

 

44


materiality or Material Adverse Effect, unless the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and Buyer shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company to such effect.

(b) Performance of Obligations . The Company, Parent, Seller or Stockholder, as applicable, shall have performed or complied, in all material respects, with the agreements and obligations required to be performed or complied with by such party under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date; and Buyer shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company to such effect (solely with respect to the Company).

(c) Representations and Warranties of Stockholder . Each of the representations and warranties of Stockholder set forth in Article V shall be true and correct in all material respects both when made and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date), in each case without regard to any qualification as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Transition Services Agreement . Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a Transition Services Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”), duly executed by an executive officer of Seller.

(e) Patent License Agreements . Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a Network Patent License Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 (the “ Network Patent License ”) and an Online Patent License Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 (the “ Online Patent License ”), each duly executed by an executive officer of Seller.

(f) Termination of Guarantees and Security Interests . Stockholder shall have delivered to Buyer evidence of the release and termination of (i) the guarantees by the Company and its Subsidiaries of indebtedness under (x) the Credit Agreement and (y) the Indenture dated as of May 2, 2008 among Parent, Macrovision Corporation, the Guarantors named therein, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, and the 11% Senior Notes due 2013 and (ii) the liens and security interests against and in the Equity Interests and the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries securing the guarantees referred to in the foregoing clause (i)(x).

(g) No Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have occurred any change, event or development that, individually or in the aggregate, has had a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Network Business.

(h) Data License Agreements . Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a Network Data License Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 (the “ Network Data License ”) and an Online Data License Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 (the “ Online Data License ”), each duly executed by an executive officer of Seller.

(i) Trademark Agreements . Seller shall have, and shall have caused its appropriate Subsidiary to have, delivered to Buyer the Trademark Assignment Agreements and the Trademark License Agreement, each duly executed by an executive officer of Seller (or its Subsidiary, as appropriate).

 

45


(j) Licensed Assets Agreement . Seller shall have delivered to Buyer the Licensed Assets Agreement duly executed by an executive officer of Seller.

(k) Conversions . Buyer shall have received from Seller evidence reasonably satisfactory to Buyer that the Conversions have occurred in compliance with Applicable Law.

(l) Restructuring . Buyer shall have received from Seller evidence reasonably satisfactory to Buyer that the Restructuring has occurred in compliance with Applicable Law and Exhibit G .

10.3 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Stockholder . The obligation of Stockholder to effect the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by Stockholder:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Article VI, taken as a whole, shall be true and correct in all material respects both when made and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date), in each case without regard to any qualification as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, unless the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer; and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Buyer by the Chief Executive Officer of Buyer to such effect.

(b) Performance of Obligations of Buyer . Buyer shall have performed or complied with the agreements and obligations required to be performed or complied with by Buyer under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date, except where the failure to perform or comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer; and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Buyer by the Chief Executive Officer of Buyer to such effect.

(c) Transition Services Agreement . Buyer shall have delivered to Seller the Transition Services Agreement duly executed by an executive officer of Buyer.

(d) Patent Agreements . Buyer shall have delivered to Seller the Network Patent License and the Online Patent License, each duly executed by an executive officer of Buyer.

(e) Data License Agreements . Buyer shall have delivered to Seller the Network Data License and the Online Data License, each duly executed by an executive officer of Buyer.

(f) Trademark Agreements . Buyer shall have delivered to Seller the Trademark Assignment Agreements and the Trademark License Agreement, each duly executed by an executive officer of Buyer.

 

46


(g) Licensed Assets Agreement . Buyer shall have delivered to Seller the Licensed Assets Agreement duly executed by an executive officer of Buyer.

(h) Evidence of Payment of the Initial Purchase Price . Seller shall have received from Buyer evidence of the payment of the Initial Purchase Price (less the amount delivered to the Indemnity Escrow Fund pursuant to Section 12.6).

ARTICLE XI

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

11.1 Termination by Mutual Consent . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing by the mutual written consent of Buyer and Stockholder.

11.2 Unilateral Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing by:

(a) Either of Buyer or Stockholder by giving written notice to the other, in the event a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority shall have issued a nonappealable final order, decree or ruling, in each case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Purchase.

(b) [Intentionally omitted.]

(c) Buyer, by giving written notice to Stockholder, if the Company, Seller, Stockholder or Parent shall have breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 10.1 or 10.2 or failure of the Closing to occur and (ii) cannot be cured by within thirty (30) days; provided , that Buyer shall have given the Company written notice, delivered at least fifteen (15) days prior to such termination, stating Buyer’s intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.2(c) and the basis for such termination (and such matter shall not have been cured); provided , however , that Buyer shall not have a right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.2(c) if Buyer is then in breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement that would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Sections 10.1 or 10.2.

(d) Stockholder, by giving written notice to Buyer, if Buyer shall have breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 10.1 or 10.3 or failure of the Closing to occur and (ii) cannot be cured by the within thirty (30) days; provided , that Stockholder shall have given Buyer written notice, delivered at least fifteen (15) days prior to such termination, stating Stockholder’s intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.2(d) and the basis for such termination (and such matter shall not have been cured); provided , however , that Stockholder shall not have a right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.2(d) if Stockholder or the Company is then in breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement that would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Sections 10.1 or 10.2.

 

47


(e) Stockholder or Buyer, by giving written notice to the other party, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to April 1, 2009.

(f) Stockholder, by giving written notice to Buyer, if Buyer shall have delivered a Closing Demand Notice as set forth in Section 3.2, and the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to the Specified Closing Date set forth therein.

(g) Stockholder, by delivering an Alternative Transaction Termination Notice as set forth in Section 7.3(c).

11.3 Effect of Termination .

(a) In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 11.1 or 11.2, this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and subject to Section 11.3(b), there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Buyer, Stockholder, the Company or their respective officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates; provided , however , that (i) the provisions of Section 9.3 (Confidentiality), this Section 11.3 (Effect of Termination) and Article XIV (Miscellaneous) shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement and (ii) nothing herein shall relieve any party hereto from liability in connection with any which breach of any of such party’s representations, warranties or covenants contained herein; provided , however , that in no event shall Stockholder, the Company or their respective officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates have any liability or obligation hereunder following any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.2(e), Section 11.2(f) or Section 11.2(g).

(b) If the Closing does not occur for any reason (or no reason), other than pursuant to Section 11.2(g), then Buyer shall cause to be paid to Stockholder, in cash, a termination fee in an amount equal to $10,000,000 (the “ Buyer Termination Fee ”). Buyer shall pay the Buyer Termination Fee to Stockholder promptly following (and in any event no later than three business days after) the applicable termination date of this Agreement. From and after the date on which Buyer pays in full the Buyer Termination Fee, Buyer shall be released and discharged from any liability that Buyer would otherwise have pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 11.3(a). The parties agree that the Buyer Termination Fee shall be in the nature of liquidated damages, that the amount of the Buyer Termination Fee is a reasonable estimate of the damages that would be suffered by Stockholder under the circumstances where the Buyer Termination Fee is payable, and that in no event shall Stockholder be required to demonstrate actual damages in order to be entitled to receive the entire amount of the Buyer Termination Fee. For the avoidance of doubt: (i) the payment of the Buyer Termination Fee as provided in this Section 11.3 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for Company, Parent, Seller, Stockholder or any of their affiliates in the event Buyer fails to consummate the Closing, (ii) other than the Buyer Termination Fee, in no event shall the Company or any of its affiliates seek or be entitled to money damages or any other recovery, judgment or damages of any kind, including consequential, indirect or punitive damages, in each case against or from any of the Buyer Parties, and the Company and its affiliates acknowledge and agree that they shall have no right of recovery against, and no personal liability shall attach to, any of the Buyer Parties, whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate, partnership or limited liability company veil, by the enforcement of any judgment or assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding,

 

48


including, without limitation, a claim for specific performance (other than pursuant to Section 14.5 with respect to payment of the Buyer Termination Fee), or by virtue of any statute, regulation or applicable Law, or otherwise, and (iii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event the Closing does not occur for any reason (or for no reason), the maximum aggregate monetary liability of the Buyer Parties to any Person in the world shall be the payment of the Buyer Termination Fee in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XII

SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, INDEMNIFICATION

AND REMEDIES; CONTINUING COVENANTS

12.1 Survival . The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, schedule or document delivered hereunder shall survive the Closing Date until the Expiration Date; provided , that the representations contained in Section 4.6 and indemnifications contained in Article XIII shall survive until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations plus thirty (30) days; provided further , the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.1, 5.1 and 6.1 relating to organization and existence, Sections 4.4, 5.2, and 6.2 relating to authority, Section 5.3 relating to the Equity Interests, Section 4.3 relating to capitalization, and Section 4.20 relating to broker’s fees and finder’s fees (such sections are collectively referred to herein as the “ Core Representations ”), and any representation in the case of fraud, shall survive indefinitely. Any covenant or agreement to be performed after the Closing Date shall survive in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement that would otherwise terminate will continue to survive if a Claim Notice (as defined below) shall have been given on or prior to such termination date in good faith based on facts reasonably expected to establish a valid claim under this Article XII, until the related claim for indemnification has been satisfied or otherwise resolved as provided in this Article XII. The parties hereto agree that reliance shall not be an element of any claim for misrepresentation or indemnification under the Agreement. The indemnification provisions set forth in (a) Sections 12.2(i) and 12.3(i) shall survive until the Expiration Date, (b) Section 12.2(iii) shall survive until the earlier of the date eighteen (18) months following the Closing Date or a date set forth in Section 12.2(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule (such earlier date, the “ First Special Indemnity Expiration Date ”), (c) Section 12.2(iv) shall survive until the earlier of the date eighteen (18) months following the Closing Date or the date that is sixty (60) days prior to the date Buyer begins negotiation of a sale of the Network Business, if the fact of such negotiation ultimately becomes known by any third parties by way of later public announcement or otherwise (such earlier date, the “ Second Special Indemnity Expiration Date ”), and (d) Sections 12.2(ii), 12.3(ii), 12.3(iii) and 12.3(iv) shall survive indefinitely.

12.2 Indemnification by Seller and Parent . After the Closing Date and subject to the additional provisions set forth in this Article XII, Seller and Parent shall, jointly and severally, indemnify Buyer and Buyer’s stockholders and Representatives (and the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective Representatives) (each a “ Buyer Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Buyer Indemnitee harmless from, any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, payments and obligations, and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and costs of settlement (collectively “ Losses ”), incurred,

 

49


suffered, sustained or required to be paid, directly or indirectly, by, or imposed upon, such Buyer Indemnitee resulting from, related to or arising out of (i) any breach or inaccuracy as of the Agreement Date or the Closing Date of any representation or warranty of the Company or Stockholder contained in this Agreement or the Company Ancillary Agreements delivered to Buyer pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the Company Ancillary Agreements; (ii) any breach by the Company or Stockholder or Seller or Parent or any failure of the Company or Stockholder to perform any of the covenants or obligations contained in this Agreement or the Company Ancillary Agreements delivered to Buyer pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the Company Ancillary Agreements; (iii) the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Section 12.2(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule under the circumstances set forth therein (each such event shall be referred to as a “ First Special Indemnity Event ” and collectively, the “ First Special Indemnity Events ”) and (iv) the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Section 12.2(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule under the circumstances set forth therein (each such event shall be referred to as a “ Second Special Indemnity Event ” and collectively the “ Second Special Indemnity Events ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contrary, Losses resulting from, related to or arising out of the matters set forth in Sections 12.2(iii) and 12.2(iv) shall be calculated as set forth in Sections 12.2(iii) and 12.2(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule, respectively.

12.3 Indemnification by Buyer . After the Closing Date and subject to the additional provisions set forth in this Article XII, Buyer shall indemnify Stockholder and Stockholder’s respective stockholders and Representatives (each a “ Stockholder Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Stockholder Indemnitee harmless from, any and all Losses, incurred, suffered, sustained or required to be paid, directly or indirectly, by, or imposed upon, such Stockholder Indemnitee resulting from, related to or arising out of (i) any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of Buyer contained in this Agreement or the Buyer Ancillary Agreements delivered to Stockholder pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the Buyer Ancillary Agreements; (ii) any breach by Buyer or any failure of Buyer to perform any of the covenants contained in this Agreement or the Buyer Ancillary Agreements delivered to Stockholder pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the Buyer Ancillary Agreements; (iii) any claim by a Stockholder Indemnitee pertaining to the matters set forth in Section 12.3(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule; and (iv) any claim by any third party brought against any Stockholder Indemnitee in connection with or arising from the operation of the Network Business (unless such claim arises from a breach of a representation or warranty by the Company) following the Closing Date.

12.4 Third Party Claims .

(a) If any Buyer Indemnitee or Stockholder Indemnitee (each referred to as an “ Indemnitee ”) receives notice of the assertion by any third party of any claim or of the commencement by any such third party of any action (any such claim or action being referred to herein as an “ Indemnifiable Claim ”) with respect to which Stockholder or Buyer (each referred to as “ Indemnitor ”) are or may be obligated to provide indemnification, the Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Indemnitor in writing (the “ Claim Notice ”) of the Indemnifiable Claim; provided , that the failure to provide such notice shall not relieve or otherwise affect the obligation of the Indemnitor to provide indemnification hereunder, except to the extent that any Losses directly resulted or were caused by such failure.

 

50


(b) The Indemnitors shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of the Claim Notice (unless the claim or action requires a response before the expiration of such thirty-day period, in which case the Indemnitors shall have until the date that is ten (10) days before the required response date) to acknowledge responsibility and undertake, conduct and control, through counsel of its own choosing, and at its expense, the settlement or defense thereof, and the Indemnitees shall cooperate with the Indemnitors in connection therewith; provided , that (i) the Indemnitor shall permit the Indemnitee to participate in such settlement or defense through counsel chosen by the Indemnitee, provided , that the fees and expenses of such Indemnitee’s counsel shall not be borne by the Indemnitors; (ii) the Indemnitor shall not settle any Indemnifiable Claim without the Indemnitee’s consent if the settlement (A) requires the Indemnitee to admit wrongdoing, pay any fines or refrain from any action, (B) does not include a full release of Indemnitee or (C) may reasonably be expected to impact the ongoing operations of the Network Business; and (iii) if, in the opinion of counsel to the Indemnitor, either (x) the Indemnitee has separate defenses from the Indemnitor, (y) there is a conflict of interest between the Indemnitor and Indemnitee or (z) there is any danger of criminal liability of the Indemnitee, then the Indemnitee shall be permitted to retain special counsel of its own choosing at the reasonable expense of the Indemnitor. So long as the Indemnitor is vigorously contesting any such Indemnifiable Claim in good faith, the Indemnitee shall not pay or settle such claim without the Indemnitor’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) If the Indemnitor does not notify the Indemnitee within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Claim Notice (or before the date that is ten (10) days before the required response date, if the claim or action requires a response before the expiration of such thirty-day period), that it acknowledges responsibility and elects to undertake the defense of the Indemnifiable Claim described therein, the Indemnitee shall have the right to contest, settle or compromise the Indemnifiable Claim in the exercise of its reasonable discretion; provided , that the Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnitor of any compromise or settlement of any such Indemnifiable Claim.

12.5 Limits on Indemnification .

(a) Except with respect to claims for equitable remedies, claims by any party hereto based on fraud, or claims relating to Tax Matters (Section 4.6 and Article XIII), following the Closing Date, no Indemnitor shall have an indemnification obligation for any amount for Losses arising out of or resulting from the causes enumerated in Sections 12.2(i) or 12.3(i), as appropriate, in excess of fifteen percent (15%) of the Initial Purchase Price, as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof, and no Indemnitor shall have any indemnification obligation for any amount of Losses arising out of or resulting from the causes enumerated in Sections 12.2(i) or 12.3(i), as appropriate, except for claims relating to Tax Matters (Section 4.6 and Article XIII) until the total amount of resulting Losses exceeds three-fourths percent (0.75%) of the Initial Purchase Price, as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof (the “ Threshold Amount ”), after which time the Indemnitor shall be liable only for the amount of Losses in excess of the Threshold Amount; provided , that none of the foregoing limitations shall apply to Losses arising out of or relating to the untruth or breach of any representation or warranty made in any Core Representation or to any representation or warranty in the event of fraud. The amount of any Losses indemnifiable by either party pursuant to this Article XII shall be adjusted to reflect the value of any insurance proceeds actually received (net of any deductibles, retention or self-insurance)

 

51


by the Indemnitee or its successors or assigns in respect of such Losses; provided , however , that no Indemnitee shall have any obligation to pursue such insurance proceeds or recovery from third Persons. If any such proceeds or recoveries are received by an Indemnitee with respect to any Losses after a party hereto has made a payment to an Indemnitee with respect to such Losses, the Indemnitee shall pay to such party the amount of such proceeds or recoveries (up to the amount of such party’s payment with respect to such Losses). If an Indemnifiable Claim can be asserted pursuant to more than one clause of Section 12.2 or 12.3, as applicable, then the applicable Indemnitee can elect the clause pursuant to which to assert such claim; provided , however , that an Indemnitee cannot be compensated for the same Loss more than once and all Losses shall be calculated net of any actual recovery of an Indemnitee. For each Indemnifiable Claim, an Indemnitor shall only be liable for total Losses incurred as a result of such Indemnifiable Claim, which Losses shall be calculated net of any actual recovery of an Indemnitee, regardless of the number of Indemnitees that may have rights pursuant to such Indemnifiable Claim. Claims for Losses made pursuant to (a) Sections 12.2(i) and 12.3(i) may be made at any time prior to the Expiration Date, (b) Section 12.2(iii) may be made at any time prior to the First Special Indemnity Expiration Date, (c) Section 12.2(iv) may be made at any time prior to the Second Special Indemnity Expiration Date and (d) Sections 12.2(ii), 12.3(ii), 12.3(iii) and 12.3(iv) may be made indefinitely.

(b) Except for Buyer’s obligation to pay the Total Consideration with respect to Buyer if the Closing occurs, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the total recovery of a party for Losses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby exceed the Total Consideration actually paid by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement if the Closing occurs; provided , that the total recovery of the Buyer Indemnitees for Losses incurred as a result of (i) Section 12.2(iii) shall not exceed $100,000,000 in the aggregate and (ii) Section 12.2(iv) shall not exceed $55,000,000 in the aggregate.

12.6 Escrow . At Closing, Buyer will deliver fifteen percent (15%) of the Initial Purchase Price to the escrow account established pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, which Indemnity Escrow Fund shall serve as a source of recovery in the event of a Claim pursuant to this Article XII. Buyer hereby agrees that it shall first seek a remedy from the Indemnity Escrow Fund, to the extent of the amount then held in the Indemnity Escrow Fund, with respect to any indemnification claim asserted hereunder before seeking to recover any Losses directly from Seller.

12.7 Exclusive Remedy . Except in the case of fraud or the pursuit of specific performance of the covenants and agreements in this Agreement, following the Closing, the sole and exclusive remedy of an Indemnitee for Losses hereunder shall be to seek indemnification from the Indemnitor in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Article XII.

12.8 Treatment of Indemnification Payments . Each of Buyer and Stockholder agrees to treat any payment made by Stockholder under this Article XII as an adjustment to the Initial Purchase Price.

12.9 Remedies Not Affected by Investigation, Disclosure or Knowledge . If the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, Buyer expressly reserves the right to seek indemnity or other remedy under Section 12.2(i) or Section 12.2(ii) for any Losses arising out of

 

52


or relating to any breach of any representation or warranty of the Company or Stockholder contained in this Agreement or the Company Ancillary Agreements delivered to Buyer pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the Company Ancillary Agreements, or any Losses arising out of or relating to any breach of any covenant of the Company contained in this Agreement or the Company Ancillary Agreements delivered to Buyer pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the Company Ancillary Agreements, notwithstanding (a) any investigation by, disclosure to or knowledge of Buyer in respect of any fact or circumstances that reveals the occurrence of any such breach, whether before or after the execution and delivery hereof, or (b) any waiver of such breach in connection with the Closing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer waives its rights to indemnity or any other remedy for Losses arising out of or relating to the breach of any covenant set forth in this Agreement, but only to the extent Buyer expressly waived the satisfaction or compliance of such covenant by the Company and failed to reserve its rights to seek indemnification in connection with the delivery of such waiver.

ARTICLE XIII

CERTAIN TAX MATTERS

13.1 Transfer Taxes . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and such other Taxes, and all conveyance fees, recording charges and other fees and charges (collectively, the “ Transfer Taxes ”) incurred in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by Stockholder when due and other documentation with respect to all such Taxes, fees and charges, and Stockholder shall at its own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns if required by Applicable Law.

13.2 Allocation of Purchase Price. The sum of the Initial Purchase Price and the additional Purchase Price (exclusive of any portion treated as interest) and indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of Closing (the “ Purchase Price ”) will be allocated among the assets and the Company and each effective subsidiary consistent with the methodology set forth in Section 13.2 of the Disclosure Schedule. The allocation of the Total Purchase Price shall be set forth on Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) Form 8594 (and any schedule required to be attached thereto). Should there be any disagreement in filing Form 8594, the matter will be referred to the Independent Accountant, who will determine the final and binding allocation of the Purchase Price within thirty (30) days of such referral, taking into account the methodology set forth in Section 13.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, which determination will thereupon be conclusive and binding on Buyer and Stockholder for all purposes. The costs of such accountants will be shared equally by Buyer and Stockholder. Buyer and Stockholder each agree to file their respective federal and state income Tax Returns, reports and forms, including IRS Form 8594, in a manner consistent with said allocation.

13.3 Tax-Sharing Agreements . Any Tax-sharing agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Parent or Stockholder, on the other, is terminated as of the Closing and shall have no further effect for any taxable year (whether the current year, a future year or a past year).

13.4 Indemnification for Post-Closing Transactions . Buyer shall indemnify Parent, Stockholder and their affiliates for any additional tax owed by any of them resulting from any transaction engaged in by any of the Company or any Subsidiary not in the ordinary course of its business occurring on the Closing Date after the Effective Time, which transaction was initiated by Buyer.

 

53


13.5 Post-Closing Transactions not in Ordinary Course . Buyer and Parent agree to report all transactions not in the ordinary course of business occurring on the Closing Date after the Effective Time in respect of Company or any Subsidiary on Buyer’s federal Income Tax Return to the extent permitted by Reg. §1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(B).

13.6 Responsibility for Filing Tax Returns and Payment of Taxes for Periods through the Closing Date . Parent shall include the Company and the Subsidiaries that are members of the selling consolidated group in Parent’s consolidated federal income Tax Returns for all periods through the Closing Date and report income, gain and loss attributable to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement. For all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date, Parent shall cause the Subsidiaries that are members of the selling consolidated group to join in Parent’s consolidated federal income Tax Return and, in jurisdictions in which the Acquired Companies have in the past been included in state combined or consolidated Tax Returns, join in such Tax Returns. Parent and Stockholder shall file the federal and applicable state and foreign Tax Returns for the Company and its Subsidiaries for all periods through the Closing Date. All such Tax Returns shall be prepared and filed in a manner consistent with prior practice, except as required by a change in Applicable Law. Stockholder shall indemnify Buyer and its affiliates for any unpaid Taxes relating to any Period through the Closing Date. Buyer shall cause the Company and the Subsidiaries that are included in the Tax Returns to be filed under this paragraph by Parent, Stockholder or any Subsidiary of Parent, to furnish information to Parent, Stockholder or any Subsidiary of Parent as reasonably requested to allow Parent, Stockholder or any Subsidiary of Parent to satisfy its obligations under this section in accordance with past custom and practice. Buyer shall cause the Company and Subsidiaries to file all other Tax Returns to be filed after the Closing Date. Stockholder shall indemnify Buyer and its affiliates for any Taxes relating to or attributable to a period ending on or before the Closing Date, other than any Taxes taken into account as a liability in the Post-Closing Balance Sheet in accordance with Section 3.4. In respect of a Tax Return with a period that starts before or on but does not end on the Closing Date, this amount shall be deemed to be equal to the amount that would be payable if the relevant Tax Return ended on the Closing Date. In respect of a Tax that is based upon a time period, such Tax shall be pro rated based upon the number of days prior to the Closing Date.

13.7 Responsibility for Taxes for Periods after the Closing Date . Buyer shall indemnify Stockholder and its affiliates for any Taxes relating to a period after the Closing Date.

13.8 Cooperation on Tax Matters . Buyer, Stockholder and Parent shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns pursuant to this Article XIII and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Buyer agrees to (A) retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Company and the

 

54


Subsidiaries relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Parent or Stockholder, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority, and (B) give Stockholder reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if Stockholder so requests, Buyer shall allow Stockholder to take possession of such books and records.

13.9 Tax Proceedings . Stockholder and Buyer shall jointly control the defense and settlement of any Tax audit, administrative or court proceedings (each, a “ Tax Proceeding ”) relating to any Tax Return that includes income, gain, loss or Transfer Taxes (including Transfer Taxes to which Section 13.1 applies) attributable to ordinary course and non-ordinary course transactions ending prior to or on Closing Date and reportable in a taxable period ending after the Closing Date. Stockholder shall control the defense and settlement of any Tax Proceeding at its own expense, relating to any Tax Return that does not include income, gain, loss or Transfer Taxes (excluding Transfer Taxes to which Section 13.1 applies) attributable to ordinary course and non-ordinary course transactions ending after the Closing Date.

13.10 Indemnification . In the event the Closing occurs, anything in Section 12.4 notwithstanding, Buyer shall indemnify the Stockholder Indemnitees, and the consolidated and combined tax filing groups of which Stockholder is a member, against, and hold each of them harmless from, any Taxes arising from the Conversions and the Purchase that exceed the Taxes that would have been incurred by them had the Conversions not occurred and the Buyer instead purchased the stock of the Company and made elections with respect to the purchase of such Company stock (and its Subsidiaries) pursuant to Section 338(h)(10) of the Code for federal and applicable state income tax purposes (the “ Incremental Taxes ”). If Stockholder believes any Stockholder Indemnitee (or such tax filing group) has incurred an Incremental Tax, Stockholder shall provide Buyer with its calculation of such Incremental Taxes, including sufficient information for Buyer to determine the basis therefor. If Buyer disagrees with Stockholder’s calculation, the disagreement shall be resolved by an Independent Accountant, whose determination of the Incremental Taxes, if any, shall be conclusive and binding on both parties. The fees of the Independent Accountant shall be borne 50% by each of Buyer and Stockholder.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Governing Law; Exclusive Jurisdiction . The internal laws of the State of Delaware, irrespective of its conflicts of law principles, shall govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms, and the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties hereto. Each of the parties irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought by the other party or its successors or assigns shall be exclusively brought and determined in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware.

14.2 Assignment; Binding Upon Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall not be assignable (whether in whole or in part) by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. Any assignment in violation of this provision shall be void.

 

55


14.3 Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable, such term or provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, and the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The parties further agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that shall achieve, to the extent practicable, the economic, business and other purposes of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

14.4 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original as regards any party whose signature appears thereon and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all parties reflected hereon as signatories. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by one party hereto to the other parties hereto by facsimile or e-mail transmission of a photocopy of the original signature page hereto, and upon receipt of such facsimile or e-mail transmission will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other parties. The parties shall endeavor to exchange the original signature copies, but the failure to deliver the original signature copy and/or the nonreceipt of the original signature copy shall have no effect upon the binding and enforceable nature of this Agreement.

14.5 Other Remedies . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party hereunder shall be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby or by law on such party, and the exercise of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, provided, however, that Seller, Stockholder, or the Company shall only be entitled to seek specific performance in two instances: (i) in the event Buyer delivers a Closing Demand Notice, Stockholder shall be entitled to seek specific performance of Buyer’s obligation to consummate the Closing pursuant to Section 3.2, and (ii) in the event the Buyer Termination Fee is payable pursuant to Section 11.3(b), Stockholder shall have the right to seek specific performance of the payment of the Buyer Termination Fee. Except as set forth in the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, none of the Company, Parent, Seller or Stockholder shall have the right to seek equitable relief in any other circumstance whatsoever.

14.6 Amendments and Waivers . Any term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by a writing signed by Buyer, the Company, and Stockholder (on behalf of Stockholder). The waiver by a party of any breach hereof or default in the performance hereof shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of

 

56


any other default or any succeeding breach or default. At any time prior to the Closing, each of the Company, Buyer, and Stockholder may, to the extent legally allowed, (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to it contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for its benefit contained herein. No such waiver or extension shall be effective unless signed in writing by the party against whom such waiver or extension is asserted. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions hereof shall not be construed to be a waiver of the right of such party thereafter to enforce such provisions.

14.7 Expenses . Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, whether or not the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby are successfully consummated, each party shall bear its respective legal, accountants, and financial advisory fees and other expenses incurred with respect to this Agreement, the Purchase and the transactions contemplated hereby; provided , that if the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, such fees and expenses shall be borne and paid by Seller and not by the Company or its Subsidiaries. In the event of termination of this Agreement, the obligation of each party to pay its own expenses will be subject to any rights of such party arising from a breach of this Agreement by the other party.

14.8 Attorneys’ Fees . Except as expressly set forth in Sections 3.4(e) and 3.5(e)(vii), should any Action be brought to enforce or interpret any part of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover, as an element of the costs of suit and not as damages, reasonable attorneys’ fees to be fixed by the court (including costs, expenses and fees on any appeal). The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs of any Action, regardless of whether such Action proceeds to final judgment.

14.9 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either hand delivered in Person, sent by facsimile and followed by certified first-class postage pre-paid mail, sent by certified or registered first-class mail, postage pre-paid, or sent by nationally recognized express courier service. Such notices and other communications shall be effective upon receipt if hand delivered or sent by facsimile, three (3) business days after mailing if sent by mail, and one business day after dispatch if sent by express courier, to the following addresses, or such other addresses as any party may notify the other parties in accordance with this Section 14.9:

If to the Company (prior to the Closing), Stockholder or Parent:

c/o Macrovision Solutions Corporation

2830 De La Cruz Blvd.

Santa Clara, CA 95050

Attention: General Counsel

Fax No.: (408) 567-1807

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley Godward Kronish LLP

Five Palo Alto Square

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306

Attention: Jon E. Gavenman

Fax No.: (650) 849-7400

 

57


If to the Company (after the Closing) or to Buyer:

TVGN Holdings, LLC

c/o One Equity Partners

320 Park Avenue, 18th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Greg O’Hara

Fax No.: (212) 277-1533

and

Mosaic Media Investment Partners LP

9200 Sunset Boulevard, 10th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90069

Attention: Michael D. Mahan

Fax No.: (310) 786-8951

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

2029 Century Park East, Suite 4000

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attention: Marshall M. Watson

Fax No.: (310) 552-7059

14.10 Interpretation; Rules of Construction . When a provision of this Agreement states that a document or thing has been delivered to Buyer, the parties intend for the availability of that document or thing via the electronic data room established for Buyer’s review to constitute delivery. When a reference is made in this Agreement to Exhibits, Sections or Articles, such reference shall be to an Exhibit to, Section of or Article of this Agreement, respectively, unless otherwise indicated. The words “ include ”, “ includes ” and “ including ” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “ without limitation ”. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by legal counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document shall be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

14.11 No Third Party Beneficiary Rights . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit, or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement, except for the provisions of Section 8.1 (which, from and

 

58


after the Closing, shall be for the benefit of each Indemnified Party), Section 8.2 (which, from and after the Closing, shall be for the benefit of each Company Employee) and Article XII (which, from and after the Closing, shall be for the benefit of each Indemnitee).

14.12 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Company Ancillary Agreements and the Buyer Ancillary Agreements constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements or understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, written or oral, between the parties with respect hereto other than the Confidentiality Agreements. The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

14.13 Waiver Of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

[S IGNATURE P AGES F OLLOW ]

 

59


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SELLER:
GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/    Stephen Yu

Name:   Stephen Yu
Title:   Secretary

 

STOCKHOLDER:
UV CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Stephen Yu

Name:   Stephen Yu
Title:   Secretary

 

COMPANY:
TV GUIDE ENTERTAINMENT GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/    Stephen Yu

Name:   Stephen Yu
Title:   Secretary

 

BUYER:
TVGN HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/    Greg O’Hara

Name:   Greg O’Hara
Title:   President

Signature Page to Equity Purchase Agreement


SOLELY WITH RESPECT TO SECTIONS 9.5, 9.7, 9.8 AND 9.9 AND ARTICLES XII AND XIII:

 

PARENT:
MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Stephen Yu

Name:   Stephen Yu
Title:   Secretary

Signature Page to Equity Purchase Agreement

Exhibit 10.15

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 2, 2008 by and among Macrovision Solutions Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”) and                                          (“Indemnitee”):

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has determined that the ability to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers is essential to the best interests of the Corporation’s stockholders and that the Corporation should act to assure such persons that there will be adequate certainty of protection through insurance and indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Corporation; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce and encourage highly experienced and capable persons such as Indemnitee to serve and continue to serve as directors and officers of the Corporation and in any other capacity with respect to the Corporation, and to otherwise promote the desirable end that such persons will resist what they consider unjustified lawsuits and claims made against them in connection with the good faith performance of their duties to the Corporation, with the knowledge that certain costs, judgments, penalties, fines, liabilities and expenses incurred by them in their defense of such litigation are to be borne by the Corporation and they will receive the maximum protection against such risks and liabilities as may be afforded by law, the Board of Directors of the Corporation has determined that the following Agreement is reasonable and prudent to promote and ensure the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders; and

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to have Indemnitee continue to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation and in such other capacity with respect to the Corporation as the Corporation may request, as the case may be, free from undue concern for unpredictable, inappropriate or unreasonable legal risks and personal liabilities by reason of Indemnitee acting in good faith in the performance of Indemnitee’s duty to the Corporation; and Indemnitee desires to continue so to serve the Corporation, provided, and on the express condition, that he or she is furnished with the indemnity set forth hereinafter;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of Article V of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate”), Article VI of the By-Laws of the Corporation (the “By-Laws”), the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”) and the rights granted under the Certificate, the By-Laws, the DGCL and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a substitute therefor or construed to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Corporation and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Affiliate” includes any corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise directly or indirectly owned, in whole or in part, by the Corporation.

(b) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation or any majority owned subsidiary of the Corporation, or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation.

(c) “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(1) any person, as that term is used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, becomes, is discovered to be, or files a report on Schedule 13D or 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report) disclosing that such person is a beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 50% or more of the total voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding Voting Securities;

(2) individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless any such change is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation in office immediately prior to such cessation;

(3) the Corporation is merged, consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or legal person (an “Acquiring Person”) or securities of the Corporation are exchanged for securities of an Acquiring Person, and immediately after such merger, consolidation, reorganization or exchange less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the resulting entity immediately after such transaction are held, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Securities immediately prior to such transaction;

(4) the Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, in any transaction or series of related transactions, sells or otherwise transfers all or substantially all of its assets to an Acquiring Person;

(5) the Corporation and its subsidiaries, in any transaction or series of related transactions, sells or otherwise transfers business operations that generated seventy percent (70%) or more of the consolidated revenues (determined on the basis of the Corporation’s four most recently completed fiscal quarters) of the Corporation and its subsidiaries immediately prior thereto;

(6) the Corporation files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing that a change in control of the Corporation has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future pursuant to any then existing contract or transaction; or

 

2


(7) any other transaction or series of related transactions occur that have substantially the effect of the transactions specified in any of the preceding clauses in this definition.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section (c)(1) or (c)(4), unless otherwise determined in a specific case by majority vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement solely because (i) the Corporation, (ii) an entity in which the Corporation directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of the voting securities or (iii) any Corporation sponsored employee stock ownership plan, or any other employee benefit plan of the Corporation, either files or becomes obligated to file a report or a proxy statement under or in response to Schedule 13D, Schedule 14D-1, Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) under the Exchange Act, disclosing beneficial ownership by it of shares of stock of the Corporation, or because the Corporation reports that a Change in Control of the Corporation has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future by reason of such beneficial ownership.

(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Expenses” includes, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses of accountants and other advisors, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any bond (including bond costs, appraisal bonds or their equivalents) and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

(f) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or Indemnitee in any other matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(g) “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Corporation enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (ii) any person (including the Corporation) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if consummated, would constitute a Change in Control; (iii) any person, other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation, who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 9.5% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s

 

3


then outstanding Voting Securities, increases such person’s beneficial ownership of such securities by five percentage points or more over the initial percentage of such securities; or (iv) the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

(h) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement to enforce his or her rights under this Agreement.

(i) “Voting Securities” means any securities of the Corporation which vote generally in the election of directors.

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from any position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), without affecting the indemnification hereunder, except as specifically provided in this Agreement.

Section 3. Indemnification - General . The Corporation shall hold harmless and indemnify, and pay Expenses to, Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the date hereof and to such greater extent as applicable law may thereafter from time to time permit. The rights of Indemnitee provided under the preceding sentence shall include, but shall not be limited to, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement.

Section 4. Proceedings Other than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 4 if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any contemplated, pending or completed Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses, losses, claims, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with any such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. For purposes of this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or the books of account of the Corporation or an Affiliate, including financial statements, or on information supplied to the Indemnitee by the officers of the Corporation or an Affiliate in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or an Affiliate, or by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or an Affiliate.

Section 5. Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 5 if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any contemplated, pending, or completed Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation. Pursuant to this Section

 

4


5, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with any such Proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in any such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation if applicable law expressly prohibits such indemnification unless and only to the extent that the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or the court in which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is pending shall determine that indemnification against Expenses may nevertheless be made by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or the books of account of the Corporation or an Affiliate, including financial statements, or on information supplied to the Indemnitee by the officers of the Corporation or an Affiliate in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or an Affiliate, or by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or an Affiliate.

Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified, to the maximum extent permitted by law, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee, to the maximum extent permitted by law, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For the purposes of this Section and without limiting the foregoing, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to be successful as to a claim, issue or matter upon the following : (i) the termination of any such claim, issue or matter by dismissal with or without prejudice, and (ii) the termination of any such claim, issue or matter by any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, unless it is established in such Proceeding that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 8. Payment of Expenses . The Corporation shall pay all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within 20 days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such payment from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and, if the DGCL requires, shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of

 

5


Indemnitee to repay any Expenses paid if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and Indemnitee’s undertaking to pay any such amounts shall be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee’s entitlement to such Expenses shall include those incurred in connection with any Proceeding by Indemnitee seeking a judgment in court or an adjudication or award in arbitration pursuant to this Agreement, including the establishment of any right to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement and enforcement of this provision.

Section 9. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding, and for the duration thereof, Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Corporation shall, promptly upon receipt of any such request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Corporation, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Corporation of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Corporation.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in such case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) as provided in Section 10(b) of this Agreement. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within 30 days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Corporation (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Corporation hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

6


(c) If required, Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Corporation shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of Independent Counsel so selected. Indemnitee may within seven days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Corporation, a written objection to such selection. Such objection may be asserted only on the grounds that Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. If such written objection is made, Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Corporation or Indemnitee may petition the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware, or other court of competent jurisdiction, for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Corporation or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom an objection is so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 9(b) hereof. The Corporation shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with its actions pursuant to this Agreement, and the Corporation shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 9(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed. Upon the due commencement date of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d) Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a request for indemnification or payment of Expenses under this Agreement, under any other agreement, any provision of the Corporation’s By-Laws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, shall be borne by the Corporation. The Corporation hereby indemnifies Indemnitee for any such Expense and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom irrespective of the outcome of the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. If the person(s) making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification determine that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as to part (but not all) of the application for indemnification, such person shall reasonably prorate such partial indemnification among the claims, issues or matters at issue at the time of the determination.

Section 10. Presumption and Effects of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume both that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and anyone seeking to overcome such presumptions shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumptions.

 

7


(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 9 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within 90 days after receipt by the Corporation of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) actual and material fraud in the request for indemnification, or (ii) prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, adversely affect the rights of Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder except as may be specifically provided herein, or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or create a presumption that (with respect to any criminal action or proceeding) Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(d) Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to an action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to an action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of an action brought by Indemnitee, be a defense to such action.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(f) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any such person, persons or entity shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Corporation (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Corporation hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

8


(g) The Corporation acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

Section 11. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, (ii) payment of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement and such determination shall not have been made and delivered in a written opinion within 90 days after receipt by the Corporation of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement within 30 days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within 30 days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 9 or 10 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or payment of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 11(a). The Corporation shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial or arbitration on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.

(c) If a determination shall have been made or deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 9 or 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, and is precluded from asserting that such determination has not been made or that the procedure by which such determination was made is not valid, binding and enforceable, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. If the court or arbitrator shall determine that Indemnitee is entitled to any

 

9


indemnification or payment of Expenses hereunder, the Corporation shall pay all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such adjudication or award in arbitration (including, but not limited to, any appellate Proceedings).

(d) To the extent deemed appropriate by the court, interest shall be paid by the Corporation to Indemnitee at a reasonable interest rate for amounts which the Corporation indemnifies or is obliged to indemnify Indemnitee for the period commencing with the date on which Indemnitee requested indemnification (or payment of expenses) and ending with the date on which such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Corporation.

(e) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 11, seeks a judicial adjudication of, or an award in arbitration to enforce, his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Corporation, or the Corporation brings any such action to recover from Indemnitee any payment of Expenses, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Corporation, and shall be indemnified by the Corporation against, any and all expenses (of the kinds described in the definition of Expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication or arbitration, but only if he or she prevails therein in whole or in part. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or payment of expenses sought, the expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.

Section 12. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, the DGCL, any agreement, a vote of the stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee acting in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL (whether by statute or judicial decision), the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Corporation to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

10


(c) The Corporation shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 13. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Corporation and its successors and assigns (including, but not limited to, any transferee of all or substantially all of its assets and any successor by merger or operation of law) and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 14. Severability; Prior Indemnification Agreements . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. This Agreement shall supersede and replace any prior indemnification agreements entered into by and between the Corporation and Indemnitee and any such prior agreements shall be terminated upon execution of this Agreement.

Section 15. Exception to Right of Indemnification or Payment of Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or payment of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding, or any claim therein brought or made by him or her against the Corporation.

Section 16. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 17. Headings; References; Pronouns . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof. References herein to section numbers are to sections of this Agreement unless otherwise provided. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as appropriate.

Section 18. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

11


Section 19. Notice by Indemnitee . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of any Proceeding, Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Corporation under this Agreement, notify the Corporation in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Corporation will not relieve it from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee.

Section 20. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom such notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed to Indemnitee at his or her address set forth in the Corporation’s records and to the Corporation at its principal executive offices, or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Corporation or to the Corporation by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 21. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction . The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Corporation and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 22. Change in Control . The Corporation agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Corporation (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by two- thirds or more of the Corporation’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expenses under this Agreement or any other agreement, the Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation now or hereafter in effect relating to Proceedings for indemnifiable events, the Corporation shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Corporation (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In the event that Indemnitee and the Corporation are unable to agree on the selection of the Independent Counsel, such Independent Counsel shall be selected by lot from among at least five law firms with offices in the State of Delaware having more than fifty attorneys, having a rating of “av” or better in the then current Martindale Hubbell Law Directory (if available) and having attorneys which specialize in corporate law. Such selection shall be made in the presence of Indemnitee (and his or her legal counsel or either of them, as Indemnitee may elect). Such counsel, among other things, shall, within 90 days of its retention, render its written opinion to the Corporation and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Corporation agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the special independent counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

12


Section 23. Liability Insurance . To the extent the Corporation maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Corporation director or officer. If, at the time the Corporation receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Corporation has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Corporation shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Corporation shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Corporation shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Corporation providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, in respect of Indemnitee, for a period of six years thereafter. The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any successful action brought by Indemnitee for recovery under any insurance policy referred to in this Section and shall advance to Indemnitee the Expenses of such action.

Section 24. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in this Agreement is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Corporation is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Corporation shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Corporation hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Corporation shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Corporation is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Corporation set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Corporation is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Corporation shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Corporation and all officers, directors or employees of the Corporation, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Corporation and all officers, directors or employees of the Corporation other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding),

 

13


on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the Law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Corporation and all officers, directors or employees of the Corporation, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Corporation hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Corporation, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Corporation and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Corporation (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

25. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Corporation may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Corporation’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION, INDEMNITEE

a Delaware corporation

 

By:   

 

       

 

 

14

Exhibit 10.19

January 24, 2006

Personal and Confidential

Mr. Thomas Carson

[Address]

[Address]

Dear Mr. Carson:

This letter agreement (“Agreement”), when executed by both you and Gemstar-TV International, Inc. (the “Company”), will be binding and confirm the agreement between you and the Company relating to your employment by the Company. Upon its execution, this Agreement will supersede any and all prior agreements, understandings, arrangements and/or communications, whether express or implied, oral or written, between you and the Company and/or its affiliates relative to your employment with the Company. As used herein, the term “Agreement” shall be deemed to include the General Terms and Conditions, Exhibit A, Exhibit 1 and Exhibit 2 to be attached hereto and by this reference made a part of this Agreement. By signing this letter, you represent and warrant that you are not bound by any agreements, contracts, or commitments which would, in any way, prevent or limit you from accepting this offer or your performance of or contribution to the position you are being offered.

1. The Company hereby employs you and you hereby accept such employment, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, for a term of two (2) years commencing April 3, 2006 (the “Effective Date”) and continuing through April 2, 2008, unless earlier terminated as provided herein (the “Term”). If the Company desires to extend or renew the Term, the Company shall so notify you not less than six (6) months prior to its expiration, in order to permit you and the Company to enter into good-faith negotiations relating to such extension or renewal. This Agreement may be extended or renewed by mutual written agreement of the parties, but only by an express written agreement signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

2. On the Effective Date you shall serve as operating President of TV Guide On Screen, Inc. and perform such duties consistent with that position as well as handle such other and/or additional duties and responsibilities as are assigned to you from time to time (and agree to such travel both within and outside the United States as the rendering of your services may reasonably require). You agree to devote the time and attention necessary to fulfill the duties of your employment hereunder.

3. During the Term, you shall receive on regular pay dates as then in effect under applicable Company policy a base salary at an annualized rate of (i) $370,000.00 during the first year of the Term; and (ii) during the second year of the Term, $370,000.00 adjusted for the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index – Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (Boston Metropolitan Area – All Items Less Food and Energy) (or any successor Consumer Price Index, including any index resulting from changes made to the Consumer Price Index), based on data published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics (1982-84 – 100) of the United States Department of Labor for the preceding calendar year cost of living. Any adjustments to your compensation, including but not limited to your base salary, following the Term of this Agreement shall be made at the Company’s sole discretion.

4.(a) During the Term, you will be eligible to earn a discretionary, periodic bonus based on the bonus plan then in effect and such criteria as the Company determines in its sole discretion which may include without limitation the performance of the Company, of TV Guide On Screen, Inc., and your individual performance. Any decision to pay you a bonus and the amount thereof, if any, shall be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Company. To the extent not prohibited by or inconsistent with the bonus plan then in effect, the targeted amount of your bonus is fifty percent (50%) of your annualized base salary.

(b) Also during the Term, you shall be eligible to be considered for periodic grants of non-qualified stock options pursuant to the controlling stock option plan, if any, then in effect for the Company and its employees as and when such grants are considered generally for other employees at the same level. Any decision to grant you stock options and the number thereof shall be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Company.


(c) Additionally, subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Company in its sole discretion and the satisfaction of the other conditions described herein, you shall receive a one-time grant of nonqualified stock options (the “Options”) under the Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and/or restated from time to time, or under any successor plan as may thereafter be in effect and applicable to the Company and you, to acquire fifty thousand (50,000) shares of the Company’s common stock (“Common Shares”). Each Option shall represent the right to acquire one (1) Common Share. Subject to earlier termination of the Options as provided in the controlling stock option plan and stock option agreement, the Options shall vest in equal installments of twenty percent (20%) on each anniversary of the “Grant Date” (as defined below) over a five (5) year period, and shall expire on the close of business on the last business day of the Company coinciding with or immediately preceding the day before the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date. The exercise price per Common Share of each Option shall equal the closing price for a Common Share on the NASDAQ National Market Reporting System (or successor system) on the date (the “Grant Date”) which is the later of (i) the date the Compensation Committee approves the grant of Options or (ii) the Effective Date. Any grant of Options shall be subject to your execution and delivery of the Company’s written stock option agreement and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of such agreement and the controlling stock option plan.

5. During the Term, the Company shall provide you a car allowance of eight hundred dollars ($800.00) per month to be used for the purchase or lease and maintenance of an appropriate automobile for your use.

6. During the first six months of your employment, the Company shall reimburse you in accordance with its travel, entertainment and business expense reimbursement (“T&E”) policy for your actual out-of-pocket travel and travel-related expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by you with regard to your travel between your current primary residence in Lancaster, PA and the Company’s Bedford, MA offices. All such expenses to be submitted for reimbursement must be supported by appropriate back-up documentation and detail as the Company reasonably requires.

7. During the Term, you shall be eligible for all employee benefits applicable to the Company’s employees from time to time, which may include without limitation medical and dental insurance, 401(k) plan, life insurance and long-term disability insurance.

8. During the Term, you shall be entitled to four (4) weeks paid vacation per calendar year in accordance with the plans, practices, programs and policies then in effect for the Company; provided, however, since vacation time for you is not accrued, you shall not be eligible to receive payment, or be paid, for any unused vacation time and no unused vacation time shall be carried over from one year to the next or otherwise accumulated.

9. During the Term, the Company shall pay or reimburse you for all reasonable business expenses actually incurred or paid by you in the scope of your employment and the performance of your services hereunder upon the presentation of such supporting documentation as the Company requires. Payment or reimbursement of such expenses shall be subject to all Company policies regarding the reporting of and payment of business expenses as in effect generally from time to time.

10. The Company reserves the right to modify, suspend or discontinue any and all of the above plans, practices, policies and programs at any time without advance notice (except as mandated by applicable law) or recourse by you so long as such action is taken in a way that does not single you out.

11.(a) You agree that during your employment, either pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or on an at will basis thereafter, you will have no interest, directly or indirectly, in any business, activity or endeavor that the Company or its affiliates is currently engaged in or that the Company or its affiliates engages in at any time during the period you are employed by the Company, and you will perform no services for any person, firm or corporation engaged in any such business; provided, however, that nothing here shall prevent you, upon approval of the Company, from serving as a director or trustee of other corporations or businesses which are not in competition with the business of the Company or in competition with any affiliate of the Company.

(b) You shall at all times be subject to, observe and carry out such rules, regulations, policies, directions and restrictions as the Company may from time to time establish, including without limitation the standards of business conduct, as well as those imposed by law.

 

2


12.(a) Cause, Death or Disability. If your employment is terminated by the Company for “Cause” (as defined below), or in the event that your employment is terminated due to your death or disability, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to you other than for the timely payment of your annualized base salary through the date of termination to the extent not theretofore paid. The Company shall be deemed to have terminated your employment for “Cause” in the event that you have engaged in or committed (i) willful misconduct, gross negligence, theft or fraud; (ii) any willful act that is reasonably likely to, or which does in fact, have the effect of materially injuring the reputation, business or a business relationship of the Company; or (iii) breach of any material term of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “disability” shall mean either (I) a physical or mental impairment which substantially limits one or more of your major life activities and which renders you unable to perform the essential functions of your position, even with reasonable accommodation which does not impose an undue hardship on the Company for an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any twelve-month period or (II) you become eligible to receive benefits under any long term disability insurance provided by the Company. The determination of disability under subsection (I) of the preceding sentence shall be based upon information supplied by you and/or your medical personnel, as well as information from medical personnel (or others) selected by the Company or its insurers. In the event your health care provider and the Company do not agree as to whether you have a disability, you and the Company shall appoint a third-party qualified physician who shall evaluate you and provide a determination of whether you have a disability.

(b) Good Reason. During the Term, you may terminate your employment for Good Reason. For purposed of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following: (i) the Company requires you, without your consent, to relocate your principal office more than fifty (50) miles away from the greater Radnor/Philadelphia, Pennsylvania metropolitan area or the greater Bedford/Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area [for purposes of clarity, being required to have your principal office within fifty (50) miles of ether area shall not be grounds for your termination for Good Reason]; or (ii) the Company substantially diminishes your duties or responsibilities without your consent. Before terminating your employment for Good Reason under subsections (i) or (ii), you shall give the Company written notice of your intent to terminate for Good Reason and the basis therefore, and the Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure (the “Cure Period”). If the Company fails to cure the Good Reason within the Cure Period, you may terminate your employment agreement and this Agreement upon an additional ten (10) days’ written notice. For all purposes under this Agreement, any termination by you for Good Reason shall be treated as if a determination had been made by the Company that your services are no longer needed or desired under Section 12(c) of this Agreement, and you shall be entitled to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 12(c) pursuant to its terms.

(c) If the Company determines that it no longer needs or desires your services during the Term for other than for “Cause” or your death or disability, your employment shall be subject to, and the Company shall have no further obligations to Employee except as provided in, the Contract Payout Status Policy attached hereto as Exhibit A .

13. In consideration of the making of this Agreement, as well as of the other consideration stated herein, you expressly agree that any contract, agreement or understanding between you and the Company and/or its affiliates with respect to severance or termination pay, notice of severance or termination, or pay in lieu of any notice of severance or termination previously extended to you, whether by way of contract, letter, or any termination or severance policy, program, practice or arrangement, is hereby rescinded and waived. You agree that the payments contemplated by this Agreement shall constitute the exclusive and sole remedy for any termination of your employment and you covenant not to assert or pursue any other remedies, at law or in equity, with respect to any termination of your employment. If you violate this Agreement by bringing or maintaining any charges, claims, grievances, or lawsuits contrary to this provision, you shall pay all costs and expenses of the Company and/or related persons or affiliated entities in defending against such charges, claims or actions brought by you or on your behalf, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, in addition to all damages suffered or incurred by the Company and/or its affiliates.

14. You acknowledge and agree that the Company has no obligation to renew this Agreement or to continue your employment after any termination of, or the expiration of, this Agreement, and expressly acknowledge that no promises or understandings to the contrary have been made or reached. In the event you continue in the employ of the Company after the end of the Term, your employment shall be solely on an “at will” basis and this Agreement shall no longer be in effect for any purpose except for those provisions that are expressly stated herein to survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Company may terminate your employment or determine that your services are no longer needed or desired at any time for any or no reason without prior notice; provided, however, that if such termination or determination occurs during the Term, such termination or determination shall be subject to the provisions of Section 12 above.

This Agreement, its terms and the offer of employment evidenced hereby shall be deemed automatically withdrawn and revoked and shall become null and void without further notice if this Agreement is not signed by you and the fully-signed original of this Agreement is not received by Mike McKee (with proof of receipt) by 2:00 p.m. (pacific) on February 10, 2006.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement as of the date shown at the top of this letter.

 

Sincerely,
GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Mike McKee
  Mike McKee
  Chief Operating Officer

THE FOREGOING IS ACKNOWLEDGED, ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

 

/s/ Thomas Carson
Thomas Carson

 

4


GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

I. ARBITRATION .

Any Dispute between Employee and Company shall be resolved exclusively and finally by arbitration administered by the National Arbitration Forum (NAF) and conducted under its rules, except as otherwise provided below. Employee and Company will agree on another arbitration forum if NAF ceases operations. The term “Dispute”, for purposes of this provision, shall mean any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or relating to (i) this Agreement, its enforcement, interpretation, termination, applicability or validity thereof, (ii) an alleged breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with any of its provisions, or (iii) Employee’s employment, including, but not limited to, any state or federal statutory claims. The arbitration shall be conducted before a single arbitrator and will be limited solely to the Dispute between Employee and the Company. The arbitration, or any portion of it, shall not be consolidated with any other arbitration and shall not be conducted on a class-wide or class action basis. The arbitration shall be held in Boston, Massachusetts and shall be conducted in accordance with the NAF rules for the resolution of Employment Disputes as the exclusive forum for the resolution of such Dispute; provided, however, that provisional injunctive relief may, but need not, be sought by either party to this Agreement in a court of law while arbitration proceedings are pending, and any provisional injunctive relief granted by such court shall remain effective until the matter is finally determined by the arbitrator. This arbitration agreement shall be enforceable pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-14 et seq., and final resolution of any dispute through arbitration may include any remedy or relief that the Arbitrator deems just and equitable, including any and all remedies provided by applicable state or federal statutes. At the conclusion of the arbitration, the Arbitrator shall issue a written decision that sets forth the essential findings and conclusions upon which the Arbitrator’s award or decision is based. Any award or relief granted by the Arbitrator hereunder shall be final and binding on the parties hereto and may be enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction. Except as specifically provided for herein, should either party bring a Dispute in a forum other than the NAF, the arbitrator may award the other party its reasonable costs and expenses, including attorneys fees, incurred in staying or dismissing such other proceedings or in otherwise enforcing compliance with this dispute resolution provision. The parties acknowledge, agree and understand that they are hereby unequivocally waiving any rights to litigate disputes through a court, including the right to litigate claims on a class-wide or class action basis, and that they have expressly and knowingly waived those rights and agree to resolve any Disputes through binding arbitration in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. Employee and Company further agree that in any proceeding to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to its or his/her reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs (including forum costs associated with the arbitration) incurred by it or him/her in connection with resolution of the dispute in addition to any other relief granted. Information may be obtained from the NAF on line at www.arb-forum.org, by calling 800-474-2371, or writing to P.O. Box 50191, Minneapolis, MN, 55405.

 

II. NON-SOLICITATION/EMPLOYER INTERESTS .

Employee promises and agrees that during Employee’s employment and for twelve (12) months following the termination of Employee’s employment, for any reason whatsoever, Employee will not (1) influence or attempt to influence customers of the Company or any of its affiliates, either directly or indirectly, to divert their business to any individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity then in competition with the business of the Company, or any affiliate of the Company; or (2) take any action which is intended, or would reasonably be expected to, adversely affect the Company and/or its affiliates, or adversely affect the businesses, reputation, or relationship the Company and/or its affiliates with its or their customers, business partners, or vendors; provided, however, it shall not be a breach of this provision, after termination of this Agreement, to solicit future business from any person or entity with whom he had conducted business, on behalf of himself or any other entity, prior to the Effective Date, provided that such solicitation is not otherwise in violation of this Section II.

 

III. SOLICITING EMPLOYEES .

Employee promises and agrees that during Employee’s employment and for twelve (12) months following the termination of Employee’s employment, for any reason whatsoever, Employee will not directly or indirectly solicit any employees of the Company or its affiliates to work for any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation, or other entity; provided, however, that this provision shall not prohibit Employee from employing personnel from the Company or its affiliates who respond (without other solicitation of any kind whatsoever) to general solicitations of employment directed to the public at large.

 

IV. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .

A. Employee, in the performance of Employee’s duties on behalf of the Company, shall have access to, receive and be entrusted with confidential information, including but in no way limited to development, marketing, organizational, financial, management, administrative, production, distribution and sales information, data, specifications and processes presently owned or at any time in the future developed, by the Company or its affiliates, or its or their agents or consultants, or used presently or at any time in the future in the course of its business that is not otherwise part of the public domain (collectively, the “Confidential Material”). All such Confidential Material is considered secret and will be available to Employee in confidence. Except in the performance of duties on behalf of the Company, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly for any reason whatsoever, disclose or use any such Confidential Material, unless such Confidential Material ceases (through no fault of Employee’s) to be confidential because it has become part of the public domain. All records, files, drawings, documents, equipment and other tangible items, wherever located, relating in any way to the Confidential Material or otherwise to the Company’s business, which Employee prepares, uses or encounters, shall be and remain the Company’s sole and exclusive property and shall be included in the Confidential Material. Upon termination of this Agreement by any means, or whenever requested by the Company, Employee shall promptly deliver to the Company any and all of the Confidential Material, not previously delivered to the Company, that may be or at any previous time has been in Employee’s possession or under Employee’s control; provided, however, that Employee may retain in his possession any Confidential Material that reflects the terms of his employment with the Company or the terms or amount of his compensation and benefits.


B. Employee hereby acknowledges that the sale or unauthorized use or disclosure of any of the Company’s Confidential Material by any means whatsoever and any time before, during or after Employee’s employment with the Company shall constitute unfair competition. Employee agrees that Employee shall not engage in unfair competition either during the time employed by the Company or any time thereafter.

C. Until this Agreement ceases (through no fault of Employee’s) to be confidential because it has become part of the public domain, Employee further agrees to keep the terms and contents of this Agreement completely confidential, except to consult with Employee’s legal, tax or other financial advisors or immediate family members, or as otherwise required by law.

 

V. ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS .

Employee hereby assigns to the Company, to the extent not previously assigned to the Company and/or its affiliates, all of Employee’s rights, title and interest in and to any and all inventions (and all proprietary rights with respect thereto) whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, made or conceived or reduced to practice or learned by Employee, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of Employee’s employment with the Company or its affiliates. Employee recognizes that this Agreement does not require assignment of any invention demonstrated by Employee to qualify fully for protection under Section 2870 of the California Labor Code, the text of which is substantially set forth below:

2870. Employment agreements; assignment of rights

i Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(a) relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(b) result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

ii To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

Employee acknowledges that all original works of authorship which have been and/or are made by Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of Employee’s employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

From time to time, as and when requested by the Company and/or its affiliates, Employee will execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents and instruments and shall take, or cause to be taken, all such further or other actions, as the Company and/or its affiliates may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to effectuate or evidence the assignment(s) contemplated by this Section XI, including, without limitation, executing and delivering to the Company and/or its affiliates or its or their designee such further assignments and other instruments, in each case as the Company or its affiliates may reasonably request for such purpose.

 

VI. INJUNCTIVE, EQUITABLE AND OTHER RELIEF

Employee acknowledges, understands and agrees that the services to be furnished by Employee during Employee’s employment and the rights and privileges granted by the Company to Employee are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary, and intellectual character which gives them a peculiar value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in any action at law, and a breach by Employee of any of the provisions contained herein will cause the Company irreparable injury and damage. Employee expressly agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to prevent a breach of this Agreement by Employee. Resort to such equitable relief, however, shall not be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other term or provision. The various rights and remedies of the Company hereunder shall be construed to be cumulative, and no one of them shall be exclusive of any other or of any right or remedy allowed by law.

 

VII. COOPERATION .

In consideration of the agreements and consideration contained in this Agreement, Employee agrees that Employee shall cooperate fully with the Company and/or its affiliates, if so requested, with respect to any internal or external investigation or inquiry as well as any issues, claims or litigation (whether or not currently pending) involving the Company and/or its affiliates or any of those entities’ employees, including providing information and assistance and being reasonably available for both pre-trial discovery and trial proceedings at no out-of-pocket cost to Employee. Employee further agrees to participate in any such investigation, inquiry, proceedings or action and to provide truthful and accurate testimony, documents, records and any other information requested at no out-of-pocket cost to Employee. In addition, Employee agrees to meet with attorneys or representatives of the Company, upon reasonable notice, in connection with any such investigation, inquiry, proceedings or action.

 

VIII. MISCELLANEOUS .

A. WITHHOLDING . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, all amounts payable under this Agreement shall be subject to and reduced by standard or other applicable withholding and other authorized deductions.

B. SUCCESSORS .

1. This Agreement is personal to Employee and shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, be assignable by Employee.

 

2


2. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and any such successor or assignee shall be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. As used herein, “successor” and “assignee” shall include, and this Agreement may be assignable without Employee’s prior written consent to, (i) any firm, corporation or other successor or surviving entity resulting from a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving the Company, (ii) the transferee of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) an affiliate of the Company, in each case whether the Agreement is assigned by the Company, by operation of law, or otherwise.

C. WAIVER .

No waiver of any breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be construed to be, nor shall be, a waiver of any other breach of this Agreement. No waiver shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the party waiving the breach.

D. MODIFICATION .

This Agreement may not be amended or modified other than by a written agreement executed by Employee and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or other officer authorized by the Company’s governing body.

E. SAVINGS CLAUSE .

If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of the Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.

F. COMPLETE AGREEMENT .

This Agreement constitutes and contains the entire agreement and final understanding concerning Employee’s employment with the Company and the other subject matters addressed herein between the parties. It is intended by the parties as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of their agreement. It supersedes and replaces all prior negotiations and all agreements proposed or otherwise, whether written or oral, concerning the subject matter hereof. Any representation, promise or agreement not specifically included in this Agreement shall not be binding upon or enforceable against either party. This is a fully integrated agreement.

G. GOVERNING LAW .

This Agreement shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered within the State of Massachusetts, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Massachusetts without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

H. CONSTRUCTION .

Each party has cooperated in the drafting and preparation of this Agreement. Hence, in any construction to be made of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against any party on the basis that the party was the drafter. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

I. COMMUNICATIONS .

All notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be addressed, if to the Company , to c/o Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc., 6922 Hollywood Blvd., 12 th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90028-6117, attention: Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to the Company’s General Counsel at the same address, and, if to Employee , to the address stated in the first paragraph of this Agreement. Notices given under this Agreement shall be given personally, by nationally recognized overnight express service, or by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. Notice shall be deemed to have been given and effective: (i) on the day it is delivered personally; (ii) on the day it is delivered if given by nationally recognized overnight express service; or (iii) three (3) days after the postmark date if mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. Either party may change the address at which notice shall be given by written notice given in the above manner.

J. NAME, BIOGRAPHY, LIKENESS, PUBLICITY RELEASES .

The Company and affiliates shall have the right to use Employee’s name, biography and likeness in connection with its business, including in advertising its products and services, and may grant this right to others, but not for use as a direct endorsement. Nothing contained herein shall prohibit the Company from making any public disclosures required by applicable laws or the listing requirements of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed.

K. SURVIVAL .

Sections 10, 11, 13 and 14 of the letter agreement to which these General Terms and Conditions are to be attached and Sections I through VIII of these General Terms and Conditions shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

L. EXECUTION .

This Agreement is being executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

3


First Amendment to Employment Agreement

This First Amendment to Employment Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of the 12 th day of October, 2006, by and between Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Thomas Carson, an individual (“ Carson ”), with reference to the following facts:

A. The Company and Carson are parties to that certain letter agreement dated as of January 27, 2006 (the “ Employment Agreement ”), relating to the employment of Carson by the Company.

B. The Company and Carson desire to amend the Employment Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties hereby acknowledge, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Employment Agreement.

2. The first sentence of Paragraph 1 of the Employment Agreement is hereby removed and replaced with the following:

“The Company hereby employs you and you hereby accept such employment, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, for a term commencing on April 3, 2006 (the “Effective Date”) and continuing through March 15, 2010, unless earlier terminated as provided herein (the “Term”).”

3. The words “President of TV Guide On Screen, Inc.” in the first sentence of Paragraph 2 are hereby removed and replaced with the words “President – Interactive Program Guides”.

4. Paragraph 3 of the Employment Agreement is hereby removed in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“3. During the Term, you shall receive on regular pay dates as then in effect under applicable Company policy a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) at an annualized rate of (i) $370,000 from the Effective Date through October 11, 2006, (ii) $414,000 from October 12, 2006 through December 31, 2006 (the “ Year 2006 Salary ”); (iii) the Year 2006 Salary, adjusted for the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index – Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (Philadelphia Metropolitan Area – All Items Less Food and Energy) (or any successor Consumer Price Index, including any index resulting from changes made to the Consumer Price Index), based on data published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics (1982-84 = 100) of the United States Department of Labor for the preceding calendar year cost of living (such increase, the “ CPI Increase ” and such resultant salary, the “ Year 2007 Salary ”), from January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007; (iv) the Year 2007 Salary, adjusted for the CPI Increase (the “ Year 2008 Salary ”), from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008; (v) the Year 2008 Salary, adjusted for the CPI Increase (the “ Year 2009 Salary ”), from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009; and (vi) the Year 2009 Salary, adjusted for the CPI Increase, from January 1, 2010 through March 15, 2010. Any adjustments to your compensation, including but not limited to your Base Salary, following the Term of this Agreement shall be made at the Company’s sole discretion.”

5. Paragraph 6 of the Employment Agreement is hereby removed in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“6. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 12(b), during the Term, your principal place of employment shall be at the principal offices of the Company in Radnor, Pennsylvania, or such other greater Philadelphia, Pennsylvania metropolitan area location as determined by the Company, subject to such travel as the rendering of your services may require. Not withstanding the foregoing if the Company requires Carson to relocate Carson’s principle office to the greater Bedford - Boston, Massachusetts area such shall be considered Good Reason for termination by Carson.”


6. All references to “Boston, Massachusetts” in Paragraph I of the General Terms and Conditions of the Agreement and in Paragraph 17 of Exhibit 2 to the Agreement are hereby removed and replaced with “Philadelphia, Pennsylvania”, and all references to “Massachusetts” in Paragraph VIII.G of the General Terms and Conditions of the Agreement and in Paragraph 18 of Exhibit 2 to the Agreement are hereby removed and replaced with “Pennsylvania”.

7. Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Employment Agreement remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

8. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to principles of conflict of laws. This Amendment may be executed via facsimile or other electronic means and may be delivered in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute on and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Dustin Finer
Name: Dustin Finer
Title: Human Resources
By:   /s/ Thomas Carson
Thomas Carson

Exhibit 10.20

 

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION    A UDIT C OMMITTEE C HARTER            

 

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION

AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

This charter of the Audit Committee (the “Committee”) was adopted by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Macrovision Solutions Corporation (“Macrovision” or the “Company”) on February 5, 2009.

I. AUDIT COMMITTEE PURPOSE

The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the external auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the Company’s internal audit function and external auditors. The Committee’s function is one of oversight and review, and it is not expected to audit the Company’s financial statements, to define the scope of the audit, to control the Company’s accounting practices, or to define the standards to be used in preparation of the Company’s financial statements.

The Board has appointed the Committee to provide independent and objective oversight of the accounting and financial reporting processes and the system of internal controls of Macrovision, its subsidiaries and affiliates.

The Committee and the Board recognize that management (including the Company’s internal audit staff) and the external auditors have more resources and time and more detailed knowledge and information regarding the Company’s accounting, financial and auditing processes and practices than do Committee members. Accordingly the Committee, in its oversight role, does not provide any special assurance as to the Company’s financial statements or any certification as to the work of the external auditors.

II. AUTHORITY

The Committee has the authority to conduct any investigation appropriate to fulfilling its responsibilities including the ability to retain, at the Company’s expense, special legal, accounting or other consultants or experts it deems necessary in the performance of its duties. It is empowered to:

 

   

Appoint, compensate, retain, determine funding for (and be provided funding for) and monitor the continuing independence and performance of the public accounting firm employed by the Company to conduct the annual audit. This external audit firm will report directly to the Committee;

 

   

Resolve any disagreements between management and the auditor regarding financial reporting;

 

   

Pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services performed by the Company’s external audit firm;


MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION    A UDIT C OMMITTEE C HARTER            

 

 

   

Retain and determine funding for (and be provided funding for) independent counsel, accountants, or others to advise the Committee or assist in the conduct of an investigation;

 

   

Seek any information it requires from employees – all of whom are directed to cooperate with the Committee’s requests – or external parties; and

 

   

Meet with the Company’s officers, accounting staff, internal and external auditors, and outside counsel, as necessary.

The Committee may delegate authority to subcommittees, including the authority to pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services if so specified in pre-approval policies and procedures adopted by the Committee, provided that such decisions are presented to the full Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

III. MEMBERSHIP

The Committee will consist of at least three members of the Board, with the exact number to be determined by the Board. All members of the Committee must qualify as independent directors (“Independent Directors”) as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market (or its successor) (“Nasdaq”). Members of the Committee must also meet the independence standards for Audit Committee members under applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). No member of the Committee shall be employed by or otherwise affiliated with the Company’s external auditors. No member of the Committee shall have participated in the preparation of the financial statements of the Company or any of its current subsidiaries at any time during the past three years.

All members of the Committee will be appointed by, and will serve at the discretion of, the Board. Each member shall be elected annually to a one-year term by majority vote of the Board at the first meeting of the Board held following the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders. Vacancies on the Committee will be filled by majority vote of the Board at the next meeting of the Board following the occurrence of the vacancy, and additional members may be appointed by the Board from time to time. No member of the Committee shall be removed except by majority vote of the Independent Directors then in office. The Board may elect a member of the Committee to serve as the Chair of the Committee. If the Board does not elect a Chair, the members of the Committee may designate a Chair by majority vote of the Committee members.

All members of the Committee shall have a basic understanding of finance and accounting and be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements. At least one member of the Committee shall meet the “audit committee financial expert” requirements as defined by the SEC and at least one member of the Committee shall have accounting related financial management expertise or other comparable experience or background, including being or having been a chief executive officer, chief financial officer or other senior officer with financial oversight responsibilities, sufficient to provide the individual with “financial sophistication” as defined by Nasdaq.


MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION    A UDIT C OMMITTEE C HARTER            

 

IV. MEETINGS AND MINUTES

The Committee members will meet at least four times annually (at least once per quarter), or more frequently as circumstances dictate. The Committee is governed by the same rules regarding meetings (including meetings by conference telephone or similar communications equipment), actions without meetings, notice, waiver of notice, and quorum and voting requirements as are applicable to the Board. The Committee will maintain written minutes of its meetings and written actions without meetings, which minutes and actions will be filed with the minutes of the meetings of the Board. The Committee will meet privately in executive session at least annually with management, the external auditors, and as a Committee to discuss any matter that the Committee or any of these groups believe should be discussed. The Chair or, in his or her absence, a member designated by the Chair (or, if no such designation has occurred, another member decided on by the remainder of the Committee) shall preside at each Committee meeting.

V. RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES

The following shall be the principal recurring processes of the Committee in carrying out its oversight responsibilities. These processes are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the Committee may supplement them as appropriate and may establish policies and procedures from time to time that it deems necessary or advisable in fulfilling its responsibilities.

1. Financial Statements and Other Disclosure Documents . Review with management and the external auditors the Company’s financial disclosure documents prior to filing with the SEC or other distribution, including all financial statements and reports filed with the SEC or sent to stockholders, and the results of the external auditors’ audit of the financial statements. In connection with this review, the Committee will also review and discuss with the external auditors and management the Company’s disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Forms 10-K and 10-Q. Following the satisfactory completion of each year-end review, the Committee shall recommend to the Board whether or not the audited financial statements should be included in Macrovision’s filing on Form 10-K. Specific responsibilities are listed below.

 

   

Review significant accounting and reporting developments and understand their impact on the financial statements and other disclosure documents including: 1) complex or unusual transactions and highly judgmental areas; 2) major issues regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation matters including significant changes in the Company’s methods of accounting or selection or application of accounting principles; and, 3) the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives, as well as off-balance sheet structures, on the Company’s financial statements.

 

   

Review analyses prepared by management and/or the external auditors setting forth significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements, including analyses of effects of alternative GAAP methods on the financial statements.

 

   

Review with management and the external auditors the results of the audit, including any difficulties encountered. This review will include any restrictions on the scope of the external auditors’ activities or on access to requested information, and any significant disagreements with management.


MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION    A UDIT C OMMITTEE C HARTER            

 

 

   

Review the annual audited and quarterly financial statements with management and the external auditors.

 

   

Review disclosures made by the CEO and CFO during the Forms 10-K and 10-Q certification process about significant deficiencies in the design or operation of the system of internal controls or any fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s system of internal controls.

 

   

Discuss earnings press releases (particularly use of non-GAAP information) as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies. This review may be general (i.e., the types of information to be disclosed and the type of presentations to be made). The Committee does not need to discuss each release in advance.

2. Internal Control Systems . In consultation with management, and the external auditors, the Committee shall consider the effectiveness and integrity of the Company’s financial reporting process and internal controls, including information technology security and control, to ensure reliability of the financial reporting and compliance with applicable codes of conduct, laws and regulations.

The Committee shall consider the scope of internal and external auditors’ review of internal controls over financial reporting, and obtain reports on significant findings and recommendations, together with management’s responses.

3. Internal Audit . The Committee shall review the performance, and determine the scope, roles and responsibilities, of the Company’s internal audit function, including:

 

   

Assessment of resource requirements (internal, external and/or combined).

 

   

Review with management and the director of internal audit (chief audit executive) any Internal Audit Charter, audit plans, activities, staffing and organizational structure of the internal audit function.

 

   

Ensure there are no unjustified restrictions or limitations, and review and concur in the appointment, replacement, or dismissal of the chief audit executive.

 

   

Review any significant reports to management prepared by the internal audit department.

 

   

Review the effectiveness of the internal audit function annually as part of the year-end external audit and reporting process, including compliance with The Institute of Internal Auditors’ Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing .

 

   

On a regular basis, meet separately with the chief internal audit executive to discuss any matters that the Committee or internal audit believes should be discussed privately.


MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION    A UDIT C OMMITTEE C HARTER            

 

4. External Audit . The Committee’s responsibilities regarding the Company’s external auditors shall include:

 

   

Review and revise as necessary, the Company’s Audit and Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures, attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

   

Review and approve the external auditors’ proposed plan of audit, including scope, staffing and approach, and coordination as appropriate with the internal audit function. Approve audit and other fees to be paid to the external auditors.

 

   

Review and evaluate the qualifications, performance and continuing independence of the external auditors and exercise ultimate authority and responsibility for appointing, setting the compensation for, and discharging of the external auditors. In performing this review and evaluation, the Committee will:

 

  1) At least annually, obtain and review a formal written report by the external auditors describing (a) the firm’s internal quality-control procedures, (b) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm, and any steps taken to deal with any such issues, and (c) all relationships between the auditor and the Company consistent with Independence Standards Board Standard 1 (to assess the auditor’s independence).

 

  2) Discuss with the external auditors any disclosed relationships or services that may impact the objectivity or independence of the external auditors and take appropriate steps to satisfy itself of the external auditors’ independence.

 

  3) Take into account the opinions of management and internal audit of the Company.

 

  4) Review and evaluate the lead partner of the external auditors.

 

  5) Present the Committee’s conclusions with respect to the external auditors to the full Board.

 

   

Ensure the rotation of the lead audit partner every five years and other audit partners every seven years, and consider whether there should be regular rotation of the audit firm itself. Present conclusions to the full Board.

 

   

Set a clear hiring policy for employees or former employees of the external auditors. That policy currently is as follows: The Company shall not hire as the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller or chief audit executive, or in any other equivalent position within the Company, any former employees of the external auditors from any office providing assurance services to the Company until 12 months have elapsed after cessation of employment with the external auditors.


MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION    A UDIT C OMMITTEE C HARTER            

 

 

   

Review written communications between management and the external auditor relating to disagreements on accounting treatment of material items and other material matters relating to the audit.

 

   

On a regular basis, meet with the external auditors to discuss any matters the Committee or external auditors believe should be discussed, either with management present or privately, including matters required to be communicated to audit committees in accordance with AICPA SAS 61, as may be modified or supplemented.

 

   

Discuss with the external auditors the quality of the Company’s accounting principles as applied in its financial reporting, the clarity of the Company’s financial disclosures and degree of aggressiveness or conservatism of the Company’s accounting principles and underlying estimates, and other significant decisions made by management in preparing the financial disclosures.

5. Compliance . The Committee’s responsibilities regarding the Company’s compliance obligations shall include:

 

   

Review the effectiveness of the system for monitoring compliance with laws and regulations and the results of management’s investigation and follow-up (including disciplinary action) of any instances of noncompliance.

 

   

Establish and monitor procedures for: 1) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and 2) the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company regarding questionable accounting and auditing matters.

 

   

Review the findings of any examinations by regulatory agencies and any auditor observations.

 

   

Review and discuss any certifications provided by officers of the Company pursuant to SEC or Nasdaq rules or other legal requirements.

 

   

Review the processes for communicating the code of conduct and ethics to Company personnel and for monitoring compliance with the policy.

 

   

Obtain regular updates from management and Company legal counsel regarding legal and compliance matters that could have a significant impact on the financial statements. On at least an annual basis, review with the Company’s legal counsel, any such matters and any inquiries received from the regulators or governmental agencies.

6. Reporting Responsibilities . The Committee’s reporting responsibilities shall include:

 

   

Regularly report to the Board about Committee activities and issues that arise with respect to the quality or integrity of the Company’s financial statements, the Company’s compliance with legal or regulatory requirements, the performance and independence of the Company’s external auditors and the performance of the internal audit function.


MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION    A UDIT C OMMITTEE C HARTER            

 

 

   

Provide an open avenue of communication among internal audit, management, the external auditors and the Board.

 

   

Annually prepare a report to stockholders as required by the SEC. The report should be included in the Company’s annual proxy statement and should include a description of the Committee’s composition, responsibilities and how they were discharged, and any other information required by rule.

 

   

Review any other reports the Company issues that relate to the Committee’s responsibilities.

7. Other Responsibilities . Other responsibilities of the Committee include

 

   

Adequacy of Personnel . Periodically review the adequacy of the Company’s accounting, financial and auditing personnel resources.

 

   

Risk Management . Review and evaluate risk assessment and risk management policies in light of business strategy, capital strength, and overall risk tolerance. On a periodic basis, the Committee also shall evaluate the Company’s investments and derivatives risk management policies, including the internal system to review operational risks, procedures for derivatives investment and trading, and safeguards to ensure compliance with procedures.

 

   

Related Party transactions . Approve all material related party transactions entered into by the Company.

 

   

Tax Policies . Periodically review the Company’s tax policies and pending audits or assessments.

 

   

Charter . Periodically review and assess the adequacy of this Charter, submit any proposed amendments thereto to the Board for approval, and make the Charter publicly available in accordance with applicable SEC rules.

 

   

Institute and oversee special investigations as needed and, where appropriate, engage outside advisors to assist.

 

   

Review the performance of the Committee through self-assessment and assessment by the Board.

 

   

Perform any other activities required by applicable law, rules or regulations, including the rules of the SEC and Nasdaq, and perform other activities that are consistent with this charter, the Company’s bylaws and governing laws, as the Committee or the Board deems necessary or appropriate.


EXHIBIT A

MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION

AUDIT AND NON-AUDIT SERVICES

PRE-APPROVAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

As approved by the Audit Committee on February 5, 2009

The Audit Committee has the authority to retain an independent auditor or independent registered public accounting firm, negotiate accounting fees and contract with the accounting firm or the accountant. The policies and procedures with respect to engaging an independent auditor or independent registered public accounting firm to render audit or non-audit services for Macrovision Solutions Corporation (the “Company”) are as follows, subject to amendment from time to time by the Audit Committee:

 

I. PRE-APPROVAL OF AUDIT AND NON-AUDIT SERVICES

A. Audit Services & Non-Audit Services by the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

All audit services performed by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm must be approved by the Audit Committee.

B. Non-Audit Services

All non-audit services performed by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm must be approved by the Audit Committee.

 

II. NON-AUDIT SERVICES CONSIDERATIONS WHEN PROPOSED TO BE PERFORMED BY THE COMPANY’S OUTSIDE AUDITOR

A. General Policy

In determining whether to approve non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm that performs the audit of the Company’s financial statement, the overall policy to be considered is to maintain the outside auditor’s independence, which independence will be compromised if any non-audit service infringes on the following three basic principles: (1) an outside auditor cannot function in the role of management, (2) an outside auditor cannot audit his or her own work, (3) an outside auditor cannot serve in an advocacy role for the Company.


B. Permitted Services

The following specific services may be provided by the Company’s outside auditor, subject to the pre-approval process contained herein:

 

  (1) Tax Services . Company compliance and assistance with tax-related due diligence is allowed. Representing the Company before a tax court, however, may impair the outside auditor’s independence and so is subject to pre-approval by the entire Audit Committee. In addition, the entire Audit Committee must also pre-approve any transaction identified or recommended by the outside auditor, the sole business purpose of which may be tax avoidance and the tax treatment of which may not be supported in the Internal Revenue Code and related regulations.

 

  (2) Expert Services Related to the Audit . The outside auditor may be engaged to assist the Audit Committee to fulfill its responsibilities to conduct its own investigation of a potential accounting impropriety. The outside auditor may also perform internal investigations or fact-finding engagements including forensic or other fact-finding work that results in the issuance of a report to the Company. Performing such procedures is consistent with the role of the outside auditor and can improve audit quality. In addition, in any litigation or regulatory or administrative proceeding or investigation, the outside auditor may provide factual accounts, including testimony, of work performed or explaining the positions taken or conclusions reached during the performance of any service provided by the outside auditor for the Company.

 

  (3) Acquisition Due Diligence . The outside auditor may be engaged to assist the Company in gathering and reviewing documents and financial information relating to entities and assets that the Company is considering for acquisition or investment. The outside auditor’s services may include forensic or other fact-finding work and may result in the issuance of a report to the Company. However, the outside auditor should not be engaged to provide any opinion on valuation of the acquisition or fairness of the transaction or any other expert opinion relating to the transaction.

 

  (4) Services Not Prohibited . Any services not expressly prohibited below may be provided by the Company’s outside auditor if the Audit Committee determines that such services will not conflict with any of the three basic principles of independence referenced above.

C. Prohibited Services

Unless otherwise provided herein, the accounting firm that performs an audit of the Company’s financial statements may not be approved to provide any of the following services:

 

  (1) Bookkeeping . Bookkeeping or other services related to the accounting records or financial statements of the Company, including maintaining or preparing the Company’s records, or preparing or originating source data underlying the Company’s financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the accounting firm that performs an audit of the Company’s financial statements may provide the services described in this paragraph (1) if the Audit Committee believes it is reasonable to conclude that the results of the services will NOT be subject to audit procedures during an audit of the Company’s financial statements.

 

  (2)

Financial Information Systems Design and Implementation . Financial information systems design and implementation, including directly or indirectly operating or supervising the operation of, the Company’s information system or


 

managing the Company’s local area network, or designing or implementing a hardware or software system that aggregates source data underlying the financial statements or generates information that is significant to the Company’s financial statements or other financial information systems taken as a whole. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the accounting firm that performs an audit of the Company’s financial statements may provide the services described in this paragraph (2) if the Audit Committee believes it is reasonable to conclude that the results of the services will NOT be subject to audit procedures during an audit of the Company’s financial statements.

Examples of items that are not considered “prohibited services” under this paragraph (2) include working on hardware or software systems’ unrelated to the Company’s financial statements or accounting records. Additionally, the outside auditor may evaluate the internal controls of a system as it is being designed, implemented or operated either as part of an audit or attest service and making recommendations to management. Likewise, the outside auditor may make recommendations on internal control matters to management or other service provides in conjunction with the design and installation of a system by another service provider.

 

  (3) Appraisal or Valuation Services, Fairness Opinions, or Contribution-in-Kind Reports . Any appraisal service, valuation service or any service involving a fairness opinion or contribution-in-kind report for the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the accounting firm that performs an audit of the Company’s financial statements may provide the services described in this paragraph (3) if the Audit Committee believes it is reasonable to conclude that the results of the services will NOT be subject to audit procedures during an audit of the Company’s financial statements.

Examples of items that are not considered “prohibited services” under this paragraph (3) include providing these services for non-financial reporting purposes (e.g., transfer pricing studies, cost segregations studies and other tax-only valuations). In addition, the outside auditor may utilize its own valuation specialist to review the work performed by the Company or a specialist employed by the Company, provided the Company or the specialist employed by the Company provides the technical expertise that the Company uses in determining the amounts recorded in the financial statements.

 

  (4) Actuarial Services . Actuarial services, including any actuarially-oriented advisory service involving the determination of amounts recorded in the financial statements and related accounts for the Company, other than assisting the Company in understanding the methods, model, assumptions, and inputs used in computing an amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the accounting firm that performs an audit of the Company’s financial statements may provide the services described in this paragraph (4) if the Audit Committee believes it is reasonable to conclude that the results of the services will NOT be subject to audit procedures during an audit of the Company’s financial statements.


     Examples of items that are not considered “prohibited services” under this paragraph (4) include advising on the appropriate actuarial methods and assumptions to be used. (It is not, however, appropriate for the outside auditor to provide the actuarial valuations). The outside auditor may also utilize its own actuaries to assist in conducting the audit so long as the Company uses its own actuaries or third-party actuaries to provide management with actuarial capabilities.

 

  (5) Internal Audit Outsourcing Services . Internal audit outsourcing services, including any internal audit service that has been outsourced by the Company that relates to the Company’s internal accounting controls, financial systems or financial statements for the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the accounting firm that performs an audit of the Company’s financial statements may provide the services described in this paragraph (5) if the Audit Committee believes it is reasonable to conclude that the results of the services will NOT be subject to audit procedures during an audit of the Company’s financial statements.

 

     Examples of items that are not considered “prohibited services” under this paragraph include (5) include the outside auditor providing attest services to the Company related to internal controls, and making recommendations or improvements in connection with the outside audit. These do not constitute an internal audit outsourcing engagement.

 

  (6) Management Functions . Management functions, including acting, temporarily or permanently, as a director, officer, or employee of the Company or performing any decision-making, supervisory or ongoing monitoring function for the Company.

 

  (7) Human Resources . Human resource services, including searching for or seeking out prospective candidates for managerial, executive, or director positions, engaging in psychological testing or other formal testing or evaluation programs, undertaking reference checks of prospective candidates for an executive or director position, acting as a negotiator on the Company’s behalf, such as determining position, status or title, compensation, fringe benefits, or other conditions of employment, or recommending or advising the Company to hire, a specific candidate for a specific job.

 

     Examples of items that are not considered “prohibited services” under this paragraph (7) include interviewing job candidates and advising the Company on the candidates’ competence for financial accounting, administrative or control positions.

 

  (8) Broker or Dealer . Broker or dealer, investment adviser, or investment banking services, including acting as a broker-dealer (registered or unregistered), promoter or underwriter, on behalf of the Company, making investment decisions on behalf of the Company or otherwise having discretionary authority over the Company’s investments, executing a transaction to buy or sell an investment of the Company, or having custody of assets of the Company, such as taking temporary possession of securities purchased by the Company.

 

  (9) Legal Services . Legal services, including providing any service to the Company that, under circumstances in which the service is provided, could be provided only by someone licensed, admitted or otherwise qualified to practice law in the jurisdiction in which the service is provided.


  (10) Expert Services Unrelated to the Audit . Expert services unrelated to the audit, including providing an expert opinion or other expert service for the Company or the Company’s legal representative for the purpose of advocating the Company’s interests in litigation or in a regulatory or administrative proceeding or investigation.

 

III. CORRECTIVE POST-APPROVAL OF DE MINIMIS ITEMS

The Audit Committee must pre-approve all audit, review or attest services and, except as provided below, all non-audit services. However, for de minimis non-audit services, the Audit Committee may approve such services after the fact if the following conditions are met:

 

   

The aggregate amount of all such services provided constitutes no more than 5% of the total amount of revenues paid by the Company to its accountant during the fiscal year in which the services are provided;

 

   

Such services were not recognized by the Company at the time of engagement as being non-audit services; and

 

   

Such services are promptly brought to the attention of the Audit Committee and approved by the Audit Committee prior to the completion of the audit.

Exhibit 10.21

Summary of Director Compensation

In 2008, the board of directors approved the following annual compensation to directors who are not employees:

Cash compensation

 

   

Annual retainer, paid in four equal quarterly installments, for serving as a member of the board of directors as follows:

 

   

$55,000 for the chairman of the board

 

   

$35,000 for all other non-employee directors

 

   

A one-time “Startup Year Fixed Meeting Fee Retainer” in the amount of $15,000 per non-employee director

 

   

Annual retainer, paid in four equal quarterly installments, for serving on a committee of the board of directors as follows:

 

   

$20,000 for serving as the chairman of the audit committee

 

   

$20,000 for serving as the chairman of the compensation committee

 

   

$10,000 for serving as the chairman of the corporate governance and nominating committee

 

   

$10,000 for serving as a member of the audit committee

 

   

$10,000 for serving as a member of the compensation committee

 

   

$5,000 for serving as a member of the corporate governance and nominating committee

 

   

Reimbursement for customary and usual travel expenses

Stock compensation

 

   

Upon the date on which a person first becomes a non-employee director, such non-employee director will receive a one-time stock option grant to purchase 60,000 shares of Macrovision common stock pursuant to the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan

 

   

Upon the conclusion of our annual meeting of stockholders each year, each non-employee director, if he or she continues serving as a member of the board of directors, will each receive an additional annual stock option grant to purchase 30,000 shares of Macrovision common stock pursuant to the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan

Exhibit 21.01

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

NAME   

STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION

OF INCORPORATION

All Media Guide Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

All Media Guide, LLC

   Delaware

Aptiv Digital, Inc.

   Delaware

Aptiv Digital Development Services, LLC

   Delaware

Canada Services, Inc.

   Delaware

Colorado City Cablevision, Inc.

   Delaware

Continental Paper Company

   Delaware

Deterrence Acquisition Ltd.

   United Kingdom

DirectCom Networks, Inc.

   Delaware

EuroMedia Group, Inc.

   Delaware

FORTV Holdings LLC

   Delaware

Gemstar (B.V.I.) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Gemstar Development Corporation

   California

Gemstar Development Limited

   United Kingdom

Gemstar Multimedia Ltd.

   Japan

Gemstar Technology Development Limited

   Hong Kong

Gemstar-TV Guide Interactive, LLC

   Delaware

Gemstar-TV Guide Marketing LLC

   Delaware

G-TV Guide, LLC

   California

GuideWorks, LLC (49%)

   Delaware

I Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

Index Systems Inc.

   British Virgin Islands

Index Systems (Canada) Inc.

   Canada

InfoMedia, S.A.

   Luxembourg

Interactive Program Guide, Inc. (46.25% owned)

   Japan

Interactive Sports Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

IPG Development Ventures, LLC

   Delaware

jumptheshark.com, Inc.

   Delaware

Linkedvideo.com LLC

   Delaware

Macrovision Europe Limited

   United Kingdom

Macrovision GmbH

   Germany

Macrovision International Holdings Limited Partnership

   Cayman Islands


NAME   

STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION

OF INCORPORATION

Macrovision International Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

Macrovision International Licensing SARL

   Switzerland

Macrovision International Solutions SARL

   Luxembourg

Macrovision Israel, Ltd.

   Israel

Macrovision Japan KK

   Japan

Macrovision Japan YK

   Japan

Macrovision Korea Co., Ltd.

   Korea

Macrovision Licensing & Holdings B.V.

   Netherlands
Macrovision Limited (formerly InstallShield Software Limited)   

United Kingdom

Macrovision Service LLC

   Delaware

Macrovision Taiwan Ltd.

   Taiwan

Macrovision TM, Inc.

   Delaware

Macrovision UK Limited

   United Kingdom

Mediabolic, Inc.

   Delaware

Moodlogic, Inc.

   Delaware

Moodlogic Ltd.

   Switzerland

MYR Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

Networks eBook LLC

   California

Norpak Corporation (93.5% owned)

   Canada

PDT Holdings, Inc.

   California

Prevue Ventures, Inc.

   Delaware

SNTV Acquisition, Inc.

   Delaware

SNTV, LLC

   Delaware

SpaceCom Systems, Inc.

   Delaware

StarSight Telecast, Inc.

   California

Station-A, Inc.

   Delaware

Station-X, Inc.

   Delaware

TVG Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide Affiliate Sales & Marketing, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide Data Solutions, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide Direct, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide Distribution, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide Europe SARL

   Luxembourg

TV Guide Interactive Group, Inc.

   Delaware


NAME   

STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION

OF INCORPORATION

TV Guide Interactive, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide International IPG, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide International, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide Media Sales, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide Media Services, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide Mobile Entertainment, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide Online, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide Online, LLC

   Delaware

TV Guide On Screen, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide Vision Group, Inc.

   Delaware

TV Guide, Inc.

   Delaware

TVGI Canada Services Company

   Canada (Nova Scotia)

TVG-PMC, Inc.

   Delaware

TVSM Publishing, Inc.

   Delaware

TVSM, Inc.

   Delaware

United Video Properties, Inc.

   Delaware

United Video, LLC

   Delaware

UV Corp.

   Delaware

UV Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

UV Ventures, Inc.

   Delaware

VCR Index Systems B.V.

   Netherlands

Video TV, Inc.

   Delaware

WCI Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

All subsidiaries are 100% owned unless otherwise noted.

Exhibit 23.01

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

  (1) Registration Statement (No. 333-152337) on Form S-3ASR of Macrovision Solutions Corporation, and

 

  (2) Registration Statements (Nos. 333- 150626 and 333-152485) on Form S-8 of Macrovision Solutions Corporation;

of our reports dated February 23, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Macrovision Solutions Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Macrovision Solutions Corporation, included in this Form 10-K of Macrovision Solutions Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2008.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 26, 2009

Exhibit 23.02

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors of

Macrovision Solutions Corporation:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-150626 and 333-152485) on Form S-8 and (No. 333-152337) on Form S-3ASR of Macrovision Solutions Corporation, successor registrant to Macrovision Corporation, of our report dated February 26, 2008, except as to note 4, which is as of February 27, 2009, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Macrovision Solutions Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, which report appears in the December 31, 2008 annual report on Form 10-K of Macrovision Solutions Corporation.

Our audit report on the consolidated financial statements dated February 26, 2008, except as to note 4 which is as of February 27, 2009, refers to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , on January 1, 2007, and the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , on January 1, 2006.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Mountain View, California

February 27, 2009

Exhibit 31.01

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Alfred J. Amoroso, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Macrovision Solutions Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2009

 

/ S /    A LFRED J. A MOROSO        

Alfred J. Amoroso

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.02

CERTIFICATIONS

I, James Budge, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Macrovision Solutions Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2009

 

/s/    J AMES B UDGE        

James Budge

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.01

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION

In connection with the Annual Report of Macrovision Solutions Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Alfred J. Amoroso certifies in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted), that to the best of his knowledge:

(a) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)), and

(b) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto signed this Certification as of February 27, 2009.

 

/s/    A LFRED J. A MOROSO        

Alfred J. Amoroso

Chief Executive Officer

This certification accompanies the Form 10-K to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Macrovision Solutions Corporation under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

Exhibit 32.02

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION

In connection with the Annual Report of Macrovision Solutions Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), James Budge certifies in his capacity as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted), that to the best of his knowledge:

(a) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)), and

(b) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto signed this Certification as of February 27, 2009.

 

/s/    J AMES B UDGE        

James Budge

Chief Financial Officer

This certification accompanies the Form 10-K to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Macrovision Solutions Corporation under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.